WO2021228259A1 - Light-emitting diode lamp illumination system, and dimmer and light-emitting diode lamp thereof - Google Patents
Light-emitting diode lamp illumination system, and dimmer and light-emitting diode lamp thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021228259A1 WO2021228259A1 PCT/CN2021/094123 CN2021094123W WO2021228259A1 WO 2021228259 A1 WO2021228259 A1 WO 2021228259A1 CN 2021094123 W CN2021094123 W CN 2021094123W WO 2021228259 A1 WO2021228259 A1 WO 2021228259A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- signal
- electrically connected
- pin
- dimming
- module
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 title abstract 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 174
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 claims description 93
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 61
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000005669 field effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 21
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 21
- 230000007274 generation of a signal involved in cell-cell signaling Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 125
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 40
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 39
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 36
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 34
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 26
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 11
- 101100489717 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) GND2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 8
- 101100150295 Mus musculus Scarf1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101100433169 Rattus norvegicus Zdhhc2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 102100027518 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D(3) 24-hydroxylase, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101000849787 Brucella melitensis biotype 1 (strain 16M / ATCC 23456 / NCTC 10094) Ribosome-recycling factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000861278 Homo sapiens 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D(3) 24-hydroxylase, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 4
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 3
- 101100489713 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) GND1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004146 energy storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102100039244 ETS-related transcription factor Elf-5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100011489 Homo sapiens ELF5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100509424 Mus musculus Itsn1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100509428 Mus musculus Itsn2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005347 demagnetization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005265 energy consumption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013024 troubleshooting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G08—SIGNALLING
- G08C—TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS FOR MEASURED VALUES, CONTROL OR SIMILAR SIGNALS
- G08C23/00—Non-electrical signal transmission systems, e.g. optical systems
- G08C23/04—Non-electrical signal transmission systems, e.g. optical systems using light waves, e.g. infrared
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B44/00—Circuit arrangements for operating electroluminescent light sources
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B45/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H05B45/10—Controlling the intensity of the light
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B45/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H05B45/20—Controlling the colour of the light
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to the field of lighting appliances, in particular to an LED lamp lighting system and its dimmer and LED lamp.
- LED lighting technology is rapidly developing to replace traditional incandescent lamps and fluorescent lamps. Compared with fluorescent lamps filled with inert gas and mercury, LED straight tube lamps do not need to be filled with mercury. Therefore, in various home or workplace lighting systems dominated by lighting options such as traditional fluorescent bulbs and tubes, various LED lamps, such as LED straight tube lamps, LED bulbs, LED filament lamps, and high-power LED lights or integrated LED lights, etc., have gradually become highly anticipated lighting options without accident.
- the advantages of LED lights include improved durability and lifespan and lower energy consumption. Therefore, after considering all factors, LED lights will be the best lighting option.
- Traditional incandescent lamps can adjust the brightness of the lamp through a silicon controlled rectifier (TRIAC), but when the thyristor is used in an LED lamp, although there is no need to connect a dimming signal line, due to the non-linear characteristics of the LED, under low brightness , There will be the problem of LED lights flickering, and the efficiency of LED lights adjusted by thyristors is poor.
- TRIAC silicon controlled rectifier
- the DLT (Digital Load Side Transmission) digital wired dimming solution based on the power line carrier communication protocol bypasses the thyristor from the physical mechanism, thereby solving the compatibility problem of LED lamps and dimmer switches (or dimmers).
- the compatibility between LED DLT dimming lamps and DLT dimming switches of different brands can reach 100%, and there is no flicker at all, dimming is smooth and noise-free, and the minimum dimming depth can be 1%, which is cost-effective and thyristor.
- the plan is completely comparable, and the market development potential is worth looking forward to.
- DLT has great market potential, since the disclosure of the DLT agreement, due to the difficulty in the development of DLT dimming lamps, no mature solutions have appeared on the market. There are some resistances to the real large-scale promotion and application of DLT dimming technology.
- Ordinary circuit sensors (such as human body sensors, light sensors, etc.) generally use resistance-capacitance step-down methods for power supply.
- the entire circuit sensor presents a capacitive impedance, and the capacitive impedance will interfere with the power signal and affect the signal transmission on the power line, eventually causing the DLT dimming system to fail to work normally.
- the resistance-capacitance step-down power supply circuit is prone to failure when used in a wide-voltage power grid environment. Therefore, the circuit sensor needs to be improved to be compatible with the DLT dimming system.
- the lighting system contains multiple lamps and one or more of the lamps in the system fails and the entire lighting system is paralyzed, it is impossible to perform efficient maintenance by simply replacing the lamps.
- infrared technology is relatively mature and low in cost, and can be used as a wireless control solution.
- An embodiment of the present disclosure provides an LED lamp lighting system, which is characterized by comprising: a dimmer whose input terminal is electrically connected to a first external power input terminal for receiving an external power signal and generating a dimming signal; and an LED lamp , Electrically connected to the first output terminal, the second output terminal and the second external power input terminal of the dimmer for receiving the dimming signal and adjusting the brightness or color temperature of the LED lamp.
- the LED lamp includes: a demodulation module, electrically connected to the dimmer, for receiving the dimming signal and converting the dimming signal into a dimming control signal; an LED driving module , Electrically connected to the external power supply and the demodulation module, used to perform power conversion on the external power signal to generate a driving power supply and adjust the driving power supply according to the received dimming control signal; and the LED module, electrically connected to all The LED driving module is used to receive the driving power to light up.
- the dimmer includes a first switch and a second switch, the first pin of the first switch is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal, and the second pin of the first switch is electrically connected The first pin of the second switch is electrically connected to the second pin of the first switch, and the second lead of the second switch is electrically connected to the LED drive module. The pin is electrically connected to the demodulation module for generating a dimming signal.
- the first switch is a normally open switch; the second switch is an inching switch and is set to be normally open.
- the dimmer includes a first switch, a third switch, and a fourth switch.
- the first pin of the first switch is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal.
- the first pin of the third switch and the first pin of the fourth switch are electrically connected and electrically connected to the second pin of the first switch, and the second pin of the third switch is electrically connected to The LED drive module and the demodulation module, and the second pin of the fourth switch is electrically connected to the LED drive module and the demodulation module.
- the third switch and the fourth switch are inching switches and are set to be normally closed.
- the third switch and the fourth switch are configured to be unable to be turned off at the same time.
- An embodiment of the present disclosure provides an LED lamp lighting system, which is characterized by comprising: a dimmer, the input terminal of which is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal for converting the received external power signal into A dimming power signal, the dimming power signal contains dimming information; and an LED lamp, which is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer and the second external power input terminal, and is used to respond to the received dimming Light power signal for dimming.
- the external power signal is a commercial AC signal
- the dimmer performs phase-cut processing on the external power signal according to the dimming instruction to generate the dimming power signal.
- the tangent angle of the phase-cutting process is less than 90 degrees, and the size of the tangent angle corresponds to the brightness of the LED lamp.
- phase cut angle when the phase cut angle is a certain value, when the amplitude of the external power signal changes, the brightness of the LED lamp does not change.
- the dimmer includes: a dimming signal generating module for generating a dimming signal according to the received dimming command; a zero-crossing detection module electrically connected to the first external power source The input terminal and the second external power input terminal are used to detect the zero-crossing point of the external power signal and generate a zero-crossing signal; the data modulation module is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal for matching The external power signal is rectified and the dimming signal is loaded on the external power signal to generate the dimming power signal; a filter circuit is electrically connected to the data modulation module for rectifying the received rectified signal Filtering to generate a filtered signal; a power supply module electrically connected to the filter circuit for power conversion of the filtered signal to generate a power supply signal for the dimmer; and a control module electrically connected to the filter circuit
- the zero detection module is configured to receive the zero-crossing signal, start data modulation at a specific time after the zero-crossing, and load the dimming
- the dimming signal generation module includes a wireless remote control and a signal receiving module, the wireless remote control is used to convert the dimming command into a wireless dimming signal, and the signal receiver module is used to The wireless dimming signal is converted into the dimming signal.
- the dimming signal generating module includes a light sensing module, and the light sensing module generates the dimming signal according to the intensity of ambient light.
- the data modulation module includes a first diode, a second diode, a first Zener diode, a first transistor, a second transistor, and a third transistor;
- the anode of the first diode Is electrically connected to the external power input terminal and the first pin of the first transistor, and its cathode is electrically connected to the cathode of the second diode and the cathode of the first Zener diode;
- the second pin is electrically connected to the second pin of the second transistor and is electrically connected to the first circuit node, and the third pin is electrically connected to the control module;
- the first pin of the second transistor The pin is electrically connected to the anode of the second diode and is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer, and the third pin is electrically connected to the control module;
- the third pin of the third transistor One pin is electrically connected to the anode of the first Zener diode, the second pin is electrically connected to the third pin of the second transistor
- the external power signal is commercial AC power, which is characterized in that, within an AC half-wave (within half an AC cycle), the data modulation module includes three working phases: power supply phase, power Phase and data phase.
- the external power signal provides power for the dimmer
- the external power signal provides power for the LED lights
- the data phase The dimmer loads the dimming signal onto the external power signal to generate the dimming power signal.
- the first transistor and the second transistor are in an off state.
- the first transistor and the second transistor are in a conducting state.
- the first transistor and the second transistor work in the amplifying region, and the third transistor is turned on intermittently.
- the LED lamp lighting system further includes a fault detection module, which is electrically connected to the dimmer, for fault detection by bypassing the dimmer.
- the fault detection module includes a first switch, and the first switch is electrically connected to the input terminal and the output terminal of the dimmer.
- the LED lamp lighting system further includes a sensor electrically connected to the dimmer and the LED lamp for changing the circuit state of the sensor based on environmental variables.
- the environmental variable is the intensity of ambient light, whether a human body or environmental sound is detected, and so on.
- the senor includes: a rectifier circuit electrically connected to an external power source for rectifying the received external power signal to generate a rectified signal; a filter circuit electrically connected to the rectifier circuit, Used to filter the rectified signal to generate a filtered signal; a power conversion circuit, electrically connected to the filter circuit, to perform power conversion on the filtered signal to generate a low-voltage DC signal; a switching device, electrical The power supply circuit connected to the LED lamp is connected in series with the LED lamp to switch on and off the power supply circuit; and a sensor control module, which is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit and the switching device, for use The low-voltage direct current signal works, and controls the on-off of the switching device according to environmental variables;
- the rectifier circuit is a full-bridge rectifier circuit.
- the filter circuit includes at least one capacitor.
- the power conversion circuit is a DC step-down power conversion circuit.
- the switching device is a field effect transistor or a relay.
- An embodiment of the disclosure provides an infrared repeater, which is characterized by comprising: an infrared signal receiving module for receiving infrared control signals; an infrared signal amplifying module, electrically connected to the infrared signal receiving module, for The infrared control signal is amplified; and the infrared signal transmitting module is electrically connected to the infrared signal amplifying module for transmitting the amplified infrared control signal.
- the infrared signal emitting module includes a plurality of infrared emitting components, and the infrared emitting components are arranged in an array.
- the infrared signal receiving module includes a plurality of infrared receiving components, and the infrared emitting components are arranged in an array.
- the infrared repeater uses a battery or city power for power supply.
- the infrared signal receiving module includes an infrared receiving probe, the first pin of the infrared receiving probe is electrically connected to a power terminal, and the third pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal;
- the infrared emission module includes a first infrared light-emitting diode;
- the infrared amplification module includes a first capacitor, a first resistor, a second resistor, a third resistor, a fourth resistor, a fifth resistor, and a sixth resistor.
- the triode, the third triode, and the first field effect transistor the second pin of the first capacitor is electrically connected to the common ground terminal, the first resistor and the first capacitor are connected in parallel, and the second resistor of the second resistor One pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the first capacitor, the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the first transistor, and the second pin of the first transistor is electrically connected to The second pin of the third resistor, the third pin of which is electrically connected to the common ground terminal, the first pin of the third resistor is electrically connected to the power terminal, and the first pin of the second triode The pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the third transistor and is electrically connected to the second pin of the first transistor and the first pin of the fourth resistor, and the second pin of the fourth resistor is electrically connected.
- the second pin of the second transistor is electrically connected to the power terminal, and the third pin of the second transistor is electrically connected to the second pin of the third transistor.
- the third pin of the tube is electrically connected to the common ground terminal G
- the first pin of the fifth resistor is electrically connected to the third pin of the second transistor
- the second pin is electrically connected to the field
- the first pin of the first effect transistor, the second pin of the first field effect transistor is electrically connected to the cathode of the first infrared light emitting diode
- the third pin is electrically connected to the common ground terminal
- the sixth resistor The first pin is electrically connected to the power supply terminal, and the second pin is electrically connected to the anode of the first infrared light emitting diode.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure provides an LED lamp, which is characterized by comprising a driving circuit, an LED module, and a demodulation module.
- the demodulation module is electrically connected to an external power source for generating an LED lamp according to the dimming information contained in the external power signal.
- the dimming control signal the driving circuit is electrically connected to the external power supply and the demodulation module, and is used to perform power conversion on the received external power signal to generate a driving power supply, and adjust the driving according to the dimming control signal Power;
- the LED module is electrically connected to the drive circuit for receiving the drive power to light up.
- the external power signal is a DC signal.
- the LED lamp further includes a rectifier circuit and a filter circuit, the rectifier circuit is electrically connected to an external power source for rectifying the external power signal to generate a rectified signal; the filter circuit is electrically connected The rectifier circuit is used to filter the rectified signal to generate a filtered signal; the filtered signal is used to provide the driving circuit.
- the filter circuit includes at least one capacitor.
- the rectifier circuit is a full-bridge rectifier circuit.
- the driving circuit is a step-down DC conversion circuit.
- FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C are schematic diagrams of functional modules of the LED lighting system according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1D is a circuit block diagram of a fault detection module according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 1E is a schematic diagram of functional modules of an LED lighting system according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 1F is a schematic diagram of functional modules of an LED lighting system according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a power adapter according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a signal adjustment module according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- 4A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a switching power supply module according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- 4B is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a power conversion circuit according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- 4C is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power factor circuit according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- 4D is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a power factor correction circuit according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 4E is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a power factor correction circuit according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 5A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a dimmer according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the dimmer according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- 5C is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 5D is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 5E is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 5F is a circuit block diagram of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of functional modules of LED lighting devices according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- 6C is a schematic diagram of functional modules of the driving circuit of some embodiments of the disclosure.
- FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a demodulation module according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- FIGS. 7B and 7C are schematic diagrams of the circuit architecture of the LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- FIG. 7D is a schematic diagram of functional modules of the demodulation module according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 7E is a schematic diagram of waveforms of the demodulation module of some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 7F is a schematic circuit diagram of a demodulation module according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- 7G is a schematic circuit diagram of a demodulation module according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 8A and 8B are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of dimmers according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- 8C is a schematic diagram of dimming waveforms of an LED lighting system disclosed in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 8D is a schematic diagram of dimming waveforms according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 8E is a schematic diagram of dimming waveforms according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 8F and FIG. 8G are schematic diagrams of the correspondence between the phase cut angle, the demodulation signal, and the brightness of the LED module in some embodiments of the disclosure.
- 8H is a schematic diagram of input power waveforms of the LED lighting devices of some embodiments of the disclosure under different grid voltages;
- 8I is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming power signal of an LED lighting system according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 9A-9D are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of LED lighting devices according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- 10A and 10B are a flowchart of steps of a dimming control method of an LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- 10C and 10D are a flowchart of steps of a dimming control method of an LED lighting system according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG. 11A is a schematic circuit diagram of a zero-crossing detection module according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 11B is a schematic circuit diagram of a data modulation module according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- FIG. 12A is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a rectifier circuit according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 12B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a rectifier circuit according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 12C is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a filter circuit according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 12D is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a filter circuit according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 12E is a schematic circuit diagram of a dimming signal generating module according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- FIGS. 13A and 13B are schematic diagrams of circuit structures of LED modules according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- 14A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a fault detection module according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 14B is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a fault detection module according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 15A is a schematic circuit diagram of a dimmer according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 15B is a schematic circuit diagram of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 16A is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming signal according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 16B is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming signal according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- 16C is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming signal according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
- 18A is a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
- 18B is a schematic structural diagram of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
- 18C is a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
- 19A is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 19B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 20 is a schematic diagram of working waveforms of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- 21 is a schematic diagram of signal coverage of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 22A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- 22B is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor power supply module according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- FIG. 22C is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit of the circuit structure shown in FIG. 22B of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 22D is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
- this article uses multiple embodiments to describe each embodiment as follows. However, it does not mean that each embodiment can only be implemented separately. Those skilled in the art can collocation and design feasible implementation examples according to requirements, or replace replaceable components/modules in different embodiments according to design requirements. In other words, the implementation mode taught in this case is not limited to the aspects described in the following examples, but also includes substitution, permutation and combination of various embodiments/components/modules where feasible, which is described here first. .
- FIG. 1A is a schematic block diagram of an LED lighting system according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the LED lighting system 10 of this embodiment includes a dimmer 80 and an LED lighting device 100, where the LED lighting device 100 further includes a power module PM and an LED module LM.
- the LED lighting system may also be referred to as an LED lamp lighting system.
- the input end of the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the external power grid EP to receive the input power Pin from the external power grid EP.
- the output end of the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the LED lighting device 100 through the first connection terminal T1 and the second connection terminal T2 of the LED lighting device 100, so as to provide the modulated power Pin_C after dimming processing to the LED lighting device 100 .
- the external power grid EP is electrically connected to the LED lighting device 100 through the dimmer 80 to supply power to the LED lighting device 100 for use.
- the input power source Pin or the modulated power source Pin_C may be an AC power source, and may refer to at least any one of input voltage, input current, and input power.
- the external power grid EP can be a mains or a ballast.
- the power supply loop formed between the external power grid EP and the LED lighting device 100 can be defined as a bus.
- the LED lighting device 100 may include one or more LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n (represented by n, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1), wherein each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n has a similar or identical configuration.
- the following uses the LED lighting device 100_1 as a representative to illustrate the electrical connection relationship of the LED lighting device 100 in the LED lighting system 10.
- the LED lighting device 100_1 receives the modulated power Pin_C from the first connection terminal T1 and the second connection terminal T2, wherein the power module PM generates a driving power Sdrv based on the modulated power Pin_C and provides it to the LED module LM, so that the LED module LM responds to the driving power Sdrv is lit.
- each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n may be configured in parallel with each other, that is, the first connection terminal T1 of each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n Will be electrically connected together, and the second connection ends T2 of each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n will be electrically connected together.
- the driving power Sdrv may also be referred to as a driving signal.
- the LED lighting device 100 may be any type of LED lights driven by AC power, such as LED spotlights, LED downlights, LED bulb lights, LED track lights, LED panel lights, LED ceiling lights, and LED straight lights. This disclosure does not impose restrictions on tube lamps or LED filament lamps.
- the LED lighting device 100 may be a built-in driving type LED straight tube lamp, such as a ballast compatible (Type-A) straight tube lamp or a ballast bypass type. (Type-B) Straight tube lamp.
- the dimmer 80 will perform dimming processing on the input power Pin according to a dimming command DIM, and generate the processed modulated power Pin_C accordingly.
- the user can give the corresponding dimming command DIM to the dimmer 80 through a control interface 50.
- the control interface 50 can be implemented in various forms such as a switch, a knob, a touch panel, or a wireless signal receiver, which is not limited in this disclosure.
- the dimming processing may be to change the signal characteristics of the conduction angle, frequency, amplitude, phase or combination of the input power Pin.
- the dimmer 80 includes at least one controllable electronic component (not shown) that is electrically connected to the bus or can affect the current/voltage of the bus, such as a thyristor, a single-chip microcomputer, and a transistor.
- the controllable electronic component can adjust the signal characteristics of the input power Pin in response to the dimming command DIM, so that the input power Pin is converted into the adjusted modulated power Pin_C.
- the dimmer 80 can be regarded as adjusting the signal characteristics of the AC input power Pin to generate an AC modulating power supply Pin_C with a dimming signal, that is, the dimmer of this embodiment
- the modulated power supply Pin_C after dimming processing is composed of at least an AC component and a dimming signal component. Subsequent embodiments will further describe the configuration of the dimmer 80.
- the power module PM When the LED lighting device 100 receives the modulated power Pin_C, on the one hand, the power module PM will further convert the modulated power Pin_C into a stable driving power Sdrv for the LED module LM. On the other hand, the power module PM will be based on different modulations. The signal characteristics of the power supply Pin_C are changed to generate a driving power Sdrv with different voltages (may be called driving voltages), currents (may be called driving currents) and/or pulse widths. After the driving power Sdrv is generated, the LED module LM will be lit and emit light in response to the driving power Sdrv. Among them, the brightness of the LED module LM will be related to the driving voltage, driving current and/or pulse width.
- the driving voltage and/or driving current will be adjusted based on the signal characteristics of the modulated power supply Pin_C, and the signal of the power supply Pin_C will be modulated.
- the feature is controlled by the dimming command DIM.
- the dimming command DIM is directly related to the luminous brightness of the LED module LM.
- the operation of the power module PM to convert the modulated power Pin_C into the driving power Sdrv may include, but is not limited to, signal processing such as rectification, filtering, and DC-to-DC conversion. Another subsequent embodiment will further describe this part.
- the modulated power Pin_C will be provided to the LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n at the same time, so that the LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n will be lit at the same time. Therefore, in some embodiments, when the dimming command DIM is applied/adjusted, the light-emitting brightness of the LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n will be changed synchronously.
- the LED lighting system 10 realizes dimming control by adjusting the signal characteristics of the input power Pin, there is no need to pull out an independent signal line on each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n to receive the dimming signal, which greatly simplifies Wiring and installation complexity in a multi-lamp control application environment.
- FIG. 1B is a schematic block diagram of an LED lighting system according to other embodiments of the present disclosure.
- This embodiment is a system configuration diagram in which the dimmer is included in a power adapter.
- the LED lighting system 20 of this embodiment includes a power adapter PA and an LED lighting device 200.
- the power adapter PA is provided outside the LED lighting device 200 and can be used to convert the AC input power Pin into a power supply signal.
- the power adapter PA includes a dimmer 80 which can be based on the dimming command DIM Perform dimming processing on the power supply signal converted by the power adapter PA, and generate the processed modulated power Pin_C accordingly.
- DIM dimming command
- the dimmer 80 in the configuration of the LED lighting system 20 of this embodiment, can be regarded as adjusting the signal characteristics of the rectified input power Pin to generate a dimming signal.
- the DC modulated power supply Pin_C that is, the modulated power supply Pin_C after dimming processing in this embodiment at least consists of a DC component and a dimming signal component. Subsequent embodiments will also further describe the configuration of the dimmer 80.
- the input power source may also be referred to as an external power source, which has the same meaning, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
- the LED lighting device 200 of this embodiment may also include one or more LED lighting devices 200_1-200_n (represented by n, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1), wherein each LED The lighting devices 200_1-200_n have similar or identical configurations, and are similar to the aforementioned LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n. Therefore, regarding the configuration and operation of the power module PM and the LED module LM of each LED lighting device 200_1-200_n, please refer to the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here. It is also mentioned here that, since the modulating power Pin_C provided by the dimmer 80 to the LED lighting device 100 in the embodiment of FIG. 1A is an AC power source, the power adapter PA in the implementation of FIG.
- the variable power Pin_C is a power supply signal, so the power modules PM in the LED lighting devices 100 and 200 may have different configurations according to different types of power received.
- the power module PM in the LED lighting device 100 may include a rectifier circuit, a filter circuit, and a DC-to-DC conversion circuit, etc.
- the power module PM in the ED lighting device 200 may only include a filter circuit and a DC-to-DC conversion circuit, It does not include the rectifier circuit.
- the LED lighting device 200 may be any type of LED light driven by a power supply signal, such as an LED spotlight, LED downlight, LED bulb light, LED track light, and LED panel light used with an external power adapter. , LED ceiling lamps, LED straight tube lamps or LED filament lamps, etc. This disclosure does not impose restrictions on this.
- the LED lighting device 200 is an LED straight tube lamp
- the LED lighting device 200 may be an externally driven (Type-C) LED straight tube lamp.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a power adapter according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- the power adapter PA includes a signal adjustment module 60, a switching power supply module 70 and a dimmer 80.
- the signal adjustment module 60 receives the input power Pin, and is used to perform signal adjustments such as rectification and filtering of the AC input power Pin.
- the switching power supply module 70 is electrically connected to the signal adjustment module 60, and is used to perform power conversion on the signal-adjusted input power Pin to generate and output a stable power supply signal.
- the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the switching power supply module 70, and is used to modulate the power supply signal output by the switching power supply module 70 to convert the dimming command DIM into a specific form/signal feature and load the output of the switching power supply module 70 On the power supply signal, the modulated power supply Pin_C after dimming processing is generated.
- FIGS. 3 to 5B are used to illustrate some configuration embodiments of the modules in the power adapter PA.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the signal adjustment module according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- the signal adjustment module 60 includes a rectifier circuit 61 and a first filter circuit 62.
- the rectifier circuit 61 receives the input power Pin through the rectification input terminal, rectifies the input power Pin, and then outputs the rectified signal from the rectification output terminal.
- the rectifier circuit 61 may be a full-wave rectifier circuit, a half-wave rectifier circuit, a bridge rectifier circuit or other types of rectifier circuits, but the disclosure is not limited thereto.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the signal adjustment module according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- the signal adjustment module 60 includes a rectifier circuit 61 and a first filter circuit 62.
- the rectifier circuit 61 receives the input power Pin through the rectification input terminal, rectifies the input power Pin, and then outputs the rectified signal from the rectification output terminal.
- the rectifier circuit 61 may be
- the rectifier circuit 61 is a full-wave rectifier bridge composed of four diodes D11-D14 as an example, in which the anode of the diode D11 and the cathode of the diode D12 are electrically connected together as the first part of the rectifier circuit 61.
- the anode of the diode D13 and the cathode of the diode D14 are electrically connected together as the second rectification input terminal of the rectifier circuit 61.
- the cathodes of the diodes D11 and D13 are electrically connected together as the first rectification output terminal of the rectifier circuit 61
- the anodes of the diodes D12 and 14 are electrically connected together as the second rectification output terminal of the rectifier circuit 61.
- the input terminal of the first filter circuit 62 is electrically connected to the rectified output terminal of the rectifier circuit 61 to receive the rectified signal, and filter the rectified signal to generate a filtered signal, and the output from the first filtered output terminal Ta1 and the second Filter output terminal Ta2 output.
- the first rectified output terminal can be regarded as the first filter input terminal of the first filter circuit 62
- the second rectified output terminal can be regarded as the second filter input terminal of the first filter circuit 62.
- the first filter circuit 62 can filter out ripples in the rectified signal, so that the waveform of the generated filtered signal is smoother than the waveform of the rectified signal.
- the first filter circuit 62 can be configured to filter a specific frequency through a selection circuit configuration, so as to filter out the response/energy of the external driving power supply at the specific frequency.
- the first filter circuit 62 may be a circuit composed of at least one of a resistor, a capacitor, and an inductance, such as a parallel capacitor filter circuit or a ⁇ -type filter circuit, and the disclosure is not limited thereto.
- the first filter circuit 62 is shown taking the capacitor C11 as an example, wherein the first end of the capacitor C11 (also the first filter output terminal Ta1) is electrically connected to the cathodes of the diodes D11 and D13 through the first rectified output terminal. And the second terminal of the capacitor C11 (also the second filter output terminal Ta2) is electrically connected to the anodes of the diodes D12 and D14 through the second rectified output terminal.
- the signal adjustment module 60 further includes a second filter circuit 63 and/or a third filter circuit 64, wherein the second filter circuit 63 is a filter circuit connected in series between the external power grid and the rectifier circuit 61, and the second filter circuit
- the three filter circuit 64 is a filter circuit electrically connected to the rectification input end of the rectification circuit 61 and connected in parallel with the rectification circuit 61.
- the arrangement of the second filter circuit 63/the third filter circuit 64 can suppress high-frequency interference or current limit in the input power Pin, so that the signal stability of the input power Pin is better.
- the second filter circuit 63 and the third filter circuit 64 can also be circuits composed of at least one of a resistor, a capacitor, and an inductor, and the present disclosure is not limited to this.
- the second filter circuit 63 is shown taking inductors L11 and L12 as an example, where the inductor L11 is connected in series between one of the live and neutral wires of the external power grid EP and the first rectification input terminal of the rectification circuit 61 And the inductor L12 is connected in series between the other one of the live wire and the neutral wire of the external power grid EP and the second rectification input terminal of the rectifier circuit 61.
- the inductors L11 and L12 may be common mode inductors or differential mode inductors.
- the third filter circuit 64 in FIG. 3 shows a capacitor C12 as an example, wherein the first end of the capacitor C12 is electrically connected to the inductor L11 and the first rectification input terminal (ie, the connection terminal between the anode of the diode D11 and the cathode of the diode D12 ), and the second end of the capacitor C12 is electrically connected to the inductor L12 and the second rectification input end (ie, the connection end of the anode of the diode D13 and the cathode of the diode D14).
- the switching power supply module 70 may include a power conversion circuit 71, wherein the input end of the power conversion circuit 71 is electrically connected to the first filter circuit (the first filter circuit 62 in FIG. 3) Filter output terminals Ta1 and Ta2 to receive the filtered signal.
- the power conversion circuit 71 may perform power conversion on the filtered signal in a current source mode to generate a stable power supply signal Sp.
- the power conversion circuit 71 includes a switching control circuit 72 and a conversion circuit 73.
- the conversion circuit 73 includes a switching circuit (also referred to as a power switch) PSW and a power conversion circuit ESE.
- the conversion circuit 73 receives the filtered signal, and according to the control of the switching control circuit 72, converts the filtered signal into a power supply signal Sp, which is output by the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2 to supply power to the LED lamp.
- FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power conversion circuit according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- the power conversion circuit 71 of this embodiment is an example of a step-down DC-to-DC conversion circuit, which includes a switching control circuit 72 and a conversion circuit 73, and the conversion circuit 73 includes an inductor L21, a freewheeling diode D21, and a capacitor C21.
- the transistor M21 is the switching circuit PSW1.
- the conversion circuit 73 is coupled to the filter output terminals Ta1 and Ta2 to convert the received filtered signal into a power supply signal Sp, which is output through the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2.
- the transistor M21 is, for example, a MOSFET, which has a control terminal, a first terminal, and a second terminal.
- the first terminal of the transistor M21 is coupled to the anode of the freewheeling diode D21
- the second terminal is coupled to the filter output terminal Ta2
- the control terminal is coupled to the switching control circuit 72 to receive the control of the switching control circuit 72 so that the first terminal and the second terminal are It is on or off.
- the first power supply terminal T1 is coupled to the filter output terminal Ta1
- the second power supply terminal T2 is coupled to one end of the inductor L21
- the other end of the inductor L22 is coupled to the first end of the transistor M21.
- the capacitor C21 is coupled between the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2 to stabilize the voltage fluctuation between the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2.
- the cathode of the freewheeling diode D21 is coupled to the filter output terminal Ta1 and the first power supply terminal T1.
- the controller 72 determines the turn-on and turn-off time of the switch 635 according to the current detection signal Scs1 or/and Scs2, that is, controls the duty cycle of the transistor M21 to adjust the size of the power supply signal Sp.
- the current detection signal Scs1 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the transistor M21
- the current detection signal Scs2 represents the magnitude of the inductor current IL, where the current detection signal Scs2 can be obtained by arranging an auxiliary winding coupled with the inductor L21. According to any of the current detection signals Scs1 and Scs2, the switching control circuit 72 can obtain information on the magnitude of the power converted by the conversion circuit.
- the transistor M21 When the transistor M21 is turned on, the current of the filtered signal flows in from the filter output terminal Ta1, and passes through the capacitor C21 and the first power supply terminal T1 to the back-end load (LED lamp), and then from the back-end load through the inductor L21 and the transistor M21 It flows out from the filter output terminal Ta2. At this time, the capacitor C21 and the inductor L21 are storing energy. When the transistor M21 is turned off, the inductor L21 and the capacitor C21 release the stored energy, and the current freewheels to the first power supply terminal T1 through the freewheeling diode D21 so that the back-end load is still continuously powered.
- the capacitor C21 is an unnecessary component and can be omitted, so it is indicated by a broken line in the figure.
- the effect of stabilizing the current of the LED module can be achieved by the characteristics of the inductance that the resistance current changes, and the capacitor C21 can be omitted.
- the power conversion circuit 71 can adopt any one of a buck circuit, a boost circuit, and a boost-buck circuit according to specific applications.
- the switching power supply module 70 may further include a power factor correction (PFC) circuit 74.
- the PFC circuit 74 is electrically connected between the filter output terminals Ta1 and Ta2 of the first filter circuit (the first filter circuit 62 in FIG. 3) and the input terminal of the power conversion circuit 71.
- the PFC circuit 74 includes a switching control circuit 75 and a conversion circuit 76.
- the switching control circuit 75 controls the operation of the conversion circuit 76 to perform PFC compensation on the filtered signal and generate a PFC signal, that is, to improve the filtering.
- the power factor of the latter signal increases the active power of the filtered signal and reduces the reactive power.
- the PFC circuit 74 may be, for example, a boost converter circuit (Boost circuit for short), as shown in FIG. 4C, which is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power factor circuit according to some embodiments of the disclosure. 4C, the PFC circuit 74 includes a switching control circuit 75 and a conversion circuit 76, and the conversion circuit 76 includes a resistor R22, an inductor L22, a freewheeling diode D22, a capacitor C22, and a transistor M22, wherein the inductor L22 and the freewheeling diode D22 constitute power The conversion circuit ESE2, and the transistor M22 is the switch circuit PSW2.
- Boost circuit for short boost converter circuit
- the conversion circuit 76 is coupled to the filter output terminals Ta1 and Ta2 to convert the received filtered signal into a PFC signal, and output to the power conversion circuit 71 through the PFC output terminals Ta3 and Ta4.
- the capacitor C22 is an unnecessary component and can be omitted, so it is indicated by a dashed line in the figure.
- the effect of stabilizing the current of the LED module can be achieved by the characteristics of the inductance that the impedance of the current changes, and the capacitor C22 can be omitted.
- the power factor correction circuit may also be referred to as a power factor correction module.
- FIG. 4D shows a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power factor correction circuit of this application in another embodiment.
- the input of the power factor correction circuit 74 is coupled to the first filter output terminal Ta1 and the second filter output terminal Ta1.
- the filter output terminal Ta2 is output coupled to the PFC output terminals Ta3 and Ta4.
- the power factor correction circuit 74 includes a multiplier 2500, a switching control circuit 75, a first comparator CP24, a second comparator CP23, a transistor M23, a resistor R23, a diode D23, and an inductor L23.
- One end of the inductor L23 is coupled to the first filter output terminal Ta1, the other end is coupled to the anode of the diode D23, and the cathode of the diode D23 is coupled to the PFC output terminal Ta3.
- the first end of the transistor M23 is coupled to the connection node of the inductor L23 and the diode D23, the second end is connected to the reference low potential (for example, connected to the power ground GND, or connected to the reference ground SGND) via the resistor R23, and the control end is coupled to the switching control The output terminal of the circuit 75.
- the first input terminal of the first comparator CP24 is coupled to the PFC output terminal Ta3, the second input terminal receives a reference voltage Vt, and the output terminal is coupled to the first input terminal of the multiplier 2500.
- the second input terminal of the multiplier 2500 is coupled to the first filter output terminal Ta1, the output terminal is coupled to the second input terminal of the second comparator CP23, and the first input terminal of the second comparator CP23 is coupled to the resistor R23 and the transistor M23.
- the output end is coupled to the input end of the switching control circuit 75.
- the circuit components of the multiplier 2500, the switching control circuit 75, the first comparator CP24, and the second comparator CP23 may be integrated in a controller to control the on and off of the transistor M23.
- the controller may also be integrated with the transistor M23.
- the controller is an integrated circuit, such as a control chip.
- the transistor M23 can be, for example, a metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET), a bipolar junction transistor (BJT), a triode, etc.
- the comparison result is sent to the first input terminal of the multiplier 2500,
- the second input terminal also obtains the voltage Vdc output by the first filtered output terminal Ta1
- the multiplier 2500 outputs the reference signal Vi as the current feedback control based on the input of the first input terminal and the second input terminal
- the second comparator CP23 will The voltage signal reflecting the peak current of the inductor L23 obtained from the resistor R23 is compared with the reference signal Vi, and the comparison result is output to the switching control circuit 75 to control the on and off of the transistor M23, so that the current Ii of the input power factor correction circuit 74 and
- the waveform of the voltage Vdc is basically the same, which greatly reduces the current harmonics and improves the power factor.
- FIG. 4E shows a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power factor correction circuit of this application in another embodiment.
- the power factor correction circuit 74 of FIG. 4E includes a controller 2510, a transformer 2511, a diode 2512, and a transistor. 2515, resistor 2513_0, resistor 2513_1, resistor 2513_2, resistor 2513_3, resistor 2513_4, resistor 2513_5, resistor 2513_6, resistor 2513_7, resistor 2513_8, capacitor 2514_0, capacitor 2514_1.
- the controller 2510 has an inverting input terminal Inv, an error amplification output terminal Com, a multiplier input terminal Mult, a sampling terminal Cs, an input terminal Zcd of a zero-crossing detection signal, a drive output terminal Gd, and a chip power terminal Vcc.
- One end of the transformer 2511 is coupled to the first filter output terminal Ta1, the other end is coupled to the anode of the diode 2512, and the cathode of the diode 2512 is coupled to the PFC output terminal Ta3.
- the first end of the transistor 2515 is coupled to the connection node of the transformer 2511 and the diode 2512, and the second end is coupled to the second filter output terminal Ta2 (or connected to the power ground GND, or connected to the second pin 221) via a resistor 2513_7, and controls The terminal is coupled to the drive output terminal Gd of the controller 2510 via a resistor 2513_8.
- the sampling terminal Cs of the controller 2510 is coupled to the connection node between the second terminal of the transistor 2515 and the resistor 2513_7 via the resistor 2513_6.
- the chip power terminal Vcc is electrically connected to a constant voltage for supplying power to the controller 2510.
- the inverting input terminal Inv is coupled to a voltage divider circuit composed of a resistor 2513_0 and a resistor 2513_1 in series to obtain the voltage V0 output from the PFC output terminal Ta3.
- An RC compensation network composed of a resistor 2513_5, a capacitor 2514_0, and a capacitor 2514_1 is coupled between the inverting input terminal Inv and the error amplification output terminal Com.
- One end of the capacitor 2514_0 and one end of the capacitor 2514_1 are simultaneously coupled to the inverting input terminal Inv, and the other end of the capacitor 2514_0 is connected to the other end of the capacitor 2514_1 via a resistor 2513_5 and then connected to the error amplification output terminal Com.
- the multiplier input terminal Mult is coupled to the output of the voltage divider circuit in which the resistor 2513_3 and the resistor 2513_4 are connected in series to the first filter output terminal Ta1 and the second filter output terminal Ta2 (or ground terminal).
- the input terminal Zcd of the zero-crossing detection signal is coupled to the transformer 2511 via a resistor 2513_2.
- the PFC output terminal Ta3 connected to the output of the power factor correction circuit 74 is also coupled to a capacitor 2514_1 to stabilize the electrical signal output by the active power factor correction module 251 and filter out high-frequency interference signals.
- a capacitor 2514_1 to stabilize the electrical signal output by the active power factor correction module 251 and filter out high-frequency interference signals.
- it is added or omitted (non-essential components), so it is represented by a dashed line in the figure.
- the same situation also includes at least one of the following circuit structures: a resistor and capacitor 2514_3 connected in parallel to both ends of the resistor 2513_4, a capacitor 2514_4 connected in parallel to both ends of the resistor 2513_1, and a resistor 2513_9 coupled between the control terminal and the second terminal of the transistor 2515, coupled
- the diode 2516 and the resistor 2513_10 between the control terminal of the transistor 2515 and the resistor 2513_8 are coupled to the resistor 2513_6 between the resistor 2513_7 and the sampling terminal Cs of the controller.
- the circuit structures shown by the dashed lines can also be replaced by more complex or simpler circuit structures.
- the sampling terminal Cs of the controller is connected to the resistor 2513_7 through a wire.
- the capacitor 2514_5 is composed of a tank circuit including at least two capacitors.
- the DC voltage signal V0 output by the power factor correction circuit 74 is divided by the resistor 2513_0 and the resistor 2513_1 in series to form a voltage divider circuit and then input to the reverse input of the controller 2510.
- the voltage signal Vdc input to the power factor correction circuit 74 is divided by a voltage divider circuit composed of a resistor 2513_3 and a resistor 2513_4 in series, and then input to the multiplier input terminal Mult to determine the waveform and phase of the voltage signal Vdc.
- the high-frequency current induced by the primary inductance (also known as the primary coil and the primary winding) is input to the input terminal Zcd of the zero-crossing detection signal through the secondary inductance (also known as the secondary coil and the secondary winding) of the mutual inductance and the resistance 2513_2 as a pass Zero detection signal.
- the transistor 2515 When the transistor 2515 is turned on, the voltage signal Vdc is input to the reference low potential (for example, the second filter output terminal Ta2, or the power ground GND, or the second pin 221) through the primary inductance of the transformer 2511 and the transistor 2515.
- the transformer 2511 stores energy (also called excitation), and the electrical signal output by the transistor 2515 is obtained by the sampling terminal Cs to sample the inductor current in the transformer 2511; synchronously, the multiplier input terminal Mult of the controller 2510 receives the The resistor 2513_3 samples the signal Vdc and generates an internal reference signal Vi based on the electrical signal of the sampled signal Vdc for detecting the sampling signal obtained by the sampling terminal Cs based on the internal reference signal Vi.
- the controller 2510 controls the transistor 2515 to turn off.
- the primary inductance of the transformer 2511 discharges energy (also called demagnetization), and the secondary inductance of the transformer 2511 induces the discharge operation and outputs a zero-crossing detection signal.
- the zero-crossing detection signal received by the controller 2510 is also close to zero.
- the controller 2510 determines according to the zero-crossing detection signal received by the input terminal Zcd of the zero-crossing detection signal The time when the discharging operation ends, and the control logic set based on the detection result of the zero-crossing detection signal is used to output a signal that the driving transistor 2515 is turned on from the driving output terminal Gd to supply power to the back-end circuit.
- the controller 2510 can be selected as a control chip integrated with a special circuit for optimizing harmonic distortion (or THD optimization) or power factor correction, which is used to effectively control the crossover distortion and crossover distortion of the input current input to it. Ripple distortion, thereby improving power factor and reducing harmonic distortion.
- the controller 2510 may use the L6562 chip, the L6561 chip, or the L6560 chip.
- the transistor 2515 is a three-terminal controllable power device, such as a metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET), a bipolar junction transistor (BJT), Triode and so on.
- MOSFET metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor
- BJT bipolar junction transistor
- the circuit architecture of the power factor correction circuit is not limited to this.
- the power factor correction circuit can also be, for example, a boost type (Boost) power factor correction circuit, a buck type (Buck) power factor correction circuit, and a buck-boost type (Boost- Buck) power factor correction circuit, forward power factor correction circuit, or flyback power factor correction circuit.
- Boost boost type
- Buck buck type
- Boost- Buck buck-boost type
- the power factor correction module can also, for example, adopt a passive power factor correction unit, which can be implemented by connecting a resonant filter on the AC side, thereby increasing the conduction angle of the current in the AC signal.
- the technician can adjust the power factor correction module 25 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 to be coupled between the first input terminal 201, the second input terminal 202 and the rectifier module 24 of the dimmer 20 , So that the power factor correction module 25 receives the AC signal output by the external AC power supply, performs power factor correction on the AC signal, and then outputs the AC signal to the rectifier module 24.
- the filtering module 23 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 is an omissible module.
- FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of the dimmer according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- the dimmer 80 includes a signal synthesis module 81 and a command conversion module 82.
- the signal synthesis module 81 is used to modulate the power supply signal Sp by using the dimming signal Sdim to generate a modulated power supply Pin_C after dimming processing; or it can be said that the power supply signal Sp and the dimming signal Sdim are synthesized and processed into modulation Power Pin_C.
- the command conversion module 82 is used to receive the dimming command DIM, and convert the dimming command DIM into a dimming signal Sdim with a specific format.
- the dimming signal Sdim of the specific format may be, for example, a signal indicating a phase cut time, a frequency conversion signal in response to dimming information, or a digital code in response to dimming information (for example, a square wave with a specific order of high/low levels) Etc.
- the above-mentioned signal format can be presented in the form of pulse or square wave, so the dimming signal Sdim can be a signal composed of two signal states of high level and low level in appearance.
- the command conversion module 82 may be referred to as a dimming signal generation module.
- the signal synthesis module 81 may be referred to as a signal synthesis processing module.
- the power conversion circuit may be referred to as a power conversion unit.
- FIG. 5B is used to illustrate the specific circuit configuration of the dimmer 80 in some embodiments, wherein FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the dimmer according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the signal synthesis module 81 may include, for example, a power conversion circuit 71, a feedback adjustment circuit 83, and a signal generation circuit 84.
- the power conversion circuit 71 may be as described in the embodiment of FIG. 4B. Description, I will not repeat it here.
- the feedback adjustment circuit 83 is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit 71, and is used to generate a corresponding feedback signal according to the signal state on the power supply terminal and feed it back to the switching control circuit 72 of the power conversion circuit 71, so that the switching control circuit 72 The control of the transistor M21 is adjusted according to the feedback signal, and then the signal fluctuation on the power supply terminal is compensated, so that the output is stable.
- the signal generating circuit 84 is electrically connected to the feedback adjusting circuit 83, and is used to determine whether to adjust the voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2 according to the signal state of the dimming signal Sdim.
- the feedback adjustment circuit 83 and the signal generation circuit 84 may be collectively referred to as a feedback adjustment unit.
- the feedback adjustment unit 2 adjusts the sampling signal obtained from the power supply terminal T1/T2 based on the dimming signal Sdim output by the instruction conversion module 82, and outputs a feedback signal based on the adjusted sampling signal, and the feedback signal is transmitted to the power conversion circuit 71
- the power conversion circuit 71 performs energy conversion on the power supply signal obtained from the pins ta1/ta3 based on the feedback signal, so as to output an output signal with a synthesized dimming signal at the power supply terminal T1/T2.
- the signal generation circuit 84 will not adjust the voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2, so the feedback signal output by the feedback adjustment circuit 83 will not fluctuate significantly, so that The voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2 can be dynamically stabilized at a set voltage.
- the signal generation circuit 84 When the dimming signal Sdim switches from a low level to a high level, the signal generation circuit 84 will pull up the voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2, and this momentary pull up of the voltage will affect the operation of the feedback adjustment circuit 83, so that The feedback adjustment circuit 83 outputs a corresponding feedback signal to instruct the switching control circuit 72 to adjust the voltage on the power supply terminal T1/T2 back to the set voltage. Then, when the dimming signal Sdim returns from the high level to the low level again, the voltage regulation effect of the signal generating circuit 84 on the power supply terminal T1/T2 disappears, and the power conversion circuit 71 still tends to use the power supply terminal T1/T2. The upper voltage is adjusted downward to approach the set voltage.
- the voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2 will be quickly pulled back to the vicinity of the set voltage.
- the voltage on the power supply terminal T1/T2 is pulled up in response to the control of the signal generating circuit 84, and then reduced to the set voltage in response to the control of the power conversion circuit 71 and the feedback regulating circuit 83, that is, the voltage at the power supply terminal T1 /T2 forms a pulse/square wave waveform superimposed on the set voltage, and this waveform will be roughly synchronized with the dimming signal Sdim.
- the signal with a pulse/square wave waveform superimposed on the set voltage is the modulated power Pin_C generated by the dimmer 80.
- the feedback adjustment circuit 83 includes an inductor L31, a capacitor C31, resistors R31-R34, diodes D31-D32, an op amp unit CP31, and an optocoupler unit U31, wherein the inductor L31, capacitor C21, resistors R31 and R32, and diodes D31 and D32 can form a feedback auxiliary module, and resistors R33 and R34 can form a resistance module.
- one end of the inductor L31 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND1, and is coupled with the inductor L21 to induce a signal on the inductor L21.
- One end of the capacitor C31 is electrically connected to the other end of the inductor L31.
- the anode of the diode D31 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND2, and the cathode of the diode D31 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor C31.
- the anode of the diode D32 is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode D31 and the other end of the capacitor C31.
- the operational amplifier unit CP31 has a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal. Its first input terminal is electrically connected to the other end of the resistor R32, and its second input terminal is electrically connected to the resistor module and the signal generating circuit 84, and its The output terminal is electrically connected to the optocoupler unit U31.
- the first input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 may also be electrically connected to a voltage regulator tube, but the disclosure is not limited to this.
- the optocoupler unit U31 includes a light-emitting component Ua and a photosensitive component Ub.
- the anode of the light-emitting component Ua is electrically connected to the other end of the resistor R31, and the cathode of the light-emitting component Ua is electrically connected to the output end of the operational amplifier unit CP31; one end of the photosensitive component Ub
- the bias power supply Vcc1 is electrically connected (it can be generated by dividing the bus voltage or generated by an auxiliary winding), and the other end of the photosensitive component Ub is electrically connected to the feedback control terminal of the switching control circuit 72.
- the resistance module is used to divide the voltage on the power supply terminal T1 and provide the divided voltage signal to the operational amplifier unit CP31.
- the resistors R33 and R34 are connected in series between the power supply terminal T1 and the ground terminal GND2, and the connection ends of the resistors R33 and R34 are electrically connected to the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31.
- the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 can be regarded as being electrically connected to the voltage dividing point of the resistance module to receive the divided voltage signal, that is, the sampling signal.
- the signal output by the operational amplifier unit CP31 is a feedback signal, and is transmitted to the switching control circuit 72 through the optocoupler unit U31.
- the signal generating circuit 84 includes a resistor R35 and a transistor M31.
- One end of the resistor R35 is electrically connected to the second input end of the operational amplifier unit CP31 and the connection end of the resistors R33 and R34.
- the transistor M31 has a first terminal, a second terminal, and a control terminal. The first terminal is electrically connected to the other terminal of the resistor R35, the second terminal is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND2, and the control terminal is electrically connected to the command conversion circuit 82. Receive the dimming signal Sdim.
- the signal generating circuit 84 can be called a regulating circuit; the resistor R33 and the resistor R34 can be called a sampling circuit; the operational amplifier unit CP31 can be called a comparison circuit; the optocoupler unit U31 can be called a signal transmission Circuit; and, the inductor L31, the capacitor C31, the diodes D31, and D31 can be referred to as a reference signal generating circuit.
- the first input terminal of the operational amplifier unit may be a forward input terminal, and the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit may be a reverse input terminal.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of the dimmer according to some embodiments of the disclosure.
- the dimming signal Sdim is an example of a pulse signal whose frequency changes according to the brightness information indicated by the dimming command DIM, but the disclosure is not limited to this.
- the command conversion circuit 82 When the command conversion circuit 82 receives an instruction to adjust the brightness to 30% of the maximum brightness, the command conversion circuit 82 will generate a dimming signal Sdim with a period of T1 and provide it to the control of the transistor M31. end.
- the transistor M31 During the low level period of the dimming signal Sdim, the transistor M31 is kept off, so that the resistor R35 can be regarded as a floating state, so the voltage of the power supply terminal T1 and the operation of the feedback adjustment circuit 83 will not be affected.
- the transistor M31 is turned on, so that the resistor R35 is equivalent to being connected in parallel with the resistor R34.
- the voltage on the power supply terminal T1 will be increased accordingly.
- the operational amplifier unit CP31 will respond to the voltage change on its second input terminal, the signal on the output terminal will change accordingly, and the output terminal signal change of the operational amplifier unit CP31 will affect the amount of light emitted by the light-emitting component Ua, making the light sensitive
- the conduction degree of the resistance Ub has a corresponding change.
- the change in the conduction degree of the photoresistor Ub will affect the voltage fed back to the feedback control terminal of the switching control circuit 72, so that the switching control circuit 72 tends to reduce the duty cycle of the transistor M21 during the high level period of the dimming signal Sdim.
- the suddenly raised voltage on the power supply terminal T1 is quickly pulled back to the set voltage Vset.
- the dimming signal Sdim returns from high level to low level again, the voltage on the power supply terminal T1 will also quickly return to the set voltage Vdet, so that the modulated power supply Pin_C is formed and adjusted on the basis of the set voltage Vdet.
- the optical signal Sdim is almost synchronized with a pulse with a period of T1. On the whole, it can be considered that the dimming signal Sdim is superimposed on the power supply signal Sp to form the modulated power Pin_C.
- the transistor R35 is turned on, and the resistors R35 and R34 are connected in parallel to reduce the impedance between the second input terminal of the op amp unit CP31 and the ground terminal GND2.
- the voltage division at the second input terminal of the op amp unit CP31 is reduced, and at this time the voltage at the first input terminal of the op amp unit remains unchanged, in order to continue to maintain the voltage at the second input terminal of the op amp and the voltage at the first input terminal at the same level.
- the output signal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 is transmitted to the switching control circuit 72 through the signal transmission circuit U31, so that the switching control circuit 72 adjusts the output voltage of the power conversion circuit (that is, the voltage at the power supply terminal T1) to increase, and when the voltage at the power supply terminal T1 increases After being high, the divided voltage at the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 rises to the same level as the first input terminal.
- the transistor M31 is turned off, and the voltage at the power supply terminal T1 is the set voltage Vset; when the dimming signal Sdim is at a high level, the transistor M31 is turned on, and the power supply terminal T1 The voltage rises.
- the magnitude of the voltage increase at the power supply terminal T1 is related to the resistors R33, R34, and R35.
- the resistance value of the resistance in the sampling circuit can also be changed to realize that when the dimming signal is low, the voltage of the power supply terminal T1 is the set voltage Vset; when the dimming signal Sdim is high, it is normal, The voltage of the power supply terminal T1 drops.
- the first input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 is coupled to a constant voltage source or a reference signal generating circuit for receiving the reference signal Vref.
- the command conversion circuit 82 When the command conversion circuit 82 receives an instruction to adjust the brightness to 80% of the maximum brightness, the command conversion circuit 82 will generate a dimming signal Sdim with a period of T2 and provide it to the control of the transistor M31. At the end, the period T2 is smaller than the period T1, that is, the frequency of the dimming signal Sdim corresponding to 30% of the maximum brightness is lower than the frequency of the dimming signal Sdim corresponding to 70% of the maximum brightness.
- the feedback adjustment module 83 and the signal generation module 84 operate similarly to the above-mentioned embodiment, so that the modulated power supply Pin_C can form a dimming signal based on the set voltage Vdet.
- Sdim is approximately synchronized with a pulse with a period of T2. On the whole, it can be considered that the dimming signal Sdim is superimposed on the power supply signal Sp to form the modulated power Pin_C.
- the signal synthesis module 81 can be regarded as the use of the existing power conversion circuit 71 configuration to realize part of the signal synthesis function, so here the power conversion circuit 71 is regarded as a part of the signal synthesis module 81 .
- the signal synthesis module 81 can also be regarded as not including the power conversion circuit 71 (that is, only includes the feedback adjustment circuit 83 and the signal generation circuit 84). At this time, the signal synthesis module 81 is a cooperative power supply.
- the conversion circuit 71 generates the modulated power Pin_C.
- the feedback adjustment circuit 83 can also be regarded as a part of the power conversion circuit 71.
- the specific configuration of the power conversion circuit 71 reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment for description, which will not be repeated here.
- FIG. 5C for a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the invention.
- the dimming circuit structure in this embodiment is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5B.
- the signal generating circuit 84 includes a transistor M31, and B is connected in parallel with a resistor R36.
- the sampling circuit includes resistors R33, R34, and R36, and the three resistors are connected in series to the power supply terminal T1 and the ground terminal GND2.
- the signal generating circuit 84 adjusts the impedance from the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 to the ground terminal GND2 by bypassing the resistor R36 in the sampling circuit, thereby affecting the voltage on the power supply terminal T1.
- a controlled variable resistor may be used.
- the linear region corresponds to dimming.
- the controlled variable resistor can be connected in series or in parallel with the voltage divider resistor in the sampling circuit, and the control end of the variable resistor receives the dimming signal Sdim to change the resistance according to the change in the amplitude of the dimming signal Sdim, thereby adjusting the sampling Sampling signal output by the circuit.
- the signal amplitude of the sampling signal reflects the brightness information of the dimming signal.
- the signal synthesis module 81 includes a power conversion circuit 71 and a signal synthesis processing module 85.
- the signal synthesis processing module 85 is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit 71 for adjusting the voltage of the power supply terminal T1 according to the dimming signal Sdim. Similar to the foregoing embodiment, the output voltage of the power conversion circuit 71 (the voltage of the power supply terminal T1) is adjusted according to the dimming signal Sdim.
- the technical means used in this embodiment is different from the foregoing embodiment.
- the signal synthesis processing module 85 includes a transistor M32, diodes D33, D34, and D35.
- the first pin of the transistor is electrically connected to one end of the inductor L21, the second pin is electrically connected to the second power supply terminal T2, and the third pin is electrically connected to the command conversion module 82.
- the diodes D33, D34, and D35 are connected in series and connected in parallel to the first pin and the second pin of the transistor M32.
- the transistor M32 is controlled by the dimming signal Sdim and turned on/off.
- the dimming signal Sdim is low, the transistor M32 is turned off, and the power supply signal output by the power conversion circuit 71 passes through the diodes D33, D34 and The first transmission path formed by D35 supplies power to the LED lighting device, and the voltage of the modulated power supply Pin_C is Vset; when the dimming signal Sdim is a high-level signal, the transistor M32 is turned on, bypassing the transistors D33, D34 and D35, the power conversion circuit
- the power supply signal output by 71 supplies power to the LED lighting device via the second transmission path formed by the transistor M32.
- the voltage of the modulated power supply Pin_C is Vset1.
- the second transmission path has a smaller impedance than the first transmission path, compared to the first transmission path, the voltage Vset1>Vset of the modulated power supply Pin_C formed when the second path is turned on.
- a pulse signal with the same frequency and pulse width as the dimming signal Sdim is formed on the modulating power Pin_C.
- the diodes D33, D34, and D35 can be collectively referred to as a voltage dividing unit, and the transistor M32 can be collectively referred to as a control unit.
- the signal synthesis module 81 includes a power conversion circuit 77 and a signal synthesis processing module 86.
- the signal synthesis processing module 86 is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit 77 for adjusting the voltage between the power supply terminals T1 and T2 according to the dimming signal Sdim.
- This embodiment is similar to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5C and FIG. 5D in that the output voltage (the voltage of the power supply terminal T1) is adjusted by the signal synthesis processing module.
- the technical means used in this embodiment are different from the above embodiments.
- the circuit structure of the power conversion circuit 77 is similar to the power conversion circuit 71, and is also a BUCK type power conversion circuit. The difference is that the connection mode of the devices in the power conversion circuit 77 is different from the power conversion circuit 71.
- the power conversion circuit 77 includes a switching control circuit 78, a resistor R24, an inductor L24, a diode D24, a capacitor C24, and a transistor M24.
- the resistor R24, the inductor L24, the diode D24, the capacitor C24, and the transistor M24 constitute a conversion circuit 79.
- the first pin of the transistor M24 is electrically connected to the filter output terminals Ta1/Ta3, the second pin is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode D24 and the first pin of the inductor L24, and the third pin is electrically connected to the switch Control circuit 78.
- the second pin of the inductor L24 is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal T1.
- the anode of the diode D24 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor R24 and the second power supply terminal T2.
- the two ends of the capacitor C24 are electrically connected to the power supply terminals T1 and T2, respectively.
- the second pin of the resistor R24 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND1.
- the working principle of the power conversion circuit 71 is similar to the embodiment described in FIG. 4B, and will not be repeated here.
- the signal synthesis processing module 86 includes a transistor M33 and a resistor R37.
- the first pin of the view transistor is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor R37, the second pin is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal T1, and the third pin is electrically connected to the command conversion module 82.
- the second pin of the resistor R37 is electrically connected to the filter output terminal Ta1/Ta3.
- the operation principle of the dimmer of this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIG. 8A.
- the transistor M33 is turned on/off controlled by the dimming signal Sdim.
- the dimming signal Sdim is always at a low level, the transistor M33 is turned off.
- the power supply signal Sp (that is, the modulation The waveform of the power supply Pin_C whose voltage is Vset) is as shown in FIG. 8A, which is the output signal of the power supply conversion circuit 77 after the power supply conversion.
- the transistor M33 When the dimming signal Sdim is at a high level, the transistor M33 is turned on, and the filtered signal is directly output to the power supply terminals T1 and T2 through the path formed by the resistor R37 and the transistor M33, and the obtained modulated power Pin_C voltage is Vset1.
- the power conversion circuit 77 is a step-down power conversion circuit, so Vset1>Vset.
- the dimming signal is a pulse signal, it is modulated by the signal synthesis processing module 86, and the modulated signal Pin_C can be obtained from the power supply terminals T1 and T2, the waveform of which is shown in FIGS. 8A-8B.
- the resistor R37 can be omitted without affecting the function to be achieved in this embodiment.
- the LED lighting system 100 includes a dimmer 80 and an LED lamp 100.
- the dimmer 80 is connected between the power input terminal A1 and the LED lamp 100 to convert the set dimming information into a dimming signal, and the dimming signal is loaded on the power signal to generate a dimming power signal.
- the LED lamp 100 includes multiple lamps such as LED lamp 100_1, LED lamp 100_2, etc.
- the LED lamp 100 receives the dimming power signal output by the dimmer 80, demodulates the dimming signal contained in the dimming power signal, and dims according to this The signal adjusts the brightness or color of the LED light.
- LED lights 100_1, 100_2...100_n (n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1) can simultaneously receive the dimming power signal output by the dimmer 80, and adjust the brightness or color of the LED lights, so that one dimmer can adjust multiple lights at the same time the goal of.
- 120-1, 100_2...100_n are LED lights with the same or similar configuration.
- the dimming power signal may also be referred to as a modulated power source.
- one end of the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, and the other end is connected to the LED lamp.
- a single power line can be used to achieve the purpose of dimming (also known as single live wire dimming). Since the traditional wall switch is usually connected in series between the power input terminal A1 and the LED light, the dimmer 80 can directly replace the traditional wall switch to upgrade the existing lighting system without the need to rearrange the power line.
- the configuration method of this embodiment can be used to conveniently upgrade the lighting system and reduce the installation cost.
- the LED lamp 100 in this embodiment can be any LED lamp that uses external power to supply power, such as an LED straight tube lamp, an LED down lamp, an LED ceiling lamp, and the like.
- FIG. 8I for a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming power signal of an LED lighting system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- An AC half wave is divided into 3 stages.
- the power supply stage t1 is used to supply power to the control unit.
- the power stage t2 is used to provide power for the LED lights to light the LED lights.
- the data stage t3 is used to load the dimming signal onto the power signal to generate the dimming power signal.
- the dimmer 80 includes a zero-crossing detection module 801, a data modulation module 802, a power supply module 803, a control module 804, a dimming signal generation module 805, a filter circuit 806, and a diode 807.
- the zero-crossing detection module 801 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, the dimmer output terminal 80a, and the control module 804, respectively.
- the zero-crossing detection module 801 collects the power signal from the power input terminal A1 and the dimmer output terminal 80a.
- the data modulation module 802 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, the dimmer output terminal 80a, the control module 804, and the anode of the diode 807, respectively.
- the data modulation module 802 is controlled by the control module 804 to load the dimming signal Sdim onto the power signal to generate a dimming power signal, and transmit it to the downstream load through the dimmer output terminal 80a.
- the power supply module 803 is connected to the filter circuit 806 and the control module 804 respectively.
- the power supply module 803 is used to perform a power conversion on the received power signal to generate a power supply signal for the dimmer 80 to use.
- the dimming signal generating module 805 is electrically connected to the control module 804.
- the dimming signal generating module 805 is used to convert the set dimming command DIM into a dimming signal Sdim and send it to the control module 804.
- the control module 804 receives the dimming signal Sdim from the dimming signal generating module 805, and loads the dimming signal Sdim to the power signal through the data modulation module 802 to generate a dimming power signal.
- the control module 804 receives the zero-crossing signal from the zero-crossing detection module 801, and starts the data modulation action at a specific time after receiving the zero-crossing signal.
- the filter circuit 806 is electrically connected to the data modulation module 802 through the diode 807, receives the power signal processed by the data debugging module 802, filters it, generates a filtered signal, and transmits the signal to the power supply module 803.
- the cathode of the diode 807 is electrically connected to the filter circuit 806 to prevent the current of the filter circuit 806 from flowing into the data modulation module 802 and cause interference to the data modulation circuit 802.
- the control module 804 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, and the circuit node REFD serves as a reference potential node in the circuit.
- the dimming signal generating module 805 may include a wireless remote control and a signal receiving module.
- the wireless remote control module is used to convert the user-set dimming command DIM into a wireless dimming signal and send it to the signal receiver module.
- the signal receiving module receives the wireless dimming signal and converts the wireless dimming signal into a dimming signal Sdim, dimming
- the signal Sdim contains the set dimming information.
- the dimming signal generation module may also be referred to as a command conversion module.
- the dimming signal generating module 805 may also include a light sensing module (not shown in the figure).
- the light sensor module is used to receive ambient light and generate a dimming signal Sdim according to the intensity of the ambient light, so as to realize the function of automatically adjusting the brightness of the LED lamp according to the ambient light.
- the zero-crossing detection module 801 includes resistors 8011, 8012, 8015, and 8016, capacitors 8013 and 8017, and Zener diodes 8014 and 8018.
- the first pin of the resistor 8011 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1
- the second pin of the resistor 8011 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 8012.
- the second pin of the resistor 8012 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD.
- the capacitor 8013 is connected in parallel with the resistor 8012.
- the anode of the Zener diode 8014 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, its cathode is electrically connected to the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a, and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a is electrically connected to the control module 804.
- the component configuration of the zero-crossing detection module 801 between the dimmer output terminal 80a and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b is similar to the configuration of the power input terminal A1 and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a.
- the first lead of the resistor 8015 The pin is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80a, and the second pin of the resistor 8015 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 8016.
- the second pin of the resistor 8016 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD.
- the capacitor 8017 is connected in parallel with the resistor 8016.
- the anode of the Zener diode 8018 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, its cathode is electrically connected to the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b, and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b is electrically connected to the control module 804.
- the operation principle of the zero-crossing detection module 801 will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 11A. Because of the series voltage division of the resistors 8011 and 8012, the voltage across the resistor 8012 is proportional to the voltage between the power input terminal A1 and the reference potential point REFD. The capacitor 8013 is used to stabilize the voltage across the resistor 8012. The Zener diode 8014 is used to limit the maximum voltage across the resistor 8012 to a preset value. The zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a is used to transmit the voltage signal on the resistor 8012 to the control module 804.
- the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b Similar to the configuration between the power input terminal A1 and the zero-crossing detection circuit output terminal 801a, the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b also transmits the voltage on the resistor 8016 to the control module 804. Inside the control module, the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a is electrically connected to the positive input terminal of a comparator, and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b is electrically connected to the negative input terminal of the comparator. In other embodiments, the comparator can also be provided outside the control module 804.
- the potential at the output terminal 801a of the zero-crossing detection circuit is higher than the potential at 801b, and the comparator outputs a high-level signal.
- the potential at the output terminal 801a of the zero-crossing detection circuit is lower than the potential at 801b, and the comparator outputs a low-level signal.
- the control module 804 determines the zero-crossing point by detecting the level change of the output terminal of the comparator.
- the data modulation module 802 includes diodes 8021, 8022, and 807, a Zener diode 8023, and MOS tubes 8024, 8025, and 8026.
- the anode of the diode 8021 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1 and the first pin of the MOS transistor 8024.
- the cathode of the diode 8021, the cathode of the diode 8022, and the cathode of the Zener diode 8023 are electrically connected and connected to the anode of the diode 807.
- the cathode of the diode 807 is electrically connected to the filter circuit.
- the anode of the diode 8022 is electrically connected to the first pin of the MOS tube 8025.
- the anode of the Zener diode 8023 is electrically connected to the first pin of the MOS tube 8026.
- the second pin of the MOS transistor 8024 is electrically connected to the second pin of the MOS transistor 8025 and is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD.
- the third pin of the MOS transistor 8024, the third pin of the MOS transistor 8025, and the second pin of the MOS transistor 8026 are electrically connected and electrically connected to the control module 804.
- the data modulation module 802 can be used as a rectifier circuit to rectify the received external power signal to generate a rectified signal.
- the filter circuit 806 filters the rectified signal after receiving the rectified signal.
- the operation principle of the data modulation module 802 as a rectifier circuit will be described below.
- the MOS tube 8024 and MOS tube 8025 have not received the enable signal and are in the off state.
- the body diodes of the MOS tube 8024 and the MOS tube 8025 together with the diode 8021 and the diode 8022 form a full-bridge rectifier circuit, which is effective for the received power
- the signal is rectified, and the rectified signal is obtained.
- the anode of the body diode of the MOS tube 8024 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, and the cathode is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 8021.
- the anode of the body diode of the MOS tube 8025 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, and the cathode is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 8022.
- the third pin of the MOS tube 8024 and the third pin of the MOS tube 8025 receive the enable signal of the control module 804, the MOS tube 8024 and the MOS tube 8025 are closed and conducted, and the external power signal can be passed through the power signal
- the loop formed by the input terminal A1, the MOS tube 8024, the MOS tube 8025, and the dimmer output terminal 80a is directly transmitted to the LED lamp 100.
- the data modulation module 802 acts as a modulation circuit to load the dimming signal Sdim onto the power line.
- the control module 804 controls the MOS tube 8026 to turn on intermittently, and with the actions of the MOS tube 8024 and the MOS tube 8025, the dimming signal can be loaded on the power signal to generate a dimming power signal.
- each half wave carries a group of data, and a group of data includes at least one digital signal.
- a pulse in the data phase t3 on the waveform diagram corresponds to a digital signal.
- the combination of multiple digital signals can be combined into dimming data.
- the dimming data is a digital signal, which can simultaneously carry brightness and color information, or other dimming information.
- the data modulation module 802 can implement different circuit functions in different circuit stages.
- the MOS transistors 8024 and 8025 in the data modulation module 802 are in the off state.
- the body diodes of the MOS transistors 8024 and 8025 and the diodes 8021 and 8022 form a full-bridge rectifier circuit to rectify the received power signal.
- the MOS transistors 8024 and 8025 in the data modulation module 802 are in the conducting state, and the external power signal can be directly passed through the power input terminal A1, the MOS transistors 8024 and 8025 and the dimmer output terminal
- the power supply path formed by 80a supplies power to the LED lamp 100; in the data phase t3, the MOS tubes 8024 and 8025 in the data modulation module 802 work in the amplifying area, and the MOS tube 8026 is driven to be turned on intermittently to generate a pulse signal on the power signal ( Refer to Figure 8I).
- the pulse width of this pulse signal corresponds to the on-time of the MOS tube 8026.
- the digital signal can be loaded on the power signal.
- the characteristics of the pulse signal are, for example, but not limited to, the width of the pulse signal, the amplitude of the pulse signal, and so on.
- the data modulation module 802 can operate in the power supply phase t1, the power phase t2, and the data phase t3, respectively, so that multiple circuit functions can be realized through one circuit configuration, which can greatly simplify the circuit structure and save costs.
- the data modulation module 802 may only operate in one or two of the power supply phase t1, the power phase t2, and the data phase t3.
- the filter circuit FC1 includes a capacitor C1.
- the first pin of the capacitor C1 is electrically connected to the terminal c1 and the terminal d1
- the second pin of the capacitor C1 is electrically connected to the terminal c2 and the terminal d2.
- FIG. 12D is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a filter circuit according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- the filter circuit FC2 includes capacitors C2 and C3 and an inductor L1.
- the first pin of the inductor L1 is electrically connected to the terminal c1, and the second pin of the inductor L1 is electrically connected to the terminal d1.
- the capacitor C2 is electrically connected to the terminals c1 and c2, and the capacitor C3 is electrically connected to the terminals d1 and d2, respectively.
- the filter circuit FC2 is a ⁇ -type filter circuit, which filters the received circuit signal to generate a filtered signal.
- the filter circuit 806 in the dimmer 80 may use the filter circuit FC1 or FC2 in FIG. 12C or 12D. Further, the terminal c1 is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode 807, the terminal c2 is electrically connected to the circuit node FEFD, and the terminals d1 and d2 are electrically connected to the power supply module 803, respectively.
- the filter circuit FC1 or FC2 filters the received power signal, and generates the filtered signal for use by the power supply module 803.
- the filter circuit 806 may adopt other forms of filter circuit structure, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- the power supply module 803 in the dimmer 80 can adopt the circuit structure of the power conversion circuit 71 shown in FIG. 4A. Further, the input end of the power conversion circuit 71 is electrically connected to the filter circuit 806 for receiving the filtered signal and performing Power conversion, which converts the received filtered signal into a stable output signal of the power supply module.
- the power supply module 803 can use the step-down DC-to-DC conversion circuit described in FIG. 4B to perform step-down conversion on the received filtered signal.
- the power supply module 803 can adopt any one of a buck circuit, a boost circuit, and a boost-buck circuit according to specific applications.
- the dimming signal generating module 805 includes a variable resistor 8051, a resistor 8052, and a capacitor 8053.
- the first pin of the variable resistor 8051 is electrically connected to the voltage source V1
- the second pin of the variable resistor 8051 is connected to the circuit node REFD
- the third pin of the variable resistor 8051 is connected to the first pin of the resistor 8052.
- the first pin of the capacitor 8053 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 8052
- the second pin of the capacitor 8053 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD.
- the output terminal 805a of the dimming signal generating module 805 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 8052.
- the voltage source V1 is used to provide a constant voltage.
- the voltage signal corresponding to the third pin of the resistor 8051 is the dimming signal Sdim.
- the output terminal 805a of the dimming signal generating module 805 is electrically connected to the control module 804, and the dimming signal Sdim is transmitted to the control module 804.
- the dimming signal generating module 805 may include a wireless remote control and a signal receiving module.
- the wireless remote control module is used to convert the user-set dimming information into a wireless dimming signal and send it to the signal receiver module.
- the signal receiving module receives the wireless dimming signal and converts the wireless dimming signal into a dimming signal Sdim, the dimming signal Sdim contains the set brightness or color information.
- the dimming signal generating module 805 may also include a light sensing module.
- the light sensor module is used to receive ambient light and generate a dimming signal Sdim according to the intensity of the ambient light. In this way, the LED lamp can automatically adjust the brightness or color according to the ambient light.
- the LED lamp 100 may be referred to as an LED lighting device in other embodiments.
- the LED lamp 100 may adopt the circuit structure of FIGS. 6A-6B. The difference is that in this embodiment, the LED lamp 100 is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80a and the power input terminal A2, that is, the first connection terminal 101 is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80a, and the second connection The terminal 102 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A2 to receive the dimming power signal output by the dimmer and demodulate the dimming information therein for dimming.
- the LED lighting system 10 further includes a sensor 30.
- the sensor 30 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 and the LED lamp 100 for turning on and off the power supply circuit according to environmental variables.
- the power supply circuit is a current path formed by an external power signal through the power input terminal A1, the dimmer 80, the LED lamp 100, and the power input terminal A2.
- the environmental variable in this embodiment may be whether human activity is detected, the intensity of the ambient light, and so on. For example, when human activity is detected, the sensor 30 turns on the power supply circuit to light the LED light; when no human activity is detected, the sensor 30 disconnects the power supply circuit to extinguish the LED light. With this arrangement, the LED lighting system 10 can determine whether to turn on the LED light by detecting human activity, and only turn on the LED light when there is human activity, thereby saving resources and reducing waste.
- FIG. 22A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the sensor 30 includes a sensor power supply module 301, a sensor control module 302, and a switch device 303.
- the sensor power supply module 301 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 and the power input terminal A2.
- the switching device 303 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 and the LED lamp 100, that is, it is connected to the power supply circuit.
- the sensor control module 302 is electrically connected to the sensor power supply module 301 and the switching device 303.
- the sensor power supply module 301 is used to receive the dimming power signal output by the dimmer 80 and perform power conversion to generate a low-voltage DC power signal that can be used by the sensor control module 302.
- the sensor control module 302 is used to process environmental variables and generate control signals to control the on and off of the switching device 303.
- FIG. 22B is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor power supply module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the sensor power supply module 301 includes capacitors 3011, 3013, a full-bridge rectifier circuit 3012, and a Zener diode 3014.
- the first pin of the capacitor 3011 is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer 80, and the second pin of the capacitor 3011 is electrically connected to the input terminal of the full-bridge rectifier circuit 3012.
- the power input terminal A2 is electrically connected to the input terminal of the full-bridge rectifier circuit 3012.
- the capacitor 3013 and the Zener diode 3014 are connected in parallel and electrically connected to the output terminal of the full-bridge rectifier circuit 3012.
- the sensor control module 302 is electrically connected to the two ends of the Zener diode 3014.
- the sensor power supply circuit 131 is a resistance-capacitance step-down circuit, which steps down the received dimming power signal for use by the sensor control module 302.
- a resistor (not shown in the figure) is connected in parallel at both ends of the capacitor 3011 to discharge the energy of the capacitor 3011 and increase the stability of the system.
- the circuit structure of FIG. 22B can be equivalent to the circuit structure of FIG. 22C.
- the sensor 30 includes a capacitor C30 and a resistor R30.
- the capacitor C30 and the resistor R30 are connected in series and connected in parallel with the LED lamp 100.
- the dimming power signal is the signal output by the dimmer 80.
- the sensor 30 and the LED lamp 100 are connected in parallel and electrically connected to the dimmer 80.
- the circuit characteristics of the sensor 30 affect the dimming power signal Make an impact.
- the sensor 30 includes a capacitor C30, and the capacitor C30 filters the received signal. After the data stage t3 of the dimming information contained in the dimming power signal is filtered by the capacitor C30, its waveform will change. When the waveform deformation exceeds a certain degree, The LED light will not be able to recognize the dimming information in the dimming power signal, which will result in the inability to perform dimming and the entire dimming system will fail.
- FIG. 22D is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- the sensor 30 includes a rectifier circuit 306, a filter circuit 304, a power conversion circuit 305, a sensor control module 302, and a switching device 303.
- the rectifier circuit 306 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 and the power input terminal A2.
- the filter circuit 304 is electrically connected to the rectifier circuit 306.
- the power conversion circuit is electrically connected to the filter circuit 304.
- the sensor control module 302 is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit 305 and the control pins of the switching device 303.
- the first pin of the switch device 303 is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer 80, and the second pin is electrically connected to the LED lamp.
- the rectifier circuit 306 is used to rectify the received dimming power signal to generate a DC signal.
- the filter circuit 304 is used to receive the rectified DC signal and perform filtering to generate a smooth DC signal.
- the power conversion circuit 305 is used for power conversion of the smooth DC signal to generate a low voltage DC signal for the sensor control module 302 to use.
- the sensor control module 302 is used to process environmental variables and generate control signals to control the on and off of the switching device 303.
- the rectifier circuit 306 in this embodiment may adopt the circuit structure of FIG. 12A or 12B, which will not be repeated here.
- the filter circuit 304 in this embodiment may adopt the circuit structure of the filter circuit described in FIG. 12C or 12D, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
- For the specific configuration of the power conversion circuit 305 in this embodiment reference may be made to the circuit structure of FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B, which will not be repeated here.
- the circuit architecture of the sensor 30 in this embodiment is similar to the circuit architecture of the sensor 30 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 22A. The difference is that the sensor power supply module 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG.
- the circuit structure supplies power to the sensor 30, and in this embodiment, a circuit structure of rectification, filtering and power conversion is used to supply power to the sensor 30.
- the RC step-down circuit structure will affect the dimming power signal, so that the dimming system cannot be used normally.
- the rectifier circuit 306 is used to isolate the circuit.
- the capacitive devices included in the circuit after the rectifier circuit 306 (including the filter circuit 304, the power conversion circuit 305, and the sensor control module 302) will not interfere with the dimming power signal. Ensure that the dimming power signal can be recognized by the LED lights for dimming.
- a general conventional implementation is to adjust the effective value (RMS) of the input power Pin by adjusting the conduction angle of the input power Pin, and then adjust the size of the driving power Sdrv.
- RMS effective value
- Fig. 8C is a schematic diagram of a dimming waveform of an LED lighting system.
- the external power grid EP is to provide AC power as the input power Pin as an example
- Figure 8C is the half-cycle voltage waveform of the input power Pin with the amplitude of VPK is shown As an example to illustrate.
- the luminous brightness Lux is the highest brightness Lmax
- the luminous brightness Lux is 50% of the highest brightness Lmax
- the luminous brightness Lux is 17% of the highest brightness Lmax.
- the dimmer 80 can adjust the tangent angle/conduction angle of the input power Pin by controlling the on or off state of the controllable electronic components connected in series on the bus. For example, if the input power Pin is to be modulated with a phase cut angle of 90 degrees, the dimmer 80 can turn off the controllable electronic components within 1/4 cycle of the input power Pin, and during the remaining period of the half cycle Keep the controllable electronic components turned on.
- the voltage waveform of the input power Pin can be zero during the period from 0 to 90 degrees, and the sine wave waveform is re-formed during the period from 90 degrees to 180 degrees (take the leading edge tangent as an example, but it is not limited to this).
- the input power Pin after the phase cut is the input power Pin_C with a conduction angle of 90 degrees.
- the principle of using other phase cut angle to modulate the input power Pin is similar to the above.
- the dimmer 80 when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with a phase cut angle of 0 degrees in response to the dimming signal Sdim (that is, the conduction angle of the input power Pin is 180 degrees), at this time The dimmer 80 directly provides the input power Pin to the LED lighting device 100, that is, the input power Pin is equal to the input power Pin_C at this time.
- the effective value of the input power Pin_C is Vrms1
- the power module PM will generate the corresponding drive power Sdrv based on the input power Pin_C with the effective value of Vrms1 to drive the LED module LM, so that the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM is the highest brightness Lmax.
- the adjustment is now
- the optical device 80 disconnects the bus bar when the phase of the input power Pin is 0 to 90 degrees, and turns on the bus bar when the phase is 90 to 180 degrees.
- the effective value of the input power Pin_C is Vrms2, where Vrms2 is less than Vrms1, and the luminous brightness Lux is equal to 50% of the highest brightness Lmax.
- the dimming The device 80 disconnects the bus bar when the phase of the input power Pin is from 0 degrees to 150 degrees, and turns on the bus bar when the phase is from 150 degrees to 180 degrees.
- the effective value of the input power Pin_C is Vrms3, where Vrms3 is less than Vrms2, and the luminous brightness Lux is equal to 17% of the highest brightness Lmax.
- the dimmer 80 can adjust the phase cut/conduction angle of the input power Pin, so that the effective value of the input power Pin_C (such as Vrms1, Vrms2, Vrms3) changes accordingly.
- the change in the effective value of the input power supply Pin_C is basically positively correlated with the change in the conduction angle of the input power supply Pin_C, that is, the larger the conduction angle of the input power supply Pin_C, the greater the effective value of the input power supply Pin_C.
- the change in the effective value of the input power Pin_C is basically negatively correlated with the tangent angle of the input power Pin_C.
- the conventional dimming control method described above actually implements the dimming function by modulating the effective value of the input power.
- the advantage of this dimming method is that because the driving power Sdrv will directly reflect the effective value of the input power Pin_C and change accordingly, the LED lighting device 100 does not need to change the hardware configuration, and only needs to add a dimmer 80 to the system. Can realize dimming function.
- the dimmer 80 controls the phase cut angle/conduction angle
- a larger phase adjustment range is inevitably required.
- dimming is usually performed between 0 degrees and 180 degrees.
- the conduction angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C is small to a certain extent, the total harmonic distortion (THD) and power factor (PF) characteristics of the power module PM will be significantly affected, thereby causing The power conversion efficiency is greatly reduced, and it may also cause the problem of flickering of the LED module LM.
- the efficiency of the power module PM is limited by the dimmer 80 and it is difficult to improve.
- the dimmer 80 using the above-mentioned dimming method is not compatible with various grid voltage specifications (such as 120V, 230V). Or 277V AC voltage) environment.
- the designer needs to adjust the parameters or hardware design of the dimmer 80 according to the application environment of the LED lighting system 10, which will increase the overall production cost of the product.
- this disclosure proposes a new dimming control method and its LED lighting system and LED lighting device, which can use the change of the phase angle/conduction angle of the input power Pin as a modulated signal, which can be demodulated
- the modulation signal is used to obtain the actual dimming information, and accordingly, the power module PM is controlled to generate the circuit operation of the driving power Sdrv. Since the change of the tangent angle/conduction angle is only to carry the dimming information corresponding to the dimming signal DIM, instead of directly adjusting the effective value of the modulating power Pin_C, the dimmer 80 can be used in a smaller phase.
- the tangent angle/conduction angle of the input power Pin is adjusted within the interval, so that the effective value of the processed modulated power Pin_C will not be too far from the input power Pin provided by the external power grid EP.
- the conduction angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C is similar to the input power supply Pin regardless of the brightness state, so that the THD and PF characteristics can be maintained. This means that the conversion efficiency of the power module PM will not be suppressed by the dimmer 80.
- the following is a further description of the dimming control method taught in this disclosure and the structure and operation of the corresponding LED lighting device.
- the dimmer may, for example, modulate the tangent angle of the input power Pin in the dimming phase interval D_ITV.
- the voltage waveform WF4 of the dimming phase interval D_ITV, the voltage waveform WF5 when the luminous brightness Lux is the highest brightness Lmax, and the voltage waveform WF6 when the luminous brightness Lux is the lowest brightness Lmin are shown in order from top to bottom.
- the dimming phase interval D_ITV is composed of the phase interval between the lower limit tangent angle C1 and the upper limit tangent angle C2.
- the lower limit tangent angle C1 may be, for example, an interval of 0 degrees to 15 degrees. Any value within (such as 1, 2, 3... and so on), but this disclosure is not limited to this.
- the upper limit tangent angle C2 can be, for example, any value in the interval of 20 degrees to 45 degrees (such as 21, 22, 23... and so on), but the present disclosure is not limited to this.
- the dimming phase interval D_ITV may be, for example, a phase interval of 0 degrees to 45 degrees, a phase interval of 5 degrees to 45 degrees, a phase interval of 5 degrees to 20 degrees, a phase interval of 15 degrees to 20 degrees, or 15 degrees.
- the phase interval to 45 degrees, etc. can be selected according to design requirements.
- the choice of the upper limit tangent angle C2 is mainly based on two principles: first, the width of the dimming phase interval D_ITV can have sufficient resolution during mapping; second, the dimmer will modulate the power supply
- the tangent angle of Pin_C is adjusted to the upper tangent angle C2
- the THD and PF characteristics of the power module PM can still be maintained (for example, not less than 80% of the THD and PF during dimming at the lower limit tangent angle C1, preferably To make THD less than 25% and/or make PF greater than 0.9).
- the adjustment is now
- the optical device 80 disconnects the bus bar during the period when the phase of the input power Pin is 0 to C1, and conducts the bus bar during the period from C1 to 180 degrees.
- the demodulation module 240 generates a dimming control signal Sdc instructing to adjust the luminous brightness Lux to the highest brightness Lmax according to the modulated power Pin_C with a phase cut angle of C1.
- the switching control circuit 331 uses the dimming control signal Sdc as a reference for controlling the switching of the power switch PSW, and then causes the conversion circuit 132 to generate a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and maintain the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM at the highest brightness Lmax.
- the dimming The device 80 will disconnect the bus during the period when the phase of the input power Pin is 0° to C2, and turn on the bus during the period when the phase is 150° to 180°.
- the demodulation module 140 generates a dimming control signal Sdc instructing to adjust the luminous brightness Lux to the lowest brightness Lmin according to the modulated power Pin_C with a phase cut angle of C2.
- the switching control circuit 331 uses the dimming control signal Sdc as a reference for controlling the switching of the power switch PSW, and then causes the conversion circuit 132 to generate a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and reduce the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM to the lowest brightness.
- Lmin the minimum brightness Lmin may be, for example, 10% of the maximum brightness Lmax.
- this embodiment also adopts the method of modulating the phase cut angle/conduction angle to achieve dimming control, since this embodiment only uses the phase cut angle/conduction angle change of the modulated power supply Pin_C as an indicator dimming information
- the reference signal is not to make the change of the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C be directly reflected in the change of the luminous brightness. Therefore, in the dimming control method of this embodiment, the selected dimming phase interval D_ITV will be significantly smaller than The dimming phase interval under the dimming control method of FIG. 8C.
- the resulting modulated power Pin_C is There will not be much difference between the effective values.
- the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C (such as the effective value under the voltage waveform WF6) generated based on the upper limit phase cut angle C2 modulation will not be lower than that generated based on the lower limit phase cut angle C1 modulation.
- the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C (such as the effective value under the voltage waveform WF5) exceeds 50%.
- the modulation of the power supply Pin_C is The effective value range ratio is approximately the same as the brightness range ratio of the LED module.
- the definition of the effective value range ratio here is the ratio of the maximum value to the minimum value of the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C
- the definition of the brightness range ratio is the ratio of the maximum value to the minimum value of the luminous brightness of the LED module .
- the effective value range ratio of the modulated power supply Pin_C may not be related to the brightness range ratio of the LED module.
- the effective value range ratio of the modulated power supply Pin_C is It may be smaller than the brightness range ratio of the LED module. In some preferred embodiments, the effective value range Pin_C ratio of the input power after modulation is less than or equal to 2, and the brightness range ratio of the LED module is greater than or equal to 10.
- the correlation of the luminance Lux of the LED module LM with respect to the change of the tangent angle is only an example and not a limitation.
- the luminance of the LED module may be negatively correlated with The tangent angle of the power supply Pin_C is modulated.
- the dimmer 80 when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with a phase cut angle C1 in response to the dimming signal Sdim (that is, when the input power Pin is turned on) The angle is 180-C1 degrees). At this time, the dimmer 80 will disconnect the bus bar when the phase of the input power Pin is 0 degrees to C1, and turn on the bus bar when the phase is C1 to 180 degrees. In this case, the demodulation module 140 generates a dimming control signal Sdc that instructs to adjust the luminous brightness Lux to the lowest brightness Lmin according to the modulated power Pin_C with a phase cut angle of C1.
- the switching control circuit 131 uses the dimming control signal Sdc as a reference for controlling the switching of the power switch PSW, and then causes the conversion circuit 132 to generate a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and maintain the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM at the lowest brightness. Lmin.
- the dimming The device 80 will disconnect the bus during the period when the phase of the input power Pin is 0° to C2, and turn on the bus during the period when the phase is 150° to 180°.
- the demodulation module 140 generates a dimming control signal Sdc instructing to adjust the luminous brightness Lux to the highest brightness Lmax according to the modulated power Pin_C with a phase cut angle of C2.
- the switching control circuit 131 uses the dimming control signal Sdc as a reference for controlling the switching of the power switch PSW, and then causes the conversion circuit 132 to generate a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and reduce the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM to the highest brightness Lmax.
- the tangent angle C2 is greater than the tangent angle C1.
- FIG. 8F and FIG. 8G are used to further illustrate the specific circuit actions and signal generation mechanism of the demodulation module 240 in different embodiments.
- 8F and 8G are respectively schematic diagrams of the corresponding relationship between the phase cut angle, the demodulation signal, and the brightness of the LED module in different embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the demodulation circuit 140 of this embodiment adopts a signal processing method similar to an analog circuit to realize the acquisition and conversion of dimming information. It can be seen from FIG. 8F that when the tangent angle ANG_pc of the modulating power supply Pin_C is adjusted in the interval between C1 and C2, the level of the dimming control signal Sdc will correspondingly change in the interval between V1 and V2. In other words, the phase cut angle ANG_pc of the modulated power supply Pin_C will have a positive linear relationship with the level of the dimming control signal Sdc in the dimming phase interval.
- the demodulation module 140 determines that the phase cut angle of the modulated power Pin_C is C1, it will correspondingly generate a dimming control signal Sdc with a level of V1; similarly, when the demodulation module 140 determines that the phase cut angle of the modulated power Pin_C is C2, it will correspondingly generate a dimming control signal Sdc with a level of D2.
- the dimming control signal Sdc that is positively related to the tangent angle ANG_pc is given to the switching control circuit 131, so that the switching circuit 132 generates a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and makes the LED module LM have a corresponding luminous brightness Lux .
- the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM has a negative linear relationship with the level of the dimming control signal Sdc. As shown in FIG.
- the switching control circuit 331 when the dimming control signal Sdc received by the switching control circuit 131 is at a level Va between the level V1 and the level V2, the switching control circuit 331 will adjust the lighting control signal Slc accordingly,
- the LED module LM is driven by the driving power supply Sdrv to emit light with the brightness La.
- the demodulation module 140 of the present disclosure extracts and converts the signal characteristics (such as the phase tangent angle) of the modulated power supply Pin_C. It is mapped to the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the driving circuit 130 can adjust the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM based on the dimming control signal Sdc, which is similar to the signal conversion implementation of the analog circuit, but it is not used to limit the present invention.
- the tangent angle ANG_pc and the dimming control signal Sdc have an exponential correspondence.
- the corresponding relationship between the dimming control signal Sdc and the luminous brightness Lux shown in FIG. 8F may also be a non-linear relationship, and the present disclosure is not limited to this.
- the phase cut angle ANG_pc and the level of the dimming control signal Sdc may also be negatively correlated.
- the brightness La and the level Va may also have a positive correlation.
- the demodulation module 140 of this embodiment adopts a signal processing method similar to a digital circuit to achieve the acquisition and conversion of dimming information.
- the phase tangent angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C is When adjusted within the default interval, the dimming control signal will have a default number of different signal states corresponding to the change of the tangent angle, so as to correspondingly control the LED module dimming to the default number of dimming levels. For further example, it can be seen from FIG.
- the dimming control signal Sdc will correspond to the change of the phase tangent angle ANG_pc and have D1 to 8 different signal states such as D8.
- the phase cut angle ANG_pc of the modulated power supply Pin_C is divided into 8 sub-intervals in the dimming phase interval, and each sub-interval corresponds to a signal state D1-D8 of the dimming control signal Sdc.
- the signal state may be indicated by a level; for example, the dimming control signal Sdc in the state D1 corresponds to a level of 1V, and the dimming control signal Sdc in the state D8 corresponds to a level of 5V.
- the signal state can be indicated by a multi-bit logic level; for example, the dimming control signal Sdc in state D1 corresponds to a logic level of "000", and the dimming control signal Sdc in state D8 corresponds to "111". "Logic level.
- the dimming control signal Sdc with signal states D1-D8 is given to the switching control circuit 131, so that the switching circuit 132 generates a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and makes the LED module LM have a corresponding luminous brightness Lux .
- the signal states D1-D8 may correspond to the different luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM in one-to-one correspondence. As shown in FIG. 8F, the signal states D1-D8 may correspond to 100%, 87.5%, 75%, 62.5%, 50%, 37.5%, 25%, and 10% of the highest brightness Lmax, respectively, for example.
- the demodulation module 140 is designed with a resolution of 3 bits as an example (ie, 8-segment dimming), but the present disclosure is not limited to this.
- FIG. 8H is a schematic diagram of input power waveforms of the LED lighting device of an embodiment of the disclosure under different grid voltages. Please refer to Figure 1A, Figure 6A and Figure 8H together. It can be seen from the figures that no matter the peak voltage of the input power Pin is a1 or a2, if the dimmer 80 modulates the input power with the phase cut angle C3, then The modulated power Pin_C generated by the dimmer 80 still has the same zero-level period (ie, the period from 0 to C3). Therefore, regardless of the peak voltage of the input power Pin, the demodulation module 140 can still demodulate the same dimming control signal Sdc for the modulated power Pin_C with the same phase cut angle.
- the demodulation module 140 can still demodulate the same dimming control signal Sdc for the modulated power Pin_C with the same phase cut angle.
- the LED lighting system 10 can make the LED lighting device 100 have the same light-emitting brightness or color temperature when receiving the same dimming signal Sdim, so It can be compatible with the application of various grid voltage specifications.
- the dimming of the LED module (such as the brightness or the color temperature) responds to the tangent angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C, but does not substantially respond to the peak voltage of the external power grid.
- the parasitic effects of the circuit components or the matching between the components are not necessarily ideal. Therefore, although it is desired that the dimming of the LED module does not respond to the peak voltage of the external power grid, in fact The dimming effect of the LED module may still slightly respond to the peak voltage of the external power grid, that is, according to the present disclosure, it is acceptable that the dimming effect of the LED module caused by the imperfection of the circuit slightly responds to the external power grid
- the peak value of the voltage which means that the aforementioned “substantially” does not respond to the peak value of the external grid voltage, and the other references to “substantially” in this article are also the same.
- the term “slightly” here, in one embodiment, can mean that when the peak value of the external grid voltage is twice, the dimming of the LED module is only affected by, for example, less than 5%.
- the LED lamp lighting system 10 includes a dimmer 80 and an LED lamp 100.
- the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the external power EP and the LED lamp 100. It is used to generate the dimming signal Sdim according to the dimming operation, and transmit the dimming signal Sdim to the LED lamp.
- the LED lamp 100 is electrically connected to the external power EP and the dimmer 80 for receiving the external power signal to light up, and dimming according to the received dimming signal Sdim. In this embodiment, the LED lamp 100 only needs 3 wires to achieve a complete dimming function.
- the LED lamp 100 includes a demodulation module 140, an LED driving module LD, and an LED module LM.
- the demodulation module 140 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 to receive the dimming signal Sdim generated by the dimmer and convert the dimming signal Sdim into a dimming control signal Sdc.
- the LED driving module LD is electrically connected to the demodulation module 140 and the external power EP to receive the external power signal for power conversion to generate the driving power Sdrv, and at the same time receive the dimming control signal Sdc of the demodulation module 140, and according to the dimming control signal Sdc adjusts the driving power Sdrv to dim the LED light.
- the LED module LM is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD for receiving the driving power Sdrv of the LED driving module LD to light up.
- the LED lamp 100 may adopt the circuit architecture of FIGS. 6A-6B, and the LED driving module LD includes a rectifier circuit 110, a filter circuit 120, and a driving circuit 130.
- the LED driving module LD includes a rectifier circuit 110, a filter circuit 120, and a driving circuit 130.
- the principle of operation refer to the related descriptions in FIGS. 6A to 6B, which will not be repeated here.
- the dimmer 80 includes a switch 801 and a switch 802.
- One end of the switch 801 is electrically connected to the power signal input terminal L, and the other end is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD and the switch 802.
- the other end of the switch 802 is electrically connected to the demodulation module 140.
- the switch 801 is arranged in the entire power circuit (the circuit through which the external power EP supplies power to the LED lamp), and is used as a switch for the entire system.
- the switch 801 is set to be normally open.
- the switch 801 When the switch 801 is off, the external power signal cannot provide power for the dimmer 80 and the LED lamp, and the LED lamp 100 and the dimmer 80 do not work; when the switch 801 is closed, the LED lamp lighting system 10 works normally and is dimmed
- the device 80 can dimming the LED lamp.
- the switch 802 is used to generate a dimming signal Sdim0 according to a dimming operation.
- the switch 802 is a jog switch and is set to normally open, that is, the switch 802 is in the open state in the normal state, and is closed when it is pressed. When the press is canceled, the switch 802 automatically returns to off. Open state.
- the switch 801 is closed, and the LED lighting system 10 works normally.
- the dimming can be performed by closing and opening the switch 802.
- the switch 802 is set to be normally open. When the switch 802 is closed, the dimming signal Sdim0 is in a high-level state; when the switch 802 is open, the dimming signal Sdim0 is in a low-level state.
- the dimmer 80 converts the switch state of the switch 802 into a dimming signal Sdim0, the demodulation module 140 receives the dimming signal Sdim0 and demodulates the dimming information therein, and converts it into a dimming control for the LED driving module LD Signal Sdc.
- the switch 802 When the switch 802 is continuously closed, the LED light gradually brightens from the current brightness, and the speed of the brightness change can be set by the internal device parameters of the LED light; when the switch 802 is closed for a short time t1 and then opened, when the switch 802 is closed again after the time t1 ⁇ , LED lights gradually dim from the current brightness.
- the time t1, t1' and the speed of the LED lamp brightness change can be set by the internal device parameters of the LED lamp.
- the switch 802 can be set to be a normally closed switch or a dynamic off switch, and the switching action of the switch 802 can also be used to realize the dimming operation, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- the switch 802 is a jog switch and is set to be normally closed. When the switch 802 is not pressed, the switch 802 is in the closed state. When the dimming operation is performed, the switch 802 is pressed and the switch 802 is opened. When the pressing is cancelled, the switch 802 automatically returns to the closed state, that is, the switch When the switch 802 is not pressed, the switch 802 is in the closed state, and when the switch 802 is pressed, the switch 802 is in the open state.
- the dimmer 80 includes switches 801 and 803 and a switch 804.
- the switch 803 and the switch 804 are connected in parallel and connected in series with the switch 801, that is, the first pin of the switch 801 is electrically and electrically connected to the external power signal input terminal L, and the first pin of the switch 803 and the first pin of the switch 804 are electrically connected. It is connected and electrically connected to the second pin of the switch 801, the second pin of the switch 803 is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD, and the second pin of the switch 804 is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD.
- the switch 801 is used as a switch of the entire system, which is the same as the embodiment described in FIG. 15A, and will not be repeated here.
- the switch 803 and the switch 804 are used for dimming operation.
- the switch 803 and the switch 804 are inching switches, and they are set to be normally closed, that is, in the normal state, the switch 803 and the switch 804 are in the closed state, when pressed, the switch is open, and when the pressing is cancelled , The switch automatically returns to the closed state.
- the switch 801 is closed, and the LED lighting system 10 works normally.
- the dimming operation is not performed, since the switch 803 and the switch 804 are in the closed state, the external power signal can supply power to the LED lamp through the power supply loop formed by the switches 801 and 803, or the power supply loop formed by the switches 801 and 804.
- the lamp is powered.
- the dimming signals Sdim1 and Sdim2 are both high.
- the dimming signal Sdim1 or Sdim2 is low. It should be noted here that when the dimming operation is performed, the switch 803 and the switch 804 cannot be pressed at the same time.
- the switch 803 and the switch 804 When the switch 803 and the switch 804 are pressed at the same time, the power supply circuit of the external power signal is disconnected, and the power supply of the LED light cannot be continued.
- a linked mechanical structure is provided in the switch 803 and the switch 804 to prevent the switch 803 and the switch 804 from being turned off at the same time.
- the switches 803 and 804 when only the switch 803 is active, the external power signal can supply power to the LED lights through the power supply loop formed by the switch 801 and the switch 804; when only the switch 804 is active, the external power signal can be passed through the switch 801 and the switch The power supply loop formed by 803 supplies power to the LED lights.
- the dimmer 80 dims the LED lamp through the dimming signals Sdim1 and Sdim2 generated by the switch 803 and the switch 804.
- the switch 803 is continuously pressed, the brightness of the adjusted LED light gradually becomes brighter from the current brightness.
- the pressing of the switch 803 is cancelled, the dimming of the LED light ends, and the LED light maintains the current brightness value;
- the 804 is continuously pressed, the brightness of the adjusted LED light is continuously dimmed from the current brightness.
- the pressed state of the switch 804 is cancelled, the LED light maintains the current brightness value.
- the speed at which the LED light turns bright or dark is set by the internal device parameters of the LED light.
- the dimmer 80 can generate a color adjustment signal through the switch 803 and the switch 804 to color the LED light.
- the switch 803 when the switch 803 is briefly pressed for a time t3 and raised, and then pressed again after the time t3 ⁇ , the color temperature of the LED light gradually becomes warmer from the current color temperature.
- the pressing of the switch 803 is cancelled, the LED The color adjustment of the light ends, and the LED light maintains the current color temperature.
- the switch 804 is briefly pressed for a time t3 and lifted up, and then pressed again after the time t3 ⁇ , the color temperature of the LED light gradually becomes warmer from the current color temperature.
- the switch 804 When the switch 804 is canceled, the color adjustment of the LED light ends and the LED light remains To the current color temperature.
- the time t2, t3, t3' and the speed of the color temperature change of the LED light can be set by the internal device parameters of the LED light.
- the dimming parameter of the switch 803 and the dimming parameter of the switch 804 are the same. In other embodiments, the switch 803 and the switch 804 can set different dimming parameters, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- the demodulation module 140 includes a diode 141, resistors 142 and 143, and a logic circuit 144.
- the demodulation module 140 in this embodiment can be applied to the embodiment shown in FIG. 15A.
- the circuit principle of the demodulation module 140 will now be described with reference to FIG. 15A.
- the anode of the diode 141 pair is electrically connected to the second pin of the switch 802, and the cathode of the diode 141 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 142.
- the first pin of the resistor 143 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 142, and the second pin of the resistor 143 is electrically connected to a common ground terminal.
- the logic circuit 144 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 142, and its output terminal is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD.
- the external power signal can circulate through the path composed of the power line L, the switches 801, 802, the diode 141, and the resistors 142, 143.
- the diode 141 only allows the power signal of the positive half cycle to pass.
- the resistor 142 and the resistor 143 form a voltage divider circuit.
- the electrical signal through the diode 141 is divided into voltage to form a signal V1.
- the logic circuit 144 receives the signal V1 and performs logical operations on the signal V1 to generate a dimming control signal Sdc, and adjust the dimming control signal Sdc.
- the light control signal Sdc is transmitted to the LED driving module LD, and the LED driving module LD performs dimming according to the received dimming control signal Sdc.
- the dimming control signal Sdc can be, for example, a PWM dimming signal.
- the dimming control signal Sdc can also be a 0-10V dimming signal, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- the logic circuit can also be referred to as a signal conversion circuit; the diode 141, the resistor 142, and the resistor 143 can be collectively referred to as a sampling circuit.
- the demodulation module 240 includes diodes 241 and 244, resistors 242, 243, 245 and 246, and a logic circuit 247.
- the configuration of the demodulation module 240 in this embodiment is similar to the configuration of the demodulation module 140 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7F. The difference is that a diode 244, resistors 245 and 246 are added in this embodiment. .
- the demodulation module 240 in this embodiment can be applied to the embodiment described in FIG. 15B. The working mode of the demodulation module 240 will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 15B.
- the anode of the diode 241 is electrically connected to the second pin of the switch 803, the cathode of the diode 241 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 242, and the first pin of the resistor 243 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 242.
- the second pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal.
- the anode of the diode 244 is electrically connected to the second pin of the switch 804, the cathode of the diode 244 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 245, and the first pin of the resistor 246 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 245.
- the second pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal.
- the external power signal can circulate through the path composed of the power input terminal L, the switch 803, the diode 241, and the resistors 242 and 243.
- the diode only allows the positive half-cycle power signal to pass.
- the resistor 242 and the resistor 243 form a voltage divider circuit.
- the power signal passing through the diode 241 is divided by the resistor 242 and the resistor 243 to form a signal V2, and the logic circuit 247 receives the signal V2; similarly, when the switch 804 is in the closed state, A signal V3 is formed at the common end of the resistor 245 and the resistor 246, and the logic circuit 247 receives the signal V3.
- the logic circuit 247 performs logic operations after receiving the signals V2 and V3, and outputs a dimming control signal Sdc to the LED driving module LD.
- the LED driving module LD performs dimming according to the received dimming control signal Sdc.
- the dimming signal Sd may be, for example, a PWM dimming signal.
- the dimming signal Sd may also be a 0-10V dimming signal, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- the logic circuit can also be referred to as a signal conversion circuit; the diodes 241, 244, the resistors 242, 243, 345, and the resistor 246 can be collectively referred to as sampling circuits.
- FIG. 6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of functional modules of LED lighting devices according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. Please refer to FIG. 6A first, the LED lighting device 100 of this embodiment can be applied to the LED lighting system 10 or 20 as shown in FIG. 1A or FIG. 1B.
- the LED lighting device 100 includes a power module PM and an LED module LM, where the power module PM includes a rectifier circuit 110, a filter circuit 120, a drive circuit 130, and a demodulation module 140.
- the rectifier circuit RC1 is a full-bridge rectifier circuit, which includes a diode D1, a diode D2, a diode D3, and a diode D4.
- the anode of diode D1 is connected to the anode of diode D4 and connected to terminal b2, the cathode of diode D2 is connected to the cathode of diode D3 and connected to terminal b1, and the cathode of diode D1 is connected to the anode of diode D2 and connected to terminal a1 ,
- the anode of the diode D3 and the cathode of the diode D4 are connected and connected to the terminal a2.
- the terminals a1 and a2 are the input terminals of the rectifier circuit RC1
- the terminals b1 and b2 are the output terminals of the rectifier circuit RC1.
- the DC signal can be output after being rectified by the rectifier circuit RC1.
- the level of input terminal a1 is greater than that of input terminal a2, the signal will flow in through input terminal a1, diode D2, rectifier circuit output terminal b1, and flow out through rectifier circuit output terminal b2, diode D4, and input terminal a2.
- the level of the input terminal a2 is greater than the level of the input terminal a1, the signal will flow in through the input terminal a2, the diode D3, and the output terminal b1 of the rectifier circuit, and flow out through the output terminal b2 of the rectifier circuit, the diode D1, and the dimmer output terminal 80a. Therefore, the level of the output terminal b1 of the rectifier circuit is always higher than the level of the output terminal b2 of the rectifier circuit, and the rectifier circuit can output a DC signal.
- the rectifier circuit RC2 includes a diode D5.
- the diode D5 is connected in series between the input terminal a1 and the output terminal b1.
- the input terminal a2 and the output terminal b2 are electrically connected.
- the power signal flows in through input terminal a1, diode D5, and output terminal b1, and flows out through output terminal b2 and input terminal a2; when the level of input terminal a2 is higher than When the level of the input terminal a1, a current path cannot be formed. Therefore, when the signals input by the input terminals a1 and a2 are alternating current, the rectifier circuit RC2 only allows the signal whose signal is a positive half cycle to pass, and a half-wave rectified signal is obtained.
- the rectifier circuit 110 is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2 of the dimmer 80 through the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102, respectively, to receive the modulated power Pin_C and rectify the modulated power Pin_C , And then the rectified signal Srec is output from the first rectified output terminal 111 and the second rectified output terminal 112.
- the modulating power Pin_C can be an AC signal or a DC signal, which does not affect the operation of the LED lighting device 200.
- the rectifier circuit 110 in the power module PM may be omitted.
- the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102 are directly electrically connected to the input terminals (ie, 111 and 112) of the filter circuit 120.
- the rectifier circuit 110 may adopt the circuit structure of FIG. 12A or 12B. Further, the terminal a1 is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101, and the terminal a2 is electrically connected to the second connection terminal 102 for receiving The signals at terminals a1 and a2 are rectified to generate a rectified signal.
- the operating principle of the rectifier circuit 110 refer to the description of FIGS. 12A and 12B, which will not be repeated here.
- the rectifier circuit 110 may be a full-wave rectifier circuit, a half-wave rectifier circuit, a bridge rectifier circuit, or other types of rectifier circuits, and the disclosure is not limited thereto.
- the filter circuit 120 is electrically connected to the rectifier circuit 110 to filter the rectified signal Srec; that is, the input terminal of the filter circuit 220 is coupled to the first rectified output terminal 111 and the second rectified output terminal 112 to receive the rectified output terminal 111 Signal Srec, and filter the rectified signal Srec.
- the filtered signal Sflr is output from the first filtered output terminal 121 and the second filtered output terminal 122.
- the first rectified output terminal 111 can be regarded as the first filter input terminal of the filter circuit 120
- the second rectified output terminal 112 can be regarded as the second filter input terminal of the filter circuit 120.
- the filter circuit 120 can filter out ripples in the rectified signal Srec, so that the waveform of the generated filtered signal Sflr is smoother than the waveform of the rectified signal Srec.
- the filter circuit 120 can filter a specific frequency through a selection circuit configuration, so as to filter out the response/energy of the external driving power supply at the specific frequency.
- the filter circuit 120 may be a circuit composed of at least one of a resistor, a capacitor, and an inductance, such as a parallel capacitor filter circuit or a ⁇ -type filter circuit, and the disclosure is not limited thereto.
- the filter circuit 120 in the power module PM can also be omitted. In the configuration where the rectifier circuit 110 and the filter circuit 120 are omitted, the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102 are directly electrically connected to the input terminals (i.e., 121, 122) of the driving circuit 130.
- the filter circuit 120 in this embodiment may use the filter circuit FC1 or FC2 in FIG. 12C or 12D. Further, the terminal c1 is electrically connected to the first rectification output terminal 111, the terminal c2 is electrically connected to the second rectification output terminal 112, and the terminals d1 and d2 are electrically connected to the driving circuit 130, respectively.
- the driving circuit 130 is electrically connected to the filter circuit 120 to receive the filtered signal Sflr and perform power conversion on the filtered signal Sflr to generate a driving power Sdrv; that is, the input terminal of the driving circuit 130 is coupled to the first filtered output
- the terminal 121 and the second filtering output terminal 122 receive the filtered signal Sflr, and then generate a driving power Sdrv for driving the LED module LM to emit light.
- the first filter output terminal 121 can be regarded as the first driving input terminal of the driving circuit 130
- the second filter output terminal 122 can be regarded as the second driving input terminal of the driving circuit 130.
- the driving power Sdrv generated by the driving circuit 130 is provided to the LED module LM through the first driving output terminal 130a and the second driving output terminal 130b, so that the LED module LM can be lit in response to the received driving power Sdrv.
- the driving circuit 130 of this embodiment may also be a power conversion circuit including a switching control circuit and a conversion circuit. For specific configuration examples, please refer to the description of the embodiments in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B, which will not be repeated here.
- the input terminal of the demodulation module 140 is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102 to receive the modulated power Pin_C, and the output terminal of the demodulation module 140 is electrically connected to the driving circuit 130 to provide the dimming control signal Sdc.
- the demodulation module 140 parses/demodulates the brightness information from the modulated power Pin_C, and generates a corresponding dimming control signal Sdc according to the brightness information, wherein the driving circuit 130 adjusts the output drive according to the dimming control signal Sdc The size of the power supply Sdrv.
- the switching control circuit (such as 72) can adjust the duty cycle of the power switch PSW according to the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the driving power Sdrv responds to the brightness information indicated by the dimming control signal Sdc. increase or decrease.
- the switching control circuit can increase the duty cycle based on the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the power conversion circuit ESE outputs a higher driving power Sdrv to the LED module LM Conversely, when the dimming control signal Sdc indicates a lower light-emitting brightness or color temperature, the switching control circuit can lower the duty cycle based on the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the power conversion circuit ESE outputs a lower driving power Sdrv Give the LED module LM. In this way, the effect of dimming control can be achieved.
- the LED module LM can also be dimmed by controlling a circuit other than the driving circuit 130.
- FIG. 6B In the power supply module 200 of FIG.
- the actions of driving the power source and the actions of demodulating the dimming information from the modulated power Pin_C are similar to the embodiment of FIG. 6A. The difference is that in the embodiment of FIG. 6B, the power module PM further includes a dimming switch 150.
- the dimming switch 150 turns on or cuts off the driving power Sdrv according to the dimming control signal Sdc to generate the intermittent dimming power Sdrv to be supplied to the LED module LM to dimming the LED module LM.
- the dimming control signal Sdc generated by the demodulation module 140 may be a signal in the form of pulse width modulation (PWM), so as to control the dimming switch 150 to be turned on intermittently to realize the PWM dimming effect.
- PWM pulse width modulation
- FIG. 6C is a schematic block diagram of a driving circuit according to an embodiment of the disclosure. 6A and 6C together, the driving circuit 130 is an embodiment of the driving circuit 130 of FIG. 6A, which includes a switching control circuit 131 and a conversion circuit 132, which performs power conversion in a current source mode to drive the LED module LM Glow.
- the conversion circuit 132 includes a switch circuit (also referred to as a power switch) PSW and a tank circuit ESE.
- the conversion circuit 132 is coupled to the first filter output terminal 121 and the second filter output terminal 122, receives the filtered signal Sflr, and according to the control of the switching control circuit 131, converts the filtered signal Sflr into a driving power supply Sdrv to be output by the first driver The terminal 130a and the second driving output terminal 130b output to drive the LED module LM. Under the control of the switching control circuit 131, the driving power output from the conversion circuit 132 is a stable current, so that the LED filament module emits light stably.
- the driving circuit 130 may also include a bias circuit 133, which can generate a working voltage Vcc based on the bus voltage of the power supply module, and the working voltage Vcc is provided to the switching control circuit 131 to control the switching The circuit 131 can be activated and operated in response to the operating voltage.
- a bias circuit 133 which can generate a working voltage Vcc based on the bus voltage of the power supply module, and the working voltage Vcc is provided to the switching control circuit 131 to control the switching The circuit 131 can be activated and operated in response to the operating voltage.
- the switching control circuit 131 of this embodiment can adjust the duty cycle of the output lighting control signal Slc in real time according to the current working state of the LED module LM, so that the switching circuit PSW reacts to the lighting control signal Slc. On or off.
- the switching control circuit 131 can detect the input voltage (which can be the level on the first connection terminal 101/second pin 102, the level on the first rectification output terminal 111, or the level on the first filter output terminal 121 Level), output voltage (which can be the level on the first drive output terminal 130a), input current (which can be the bus current, that is, the current flowing through the rectified output terminal 111/112 and the filtered output terminal 121/122), and At least one or more of the output current (which may be the current flowing through the driving output terminals 130a/130b, the current flowing through the energy storage circuit ESE, or the current flowing through the switching circuit PSW) is used to determine the current working state of the LED module LM.
- the energy storage circuit ESE repeatedly charges/discharges according to
- the input terminal of the demodulation module (140) is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102 to receive the modulated power Pin_C, and the output terminal of the demodulation module 140 is electrically connected to the driving circuit 130 to provide a dimming control signal Sdc.
- the demodulation module 140 generates a corresponding dimming control signal Sdc according to the phase cut angle/conduction angle of the modulated power Pin_C in each cycle or half cycle, wherein the switching control circuit 131 adjusts the dimming control signal Sdc
- the output of the lighting control signal Slc further causes the driving power supply Sdrv to change in response to the change of the lighting control signal Slc.
- the switching control circuit 131 can adjust the duty cycle of the lighting control signal Slc according to the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the driving power Sdrv increases or decreases in response to the brightness information indicated by the lighting control signal Slc.
- the switching control circuit 131 will increase the duty cycle based on the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the conversion circuit ESE outputs a higher driving power Sdrv to the LED module LM
- the switching control circuit 131 will lower the duty cycle based on the dimming control signal Sdc, thereby causing the conversion circuit ESE to output a lower driving power Sdrv Give the LED module LM. In this way, the effect of dimming control can be achieved.
- the demodulation processing performed by the demodulation module 140 for the modulated power supply Pin_C may be, for example, signal conversion means such as sampling, counting, and/or mapping.
- the demodulation module 140 can sample and count the zero-level duration of the modulated power supply Pin_C in each cycle or half cycle of the modulated power supply Pin_C, where the counted zero-level duration can be linearly or non-linearly
- the mapping is a level, and the mapped level can be provided to the switching control circuit 131 as a dimming control signal Sdc.
- the mapped level range can be selected based on the processing range of the switching control circuit 131, and it can be, for example, 0V-5V.
- FIG. 8D is used to further illustrate the signal waveforms and circuit operations of the LED lighting system of the present disclosure in different dimming states.
- FIG. 8D is a schematic diagram of the dimming waveforms of an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the demodulation processing performed by the demodulation module 140 for the modulated power Pin_C may be, for example, signal conversion means such as sampling, counting, and/or imaging.
- 7A to 7C are used to further illustrate the configuration and circuit operation of the demodulation module 140 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of the demodulation module of some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGS. 7B and 7C are some implementations of the present disclosure.
- the demodulation module 140 of this embodiment includes a sampling circuit 141 and a signal conversion circuit 145.
- the sampling circuit 141 receives the modulated power supply Pin_C, and is used to collect/retrieve brightness information from the modulated power supply Pin_C, and accordingly generate a brightness indicator signal Sdim' corresponding to the dimming signal (such as Sdim) in the dimmer .
- the signal conversion circuit 145 is electrically connected to the sampling circuit 141 to receive the brightness indicating signal Sdim', and is used to generate a dimming control signal Sdc for controlling the subsequent circuit according to the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
- the signal format of the dimming control signal Sdc will be designed or adjusted according to the type of the subsequent circuit; for example, if the demodulation module 140 realizes the dimming function by controlling the driving circuit 130, the dimming control signal Sdc can be, for example, a signal whose level, frequency, and pulse width are proportional to the dimming information; if the demodulation module 140 controls the dimming switch 150 to realize the dimming function, the dimming control signal Sdc may be, for example, a signal whose pulse width is proportional to the dimming information.
- the driving circuit 130 includes a switching control circuit 131 and a conversion circuit 132
- the demodulation module 140 includes a sampling circuit 141 and a signal conversion circuit 145a.
- the conversion circuit 132 includes a resistor R41, an inductor L41, a freewheeling diode D41, a capacitor C41, and a transistor M41.
- the connection configuration between the above-mentioned components is similar to that of the resistor R21, the inductor L21, and the continuation of the embodiment of FIG. 4B.
- the sampling circuit 141 includes a coupling circuit 142.
- the coupling circuit 142 is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101, the second connection terminal 102 and the signal conversion circuit 145a, and is used to filter the DC component of the modulated power supply Pin_C, and then extract the dimming information in the modulated power supply Pin_C.
- the coupling circuit 142 can be implemented with a capacitor C51, for example.
- the sampling circuit 141 further includes a plurality of electronic components for voltage stabilization or level adjustment, such as resistors R51-R53 and a Zener tube ZD51.
- One end of the capacitor C51 is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101.
- the resistor R51 is electrically connected between the other end of the capacitor C51 and the second connection terminal 102.
- One end of the resistor R52 is electrically connected to the connecting end of the capacitor C51 and the resistor R1, and the other end of the resistor R52 is electrically connected to the signal conversion circuit 145a.
- the resistor R53 is electrically connected between the other end of the resistor R52 and the second connection terminal 102.
- the voltage regulator tube ZD51 is connected in parallel with the resistor R51. Under the above configuration, the signal on the connecting end of the resistors R52 and R53 can be regarded as the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
- the signal conversion circuit 145a generates a dimming control signal Sdc with corresponding frequency, voltage, and duty cycle based on the brightness information indicated by the brightness indicator signal Sdim', and provides it to the switch control circuit 131, so that the switch control circuit 131 can control the light according to the dimming control.
- the signal Sdc generates a one-point light control signal Slc to adjust the switching behavior of the transistor M41, and thereby the driving power Sdrv generated by the driving circuit 130 changes in response to the brightness information.
- the lighting control signal may also be referred to as a dimming indicator signal.
- FIGS. 9A and 9B are used to illustrate the operation of the above-mentioned demodulation module 140, wherein FIGS. 9A and 9B are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of the LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Similar to the foregoing embodiment, the brightness of the LED module is adjusted to 30% and 70% of the maximum brightness as an example, but the disclosure is not limited to this. Please refer to FIG. 7B, FIG. 9A and FIG.
- the driving circuit 130 will start in response to the modulated power Pin_C and perform power conversion to generate the driving power Sdrv; on the other hand, the demodulation module 140 will couple the AC component of the modulated power Pin_C through the capacitor C51, and through the resistor R51 -R53 and Zener tube ZD51 perform voltage division and voltage stabilization to generate the brightness indicator signal Sdim'.
- a DC component such as a DC set voltage Vset
- an AC component such as a pulse based on the set voltage Vset
- the brightness indicating signal Sdim' may for example have a pulse waveform, and each pulse is a signal that is approximately synchronized with the AC component in the modulated power supply Pin_C.
- the dimming information/brightness information given by the dimmer can be regarded as included in the frequency information of the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
- the frequency of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' indicating 30% brightness will be lower than that of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' indicating 70% brightness, that is, the period T1 of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' indicating 30% brightness will be It is greater than the period T2 of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' indicating 70% brightness.
- the brightness indicator signal Sdim' triggers the signal conversion circuit 145a to generate a square wave with a fixed pulse width PW as the dimming control signal Sdc.
- the signal conversion circuit 145a triggers the generation of a square wave based on the rising edge of the brightness indicator signal Sdim' as an example, but the present disclosure is not limited to this. In other embodiments, the signal conversion circuit 145a can also be triggered based on the falling edge of the brightness indicating signal Sdim', or based on determining whether the voltage of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' reaches a specific value.
- the frequency of the dimming control signal Sdc is basically the same as the brightness control signal Sdim'.
- the switching control circuit 131 when the switching control circuit 131 receives the dimming control signal Sdc indicating 30% of the maximum brightness, the switching control circuit 131 will reduce the duty cycle of the transistor M41 to reduce the current value of the driving power supply Sdrv to 30% of the rated current value; when the switching control circuit 131 subsequently receives the dimming control signal Sdc indicating 70% of the maximum brightness, the switching control circuit 131 will increase the duty cycle of the transistor so that the current value of the driving power supply Sdrv is lower than the rated current value. The 30% of the current value rises to 70%, thereby realizing the dimming effect.
- this embodiment illustrates another configuration of the demodulation module 140.
- the configuration of this embodiment is roughly the same as the previous embodiment of FIG. 7B.
- the main difference is that the sampling circuit 141 of this embodiment further includes a transistor M51. And resistor R54, and the signal conversion circuit is implemented as a signal conversion circuit 145b triggered by a falling edge, wherein the transistor M51 and the resistor R54 are used to form a signal inversion module to reverse the signal on the connecting end of the resistors R52 and R53. Phase and output the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
- the transistor M51 and the resistor R54 may be referred to as a signal conversion circuit.
- the transistor M51 has a first terminal, a second terminal, and a control terminal.
- the first terminal is electrically connected to the signal conversion circuit 145b
- the second terminal is electrically connected to the second connection terminal 102 (also regarded as the ground terminal GND2).
- its control terminal is electrically connected to the connecting terminals of resistors R52 and R53.
- One end of the resistor R54 is electrically connected to the bias power supply Vcc2 (which may be divided from the busbar, for example), and the other end of the resistor R54 is electrically connected to the first end of the transistor M51, wherein
- the signal can be regarded as the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
- the signal on the connecting end of the resistors R52 and R53 will be used as the control signal of the transistor M51.
- the control signal is at a high level
- the transistor M51 is turned on, so that the first terminal of the transistor M51 can be regarded as being short-circuited to the ground terminal GND2, so the brightness indicator signal Sdim' will be pulled down to a low level (ground level)
- the control signal is low
- the transistor M51 is turned off, so the brightness indicator signal Sdim' will be pulled up to a high level (bias power supply Vcc2).
- the signal level of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' and the signal level on the connecting end of the resistors R52 and R53 are inverse to each other.
- FIGS. 9C and 9D are used to illustrate the operation of the demodulation module 140, wherein FIGS. 9C and 9D are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of the LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Similar to the foregoing embodiment, the brightness of the LED module is adjusted to 30% and 70% of the maximum brightness as an example, but the disclosure is not limited to this. Please refer to FIGS.
- the driving circuit 130 will start in response to the modulated power Pin_C and perform power conversion to generate the driving power Sdrv; on the other hand, the demodulation module 140 will couple the AC component of the modulated power Pin_C through the capacitor C51, and through the resistor R51 -R53 and Zener tube ZD51 are divided and stabilized to generate the control signal of transistor M51.
- the transistor M51 is switched to affect the signal state on its first terminal to form the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
- the brightness indicating signal Sdim' may have an inverted pulse waveform (that is, the reference level is high, and the pulse period is switched to low), and each pulse will be approximately synchronized with the AC component in the modulating power supply Pin_C signal of.
- the dimming information/brightness information given by the dimmer can be regarded as included in the frequency information of the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
- the brightness indicator signal Sdim' triggers the signal conversion circuit 145b to generate a square wave with a fixed pulse width PW as the dimming control signal Sdc.
- PW dimming control signal
- FIGS. 9C and 9D it is shown that the signal conversion circuit 145b generates a square wave based on the rising edge of the brightness indicator signal Sdim' as an example, but the present disclosure is not limited to this.
- the switching control circuit 131 when the switching control circuit 131 receives the dimming control signal Sdc indicating 30% of the maximum brightness, the switching control circuit 131 will reduce the duty cycle of the transistor M41 to reduce the current value of the driving power supply Sdrv to 30% of the rated current value; when the switching control circuit 131 subsequently receives the dimming control signal Sdc indicating 70% of the maximum brightness, the switching control circuit 131 will increase the duty cycle of the transistor so that the current value of the driving power supply Sdrv is lower than the rated current value. The 30% of the current value rises to 70%, thereby realizing the dimming effect.
- the demodulation module 140 since the demodulation module 140 only uses the AC component in the modulated power supply Pin_C as the trigger of the dimming control signal Sdc, instead of directly controlling the dimming behavior of the driving circuit 130 based on this signal, even if the dimmer 80 is affected by other When the modulated power supply Pin_C fluctuates or becomes unstable due to unexpected factors, as long as the signal pulse can be identified, the demodulation module 140 can ensure that the dimming control will not malfunction due to voltage fluctuations. Reliability of LED lighting device.
- the sampling circuit 141 may be referred to as a signal analysis module, and the signal conversion circuit 145 may be referred to as a signal generation module.
- the driving circuit 130 may be referred to as a power conversion module.
- the signal conversion circuit 145 includes a trigger circuit, and the trigger circuit is coupled to the sampling circuit 141 for receiving the sampling circuit 141 to receive the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
- the trigger circuit detects the rising edge signal in the brightness indicator signal Sdim', it triggers a pulse with a pulse width Th, and the pulse width Th can be set by the internal device of the trigger.
- the converted signal is the dimming control signal Sdc.
- the frequency of the dimming control signal Sdc is consistent with the brightness indicator signal Sdim', and the pulse width is Th.
- FIG. 7D is a schematic block diagram of a specific embodiment of the demodulation module 240 in the LED lighting device of an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 7E is a schematic block diagram of a specific embodiment of the LED lighting device of an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the demodulation module 240 includes a level judgment circuit 241, a sampling circuit 242, a counting circuit 243, and a mapping circuit 244.
- the level judging circuit 241 is used to detect whether the modulated power supply Pin_C is within the threshold interval VTB0 to determine whether the modulated power supply Pin_C is at zero level. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 7E, in one embodiment, the level The judging circuit 241 compares the level of the power supply Pin_C with the upper threshold Vt1 and the lower threshold Vt2, thereby judging whether the modulated power supply Pin_C is within the threshold interval VTB0. When the modulated power supply Pin_C is indeed within the threshold interval VTB0, the level judging circuit 241 The zero-level determination signal S0V with the first logic level (for example, a high logic level) is output to indicate that the modulated power supply Pin_C is indeed within the threshold interval VTB0.
- the first logic level for example, a high logic level
- the sampling circuit 242 is used to sample the zero-level determination signal S0V according to the clock signal CLK to generate a sampling signal Spls in the form of a pulse wave, wherein, when the sampled zero-level determination signal S0V is at a high logic level (representing the adjustment The variable power supply Pin_C is indeed within the threshold interval VTB0), the sampling signal Spls outputs a pulse wave, and then the counting circuit 243, for example, counts the pulse wave of the sampling signal Spls within a period of 1/2 mains (for example, corresponding to 50 Hz or 60 Hz) According to the ratio of the count signal Scnt (indicating the number of pulses of the sampling signal Spls) to the total number of the clock signal CLK in the cycle of 1/2 mains, the mapping circuit 244 generates the count signal Scnt as described above.
- the reset signal RST is synchronized with 1/2 of the period of the mains power supply and is used to reset the counting circuit. It should be noted that the dimming control signal Sdc in this disclosure is not on the power circuit of the LED module LM and the driving power supply Sdrv. In other words, the dimming control signal Sdc is not used to directly drive the power supply of the LED module LM. From another perspective, the current or power of the dimming control signal Sdc is much smaller than the current or power of the driving power source Sdrv. Specifically, in some embodiments, the current or power of the dimming control signal Sdc is far less than 1/10, 1/100, or 1/100 of the current or power of the driving power source Sdrv.
- FIGS. 10A and 10B are a flowchart of steps of a dimming control method of an LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the dimming control method described here can be applied to the LED lighting system or the LED lighting device described in any of the above-mentioned embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 7C.
- the power supply module in the LED lighting device converts the input power, and generates driving power for the LED module (step S110).
- the demodulation module in the LED lighting device captures the signal characteristics of the input power (step S120).
- the demodulation module demodulates the captured signal characteristics, thereby extracting the brightness information, and generating the corresponding dimming control signal (step S130). Then the power module adjusts the power conversion operation with reference to the dimming control signal generated by the demodulation module, so as to adjust the size of the driving power in response to the brightness information (step S140).
- steps S120 to S140 may be further implemented according to the control method described in FIG. 10B.
- the demodulation module can generate the first characteristic signal by filtering out the DC component of the input power (step S220).
- the first characteristic signal described here can be implemented as described above.
- the demodulation module triggers the generation of a dimming control signal based on the rising edge or the falling edge of the first characteristic signal (step S230), and makes the switching control circuit in the power module adjust according to the duty cycle of the dimming control signal The size of the driving power source (step S240).
- FIG. 10C is a flowchart of steps of a dimming control method of an LED lighting system according to an embodiment of the disclosure. Please refer to FIG. 1A and FIG. 10C together. Here, the overall dimming control method is described from the perspective of the LED lighting system 10.
- the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin according to the dimming command DIM, and generates a modulated power Pin_C accordingly (step S310), wherein the modulated power Pin_C has a signal characteristic indicating dimming information, and
- the signal characteristic can be, for example, the phase tangent angle/conduction angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C.
- the modulated power Pin_C is provided to the LED lighting device 100, so that the LED lighting device 100 performs power conversion based on the modulated power Pin_C and lights the internal LED module (step S320).
- the LED lighting device 100 extracts signal characteristics from the modulated power Pin_C (step S330), and demodulates the captured signal characteristics, so as to extract the corresponding dimming information (step S340).
- the LED lighting device 100 refers to the demodulated dimming information to adjust the power conversion operation, so as to change the light-emitting brightness or color temperature of the LED module (step S350).
- the above-mentioned operations of capturing signal characteristics (step S330) and demodulating and modulating the power supply Pin_C (step S340) can be implemented by the demodulation module 140 in the LED lighting device 100/200.
- the LED lighting device 100 performs power conversion based on the modulated power supply Pin_C and lights the internal LED module (step S320) and adjusts the power conversion operation with reference to the dimming information, thereby adjusting the brightness of the LED module.
- Step S350 can be implemented by the driving circuit 230 in the LED lighting device 100/200.
- FIG. 10D is a flow chart of the steps of the dimming control method of the LED lighting device according to an embodiment of the disclosure. Please refer to Figure 1A, Figure 6A and Figure 10D together.
- the rectifier circuit 110 and the filter circuit 120 sequentially rectify and filter the modulated power Pin_C, and accordingly generate a filtered signal Sflr to the driving circuit 130 (step S410).
- the driving circuit 130 performs power conversion on the received filtered signal Sflr, and generates a driving power Sdrv to provide to the rear LED module (step S420).
- the demodulation module 140 captures the signal characteristics of the modulated power Pin_C (step S430), and then demodulates the captured signal characteristics to extract dimming information (for example, the angle corresponding to the tangent angle). Size), and generate a corresponding dimming control signal Sdc (step S440).
- the driving circuit 130 adjusts the power conversion operation with reference to the dimming control signal Sdc, so as to adjust the generated driving power Sdrv in response to the dimming information (step S450), thereby changing the light-emitting brightness or color temperature of the LED module LM.
- the dimming control signal Sdc is used to adjust the power conversion operation of the driving circuit 130.
- it can be an analog control method.
- the level of the dimming control signal Sdc can be used to
- the voltage or current reference value of the driving circuit 130 is controlled in an analog manner, so as to adjust the size of the driving power Sdrv in an analog manner.
- the dimming control signal Sdc is used to adjust the power conversion operation of the driving circuit 130. In one embodiment, it can optionally be a digital control method, for example, the dimming control signal Sdc may have different duty cycles in response to the tangent angle. In this type of embodiment, the dimming control signal Sdc may have, for example, a first state (for example, a high logic state) and a second state (for example, a low logic state). ). In one embodiment, the first state and the second state are used to digitally control the size of the driving power supply Sdrv of the driving circuit 130, for example, the output current is output in the first state, and the output current is stopped in the second state, thereby The LED module LM is dimmed.
- FIG. 13A shows a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the LED module of this application in an embodiment.
- the positive terminal of the LED module LM is coupled to the first driving output terminal of the driving device 130a
- the negative terminal is coupled to the second driving output terminal 130b.
- the LED module LM includes at least one LED unit 200a, and when there are more than two LED units 200a, they are connected in parallel.
- the positive terminal of each LED unit is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED module LM to be coupled to the first drive output terminal 130a; the negative terminal of each LED unit is coupled to the negative terminal of the LED module LM to be coupled to the first drive output terminal 322.
- the LED unit 200a includes at least one LED assembly 2000a, that is, the light source of the LED lamp.
- the LED components 2000a are connected in series to form a string, the positive terminal of the first LED component 2000a is coupled to the positive terminal of the corresponding LED unit 200a, and the negative terminal of the first LED component 2000a is coupled to the next (first Two) LED assembly 2000a.
- the positive terminal of the last LED component 2000a is coupled to the negative terminal of the previous LED component 2000a, and the negative terminal of the last LED component 2000a is coupled to the negative terminal of the corresponding LED unit 200a.
- FIG. 13B shows a schematic diagram of the circuit architecture of the LED module of this application in another embodiment.
- the positive terminal of the LED module LM is coupled to the first driving output terminal 130a, and the negative terminal is coupled to the first driver.
- the LED module LM of this embodiment includes at least two LED units 200b, and the positive terminal of each LED unit 200b is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED module LM, and the negative terminal is coupled to the negative terminal of the LED module LM.
- the LED unit 200b includes at least two LED components 2000b. The connection of the LED components 2000b in the LED unit 200b is as described in FIG. 29.
- the negative electrode of the LED component 2000b is coupled to the positive electrode of the next LED component 2000b, and the The anode of one LED assembly 2000b is coupled to the anode of the associated LED unit 200b, and the cathode of the last LED assembly 2000b is coupled to the cathode of the associated LED unit 200b. Furthermore, the LED units 200b in this embodiment are also connected to each other. The positive electrode of the n-th LED assembly 2000b of each LED unit 200b is connected to each other, and the negative electrode is also connected to each other. Therefore, the connection between the LED components of the LED module LM of this embodiment is a mesh connection. In practical applications, the number of LED components 2000b included in the LED unit 200b is preferably 15-25, and more preferably 18-22.
- the above embodiments are all described by adjusting the light-emitting brightness of the LED module, it can also be analogized to the adjustment of the color temperature of the LED module.
- the above dimming control method is applied to only adjust the driving power provided to the red LED lamp bead (that is, only the light-emitting brightness of the red LED lamp bead is adjusted)
- the above dimming control method is used.
- the color temperature adjustment of the LED lighting device can be realized.
- 1D is a circuit block diagram of a fault detection module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the LED lighting system 10 further includes a fault detection module 90.
- the fault detection module 90 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80.
- the LED lamp 100 includes multiple lamps 100_1, 100_2 ⁇ 100_n, and a protection circuit is provided in the dimmer 80.
- the protection of the dimmer is triggered
- the maintenance can be carried out by replacing the lamps, but when the LED contains more lamps, it is extremely troublesome to replace.
- the fault detection module 90 can perform maintenance on the LED lighting system 10 by bypassing the dimmer 80.
- the fault detection module 90 includes a switch 901, which is connected in parallel with the dimmer 80, a first pin of the switch 901 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, and a second pin of the switch 901 is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80a.
- the switch 901 can be used for malfunction detection. In a normal state, the switch 901 is in an off state, and the dimmer 80 can control the LED lamp 100 normally. When the lighting system fails, close the switch 901.
- the dimmer 80 is bypassed by the switch 901, and the external power EP can directly supply power to the LED lamp 100.
- the LED lamp 100 lights up normally, the LED can be eliminated.
- the dimmer 80 can be overhauled; if one or more of the LED lamps 100 fails to light up due to failure, the other lights can light up normally, and only need to be replaced at this time. The fault light is sufficient. Through this configuration, system failures can be easily detected to determine the location of the failure, which is convenient for maintenance personnel to perform maintenance.
- the switch 901 is a normally open switch, which can be arranged inside the dimmer 80, and can be triggered by a mechanical trigger or a control interface of the dimmer 80.
- the dimmer 80 may also be other types of controllers, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- the fault detection module 90 includes a switch 901 and a switch 902.
- the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the power input terminals A1 and A2 for receiving external power signals, and has dimmer output terminals 80a and 80b.
- the dimmer output ends 80a and 80b are electrically connected to the LED lamp.
- the first pin of the switch 901 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, and the second pin of the switch 901 is electrically connected to the dimming output terminal 80a.
- the first pin of the switch 902 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A2, and the second pin of the switch 902 is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80b.
- the switch 901 and the switch 902 are in an off state, and the dimmer 80 works normally.
- the switches 901 and 902 are closed, and the dimmer 80 is bypassed by the switches 901 and 902.
- the external power signal can directly supply power to the LED lights through the switches 901 and 902.
- the LED light 100 is normally lit, the fault of the LED light 100 can be eliminated, and then the dimmer 80 can be overhauled; if one or more of the LED lights 100 cannot be lighted normally due to a failure, the other lights are normal Light up, at this time, just replace the lamp that can't light up.
- system faults can be easily detected to determine the location of the fault, which is convenient for maintenance personnel to perform maintenance.
- the switch 901 and the switch 902 are normally open switches, which can be arranged inside the dimmer 80, and can be triggered by mechanical triggering or the control interface of the dimmer 80.
- the dimmer 80 may also be other types of controllers, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- the lighting system 10 includes an infrared remote controller 50 and a light group 100.
- the infrared remote controller 50 is a kind of control interface.
- the lamp group 100 includes lamps 100_1, 100_2 ⁇ 100_n.
- An infrared signal receiving device is provided on the lamp to receive the infrared control signal of the infrared remote controller 50 and adjust the brightness of the lamp according to the infrared control signal.
- the infrared remote controller 50 is used to generate an infrared control signal.
- the lamps 100_1 and 100_2 within the signal range of the infrared remote controller 50 can receive the infrared control signal for dimming.
- other lamps that are not within the signal range of the infrared remote controller 50 cannot receive the infrared control signal, and therefore cannot perform dimming.
- the infrared remote controller 50 can also control the color temperature of the light set 100, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- FIG. 18A for a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- the lighting system 10 in this embodiment is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 17, but the difference is that the lighting system 10 in this embodiment further includes an infrared repeater 40.
- the infrared repeater 40 is arranged between the infrared remote controller 50 and the light group 100.
- 19A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the infrared repeater 40 includes an infrared signal receiving module 41, an infrared signal amplifying module 42, and an infrared signal transmitting module 43.
- the infrared signal receiving module 41 is used to receive the infrared control signal of the infrared remote controller 50 and transmit it to the infrared signal amplifying module 42.
- the infrared signal amplifying module 42 performs operational amplification processing on the received infrared control signal, and sends the amplified red control signal to the infrared signal transmitting module 43.
- the infrared signal transmitting module 43 transmits the amplified infrared control signal.
- the infrared repeater 40 amplifies the received infrared control signal, one is to amplify the power intensity of the infrared control signal, and the other is to amplify the coverage angle of the infrared control signal, so that the infrared control signal can cover a larger space , In order to solve the problem of insufficient remote control signal coverage.
- the infrared control signal amplified by the infrared repeater can cover all lamps in the use scene, so that all lamps can be uniformly dimmed and controlled to increase the consistency of dimming.
- the infrared signal received and amplified by the infrared repeater is not limited to the infrared control signal in the lighting system.
- other infrared control signals may be, for example, infrared control signals of TV sets, infrared control signals of air conditioners, etc. Both can use the infrared repeater of the present invention for relay amplification to obtain better signal coverage.
- the infrared remote controller 50 needs to be used for mobile use, and generally uses a dry battery for power supply, the transmission power is small, and the effective transmission distance of the wireless control signal is limited. Since the infrared repeater 40 does not need to move its position frequently, it can be powered by a lithium battery or commercial power. Therefore, the amplified infrared control signal has greater power and can be transmitted over a longer transmission distance.
- the infrared repeater 40 can be set independently, can also be integrated in one or more lamps in the lamp group 100, or integrated in other household appliances.
- FIG. 18B for a schematic structural diagram of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- the control signal of the infrared remote controller 50 can be relayed by the infrared repeater 40, which will increase the coverage angle of the control signal, thereby covering all the lamps in the lamp group 100, ensuring the lighting system 10 Normal operation.
- the infrared emitting module 43 may be configured with multiple infrared emitting components. A plurality of emitting components are arranged in an array to obtain a larger emitting angle. As shown in FIGS. 18A-18B, the infrared repeater 40 has a larger signal emission angle relative to the infrared remote controller 50, and can cover all the lamps in the light group 100.
- the infrared repeater 40 can realize grouping control of the lamps in the lamp group 100. For example, set the lamps 100_1 and 100_2 as group 1, and other lamps as group 2. Group control can be performed by setting different channels.
- the lamps of group 1 can recognize the control signal of the first channel
- the lamps of group 2 can recognize the control signal of the second channel
- the lamps of group 1 and group 2 can receive the control signal of the third channel.
- the infrared remote controller 50 uses the signal of the first signal to dim the lamps of the group 1, uses the signal of the second channel to dim the lamps of the group 2, and uses the signal of the third channel to dim the lamps of the group 1 and group 2 at the same time. .
- the three channels are independent of each other and do not interfere with each other.
- the lamps of group 1 are not controlled by the signal of the second channel, and the lamps of group 2 are not controlled by the signal of the first channel.
- more groups can be set to control the lamps, and the number of channels can be increased accordingly as needed, and the present invention is not limited to this.
- the infrared repeater 40 includes an infrared signal receiving module 41, an infrared signal amplifying module 42 and an infrared signal transmitting module 43.
- the infrared signal receiving module 41 includes an infrared receiving probe 41a.
- the first pin of the infrared receiving probe is electrically connected to a common power terminal Vcc
- the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the capacitor 42a
- the third pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal GND.
- the infrared receiving probe 41a is used to receive the infrared control signal and convert the optical signal into an electrical signal.
- the infrared signal amplifying module 42 receives the electrical signal generated by the infrared receiving probe 41a, and performs operational amplification processing.
- the infrared amplifying module 42 includes a capacitor 42a, resistors 42b, 42c, 42d, 42f, 42i, and 42k, transistors 42e, 42g, and 42h, and a field effect transistor 42j.
- the second pin of the capacitor 42a is electrically connected to a common ground GND.
- the resistor 42b and the capacitor 42a are connected in parallel, the first pin of the resistor 42c is electrically connected to the first pin of the capacitor 42a, and the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the transistor 42e.
- the second pin of the transistor 42e is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 42d, and the third pin of the transistor 42e is electrically connected to a common ground GND.
- the first pin of the resistor 42d is electrically connected to the common power terminal Vcc.
- the first pin of the transistor 42g and the first pin of the transistor 42h are electrically connected and electrically connected to the second pin of the transistor 42e and the first pin of the resistor 42f.
- the second pin of the resistor 42f is electrically connected to a common ground GND.
- the second pin of the transistor 42g is electrically connected to a power terminal Vcc
- the third pin of the transistor 42g is electrically connected to the second pin of the transistor 42h.
- the third pin of the transistor 42h is electrically connected to a common ground GND.
- the first pin of the resistor 42i is electrically connected to the third pin of the transistor 42g, and the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the field effect transistor 42j.
- the second pin of the field effect transistor 42j is electrically connected to the cathode of the infrared light emitting diode 43_1, and the third pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal GMD.
- the first pin of the resistor 42k is electrically connected to a power terminal Vcc, and the second pin of the resistor 42k is electrically connected to the anode of the infrared light emitting diode 43_1.
- the infrared emitting module 43 includes infrared light emitting diodes and 43-1, 43_2 ⁇ 43_n (n is an integer greater than or equal to 1).
- the infrared light-emitting diodes are connected in parallel and arranged in an array on the structure to increase the emission angle of the infrared signal.
- S1 is the infrared signal received by the infrared repeater 40
- S2 is a schematic diagram of the waveform output by the infrared receiving probe 41a
- S3 is a schematic diagram of the output waveform of the infrared repeater 40.
- the output and the input signal are consistent, and the driving ability is increased.
- the signal received by the field effect transistor 42j is the low-level signal output by the totem pole. At this time, the field effect transistor 42j is disconnected, and the infrared light-emitting diodes 43_1, 43_2 ⁇ 43_n are not lit, that is, S3 is low power. flat.
- S1 is high
- the infrared receiving probe 41a outputs a low-level signal
- the transistor 42e is turned off.
- the totem pole outputs a high-level signal to turn on the field effect transistor 42j, and the infrared light-emitting diodes 43_1, 43_2 ⁇ 43_n points On, that is, S3 is high.
- the level directions of S1 and S2 can be kept consistent, because the infrared transmitting module 43 is composed of multiple infrared light-emitting diodes, and the infrared repeater 40 can output high-power infrared signals to realize the input signal enlarge. Arranging the infrared light-emitting diode arrays can significantly increase the signal coverage of the infrared repeater.
- the infrared signal relay and amplification function can be realized only by using discrete components, with low cost and high system reliability.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of signal coverage of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the emission angle of the infrared repeater is described.
- a three-dimensional coordinate system is established with the infrared repeater 40 as the center.
- the infrared repeater 40 includes a plurality of infrared emitting components.
- the arrays of the plurality of infrared emitting components are distributed on the infrared repeater 40.
- the coverage angles of different infrared emitting components partially overlap.
- setting a certain number of infrared emitting components in the positive direction of the z-axis can achieve signal coverage in the Z ⁇ 0 space.
- signal coverage in the entire space can be achieved by arranging more infrared emitting components.
- the infrared receiving module 41 can be configured with multiple infrared receiving components, and multiple infrared receiving components can be arranged in an array to obtain a larger receiving angle. Receive infrared control signals from all directions.
- the infrared repeater 40 receives the infrared control signal of the infrared remote controller 50, performs amplification processing, and generates an amplified infrared control signal.
- the amplification process of the infrared repeater 40 includes two levels. One is to amplify the signal strength to make the infrared control signal have greater power; the other is to amplify the angle of the signal to make the infrared control signal have greater coverage. angle.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Circuit Arrangement For Electric Light Sources In General (AREA)
Abstract
Provided in the disclosure are an LED lamp illumination system, and a dimmer and LED lamp thereof. The dimmer is used to adjust an LED lamp, and said system is characterized in that the LED lamp supplies power by means of the dimmer. The dimmer comprises: a dimming signal generation module, which receives a dimming instruction and is used for outputting a dimming signal on the basis of the received dimming instruction; and a signal synthesis module, which is coupled to the dimming signal generation module, is electrically connected to the output end of the dimmer, and is used for adjusting, on the basis of the dimming signal, a power supply signal generated by the dimmer so as to output a modulation power source synthesized with the dimming instruction. An alternating-current component in a waveform of the modulation power source is used to describe the dimming instruction.
Description
本揭露涉及照明器具领域,具体涉及一种LED灯照明系统及其调光器、LED灯。The present disclosure relates to the field of lighting appliances, in particular to an LED lamp lighting system and its dimmer and LED lamp.
LED照明技术正快速发展而取代了传统的白炽灯及荧光灯。相较于充填有惰性气体及水银的荧光灯而言,LED直管灯无须充填水银。因此,在各种由像是传统荧光灯泡及灯管等照明选项所主宰的家用或工作场所用的照明系统中,各种LED灯具,如LED直管灯、LED灯泡、LED灯丝灯、高功率LED灯或一体化LED灯等,无意外地逐渐成为人们高度期待的照明选项。LED灯的优点包含提升的耐用性及寿命以及较低耗能。因此,考虑所有因素后,LED灯将会是最佳的照明选项。LED lighting technology is rapidly developing to replace traditional incandescent lamps and fluorescent lamps. Compared with fluorescent lamps filled with inert gas and mercury, LED straight tube lamps do not need to be filled with mercury. Therefore, in various home or workplace lighting systems dominated by lighting options such as traditional fluorescent bulbs and tubes, various LED lamps, such as LED straight tube lamps, LED bulbs, LED filament lamps, and high-power LED lights or integrated LED lights, etc., have gradually become highly anticipated lighting options without accident. The advantages of LED lights include improved durability and lifespan and lower energy consumption. Therefore, after considering all factors, LED lights will be the best lighting option.
在一般的LED照明方案中,如何实现调光控制是一个广泛被讨论的议题。在现有的调光技术中,有一种调光方式是以切相/斩波的方式来调整输入电压的有效值,进而实现调光的效果。然而,此种调光控制方式由于显着地影响电压波形的完整性,因此不可避免地会造成LED灯发光效率降低及闪烁等各种问题。另外有一种方式是通过独立信号线将调光信号给到灯内的驱动电路,使驱动电路根据接收到的调光信号来调整输出电压/电流大小,进而控制LED灯亮度。而这种方式在多灯设置的应用场景里,由于每一个LED灯都需要拉出信号线来接收调光信号,因此会使的LED灯布设复杂度大幅提高,不利于多灯调光控制的实现。In general LED lighting solutions, how to achieve dimming control is a widely discussed topic. In the existing dimming technology, there is a dimming method that adjusts the effective value of the input voltage in a phase-cutting/chopping manner, thereby realizing the dimming effect. However, since this dimming control method significantly affects the integrity of the voltage waveform, it will inevitably cause various problems such as reduced luminous efficiency and flicker of the LED lamp. Another way is to send the dimming signal to the driving circuit in the lamp through an independent signal line, so that the driving circuit adjusts the output voltage/current according to the received dimming signal, and then controls the brightness of the LED lamp. However, in the application scenario of multi-lamp setting, because each LED lamp needs to pull out the signal line to receive the dimming signal, the complexity of the LED lamp layout will be greatly increased, which is not conducive to the multi-lamp dimming control. accomplish.
传统的白炽灯可通过可控硅(TRIAC)调节灯的亮度,但是当可控硅用在LED灯具上时,虽然无需另外连接调光信号线,但由于LED的非线性特性,在低亮度下,会出现LED灯闪烁的问题,且可控硅调节的LED灯效率较差。Traditional incandescent lamps can adjust the brightness of the lamp through a silicon controlled rectifier (TRIAC), but when the thyristor is used in an LED lamp, although there is no need to connect a dimming signal line, due to the non-linear characteristics of the LED, under low brightness , There will be the problem of LED lights flickering, and the efficiency of LED lights adjusted by thyristors is poor.
市场上的LED灯种类较多,目前的可控硅调光器无法对LED灯做到100%的兼容。There are many types of LED lights on the market, and current thyristor dimmers cannot be 100% compatible with LED lights.
基于电力线载波通信协议的DLT(Digital Load Side Transmission)数字有线调光方案则从物理机理上绕开了可控硅,从而解决了LED灯具与调光开关(或调光器)的兼容性问题,LED DLT调光灯具与不同品牌DLT调光开关之间的兼容性可以达到100%,而且完全无频闪,调光平滑无噪音,最低调光深度可以做到1%,,成本与可控硅方案完全具有相比性,市场发展潜力值得期待。The DLT (Digital Load Side Transmission) digital wired dimming solution based on the power line carrier communication protocol bypasses the thyristor from the physical mechanism, thereby solving the compatibility problem of LED lamps and dimmer switches (or dimmers). The compatibility between LED DLT dimming lamps and DLT dimming switches of different brands can reach 100%, and there is no flicker at all, dimming is smooth and noise-free, and the minimum dimming depth can be 1%, which is cost-effective and thyristor. The plan is completely comparable, and the market development potential is worth looking forward to.
虽然DLT具有很大的市场潜力,但是自DLT协议公开以来,由于DLT调光灯具开发难度大,市场上并未出现成熟的方案。DLT调光技术真正的大面积推广应用存在着一些阻力。Although DLT has great market potential, since the disclosure of the DLT agreement, due to the difficulty in the development of DLT dimming lamps, no mature solutions have appeared on the market. There are some resistances to the real large-scale promotion and application of DLT dimming technology.
普通的电路传感器(如人体感应器,光线感应器等)一般使用阻容降压的方式进行供电。 整个电路传感器呈现容性阻抗,容性阻抗将会干扰电力信号而影响电力线上的信号传输,最终导致DLT调光系统无法正常工作。另外,阻容降压的供电电路使用在宽电压的电网环境中时容易失效。因此需要对电路传感器进行改进以兼容DLT调光系统。Ordinary circuit sensors (such as human body sensors, light sensors, etc.) generally use resistance-capacitance step-down methods for power supply. The entire circuit sensor presents a capacitive impedance, and the capacitive impedance will interfere with the power signal and affect the signal transmission on the power line, eventually causing the DLT dimming system to fail to work normally. In addition, the resistance-capacitance step-down power supply circuit is prone to failure when used in a wide-voltage power grid environment. Therefore, the circuit sensor needs to be improved to be compatible with the DLT dimming system.
另外,当照明系统中包含多支灯具,系统中的其中一支或多支灯具故障而导致整个照明系统出现瘫痪时,无法通过简单替换灯具的方式进行高效的检修。In addition, when the lighting system contains multiple lamps and one or more of the lamps in the system fails and the entire lighting system is paralyzed, it is impossible to perform efficient maintenance by simply replacing the lamps.
另外,有一种调光器可以除电力线外只增加一根信号线完成调光,这种调光器在信号线上增加一个开关,利用开关信号进行两档的调光,成本较低,但是无法实现连续的调光。In addition, there is a kind of dimmer that can only add a signal line to complete the dimming in addition to the power line. This kind of dimmer adds a switch to the signal line and uses the switch signal for two-stage dimming. The cost is low, but it cannot Realize continuous dimming.
现有的无线信号控制技术中,红外技术较为成熟,且成本低,可以作为无线控制方案使用。Among the existing wireless signal control technologies, infrared technology is relatively mature and low in cost, and can be used as a wireless control solution.
但是,红外线因为其传输具有方向性,且信号随着距离的增加而衰减,当需要对灯具集群进行控制时,部分灯具无法正常接收到控制信号而出现无法同步控制的情况。当遥控器和灯具之间存在障碍物时,也无法正常的对灯具进行控制。However, because of the directional transmission of infrared rays, and the signal attenuation as the distance increases, when the lamp cluster needs to be controlled, some lamps cannot receive the control signal normally and cannot be controlled synchronously. When there is an obstacle between the remote control and the lamp, the lamp cannot be controlled normally.
有鉴于上述问题,以下提出本揭露及其实施例。In view of the above problems, the present disclosure and its embodiments are presented below.
发明内容Summary of the invention
在此摘要描述关于「本揭露」的许多实施例。然而所述词汇「本揭露」仅仅用来描述在此说明书中揭露的某些实施例(不管是否已在权利要求项中),而不是所有可能的实施例的完整描述。以下被描述为「本揭露」的各个特征或方面的某些实施例可以不同方式合并以形成一LED直管灯或其中一部分。This summary describes many embodiments of the "present disclosure". However, the term "this disclosure" is only used to describe certain embodiments disclosed in this specification (regardless of whether they are in the claims), rather than a complete description of all possible embodiments. Certain embodiments described below as various features or aspects of the "present disclosure" can be combined in different ways to form an LED straight tube lamp or a part thereof.
本揭露实施例提出一种LED灯照明系统,其特征在于包括:调光器,其输入端电性连接至第一外部电源输入端,用以接收外部电力信号并生成调光信号;以及LED灯,电性连接至所述调光器的第一输出端、第二输出端和第二外部电源输入端,用以接收所述调光信号并调节LED灯的亮度或色温。An embodiment of the present disclosure provides an LED lamp lighting system, which is characterized by comprising: a dimmer whose input terminal is electrically connected to a first external power input terminal for receiving an external power signal and generating a dimming signal; and an LED lamp , Electrically connected to the first output terminal, the second output terminal and the second external power input terminal of the dimmer for receiving the dimming signal and adjusting the brightness or color temperature of the LED lamp.
本揭露一实施例中,所述LED灯包括:解调模块,电性连接至所述调光器,用以接收所述调光信号并将调光信号转化为调光控制信号;LED驱动模块,电性连接至所述外部电源和所述解调模块,用以对外部电力信号进行电源转换生成驱动电源并根据接收到的调光控制信号调节驱动电源;以及LED模块,电性连接至所述LED驱动模块,用以接收所述驱动电源而点亮。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the LED lamp includes: a demodulation module, electrically connected to the dimmer, for receiving the dimming signal and converting the dimming signal into a dimming control signal; an LED driving module , Electrically connected to the external power supply and the demodulation module, used to perform power conversion on the external power signal to generate a driving power supply and adjust the driving power supply according to the received dimming control signal; and the LED module, electrically connected to all The LED driving module is used to receive the driving power to light up.
本揭露一实施例中,所述调光器包含第一开关和第二开关,所述第一开关的第一引脚电性连接至所述第一外部电源输入端,其第二引脚电性连接至所述LED驱动模块,用以作为所述LED灯照明系统的开关;所述第二开关的第一引脚电性连接至所述第一开关的第二引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至所述解调模块,用以生调光信号。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the dimmer includes a first switch and a second switch, the first pin of the first switch is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal, and the second pin of the first switch is electrically connected The first pin of the second switch is electrically connected to the second pin of the first switch, and the second lead of the second switch is electrically connected to the LED drive module. The pin is electrically connected to the demodulation module for generating a dimming signal.
本揭露一实施例中,所述第一开关为常开开关;所述第二开关为点动开关,且设置为常开。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the first switch is a normally open switch; the second switch is an inching switch and is set to be normally open.
本揭露一实施例中,所述调光器包含第一开关、第三开关和第四开关,所述第一开关的第一引脚电性连接至所述第一外部电源输入端,所述第三开关的第一引脚和第四开关的第一引脚电性连接并电性连接至所述第一开关的第二引脚,所述第三开关的第二引脚电性连接至所述LED驱动模块和所述解调模块,所述第四开关的第二引脚电性连接至所述LED驱动模块和所述解调模块。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the dimmer includes a first switch, a third switch, and a fourth switch. The first pin of the first switch is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal. The first pin of the third switch and the first pin of the fourth switch are electrically connected and electrically connected to the second pin of the first switch, and the second pin of the third switch is electrically connected to The LED drive module and the demodulation module, and the second pin of the fourth switch is electrically connected to the LED drive module and the demodulation module.
本揭露一实施例中,所述第三开关和所述第四开关为点动开关且设置为常闭。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the third switch and the fourth switch are inching switches and are set to be normally closed.
本揭露一实施例中,所述第三开关和所述第四开关被设置为无法同时断开。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the third switch and the fourth switch are configured to be unable to be turned off at the same time.
本揭露实施例提出一种LED灯照明系统,其特征在于包括:调光器,其输入端电性连接至第一外部电源输入端,用以根据调光指令将接收到的外部电力信号转换为调光电力信号,所述调光电力信号中包含调光信息;以及LED灯,电性连接至所述调光器的输出端和第二外部电源输入端,用以根据接收到的所述调光电力信号进行调光。An embodiment of the present disclosure provides an LED lamp lighting system, which is characterized by comprising: a dimmer, the input terminal of which is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal for converting the received external power signal into A dimming power signal, the dimming power signal contains dimming information; and an LED lamp, which is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer and the second external power input terminal, and is used to respond to the received dimming Light power signal for dimming.
本揭露一实施例中,所述外部电力信号为市电交流信号,所述调光器根据所述调光指令对所述外部电力信号进行切相处理以生成所述调光电力信号。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the external power signal is a commercial AC signal, and the dimmer performs phase-cut processing on the external power signal according to the dimming instruction to generate the dimming power signal.
本揭露一实施例中,所述切相处理的相切角小于90度,且所述相切角的大小对应于LED灯的亮度。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the tangent angle of the phase-cutting process is less than 90 degrees, and the size of the tangent angle corresponds to the brightness of the LED lamp.
本揭露一实施例中,所述切相角为一定值时,所述外部电力信号的幅值变化时,所述LED灯的亮度不变。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the phase cut angle is a certain value, when the amplitude of the external power signal changes, the brightness of the LED lamp does not change.
本揭露一实施例中,所述调光器包含:调光信号生成模块,用以根据接收到的调光指令生成一调光信号;过零检测模块,电性连接至所述第一外部电源输入端和所述第二外部电源输入端,用以检测所述外部电力信号的过零点,并生成过零信号;数据调制模块,电性连接至所述第一外部电源输入端,用以对所述外部电力信号进行整流以及将所述调光信号加载到外部电力信号上生成所述调光电力信号;滤波电路,电性连接至所述数据调制模块,用以对接收到的整流后信号进行滤波以生成滤波后信号;供电模块,电性连接至所述滤波电路,用以对滤波后信号进行电源转换,产生供电信号供调光器适用;以及控制模块,电性连接至所述过零检测模块,用以接收所述过零信号,并在过零后的特定时间开始数据调制,将所述调光信号加载到所述外部电力信号上生成所述调光电力信号。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the dimmer includes: a dimming signal generating module for generating a dimming signal according to the received dimming command; a zero-crossing detection module electrically connected to the first external power source The input terminal and the second external power input terminal are used to detect the zero-crossing point of the external power signal and generate a zero-crossing signal; the data modulation module is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal for matching The external power signal is rectified and the dimming signal is loaded on the external power signal to generate the dimming power signal; a filter circuit is electrically connected to the data modulation module for rectifying the received rectified signal Filtering to generate a filtered signal; a power supply module electrically connected to the filter circuit for power conversion of the filtered signal to generate a power supply signal for the dimmer; and a control module electrically connected to the filter circuit The zero detection module is configured to receive the zero-crossing signal, start data modulation at a specific time after the zero-crossing, and load the dimming signal on the external power signal to generate the dimming power signal.
本揭露一实施例中,所述调光信号生成模块包含无线遥控器和信号接收模块,所述无线遥控器用以将所述调光指令转化为无线调光信号,所述信号接收机模块用以将所述无线调光信号转化为所述调光信号。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the dimming signal generation module includes a wireless remote control and a signal receiving module, the wireless remote control is used to convert the dimming command into a wireless dimming signal, and the signal receiver module is used to The wireless dimming signal is converted into the dimming signal.
本揭露一实施例中,所述调光信号生成模块包括光线感应模块,所述光线感应模块根据环境光线强度生成所述调光信号。In an embodiment of the disclosure, the dimming signal generating module includes a light sensing module, and the light sensing module generates the dimming signal according to the intensity of ambient light.
本揭露一实施例中,所述数据调制模块包含第一二极管、第二二极管、第一稳压二极管、第一晶体管、第二晶体管和第三晶体管;第一二极管的阳极电性连接至所述外部电力输入端和第一晶体管的第一引脚,其阴极电性连接至第二二极管的阴极和所述第一稳压二极管的阴极;所述第一晶体管的第二引脚和所述第二晶体管的第二引脚电性连接并电性连接至第一电路节点,其第三引脚电性连接至所述控制模块;所述第二晶体管的第一引脚电性连接至所述第二二极管的阳极并电性连接至所述调光器的输出端,其第三引脚电性连接至所述控制模块;所述第三晶体管的第一引脚电性连接至所述第一稳压二极管的阳极,其第二引脚电性连接至所述第二晶体管的第三引脚,其第三引脚电性连接至所述控制模块。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the data modulation module includes a first diode, a second diode, a first Zener diode, a first transistor, a second transistor, and a third transistor; the anode of the first diode Is electrically connected to the external power input terminal and the first pin of the first transistor, and its cathode is electrically connected to the cathode of the second diode and the cathode of the first Zener diode; The second pin is electrically connected to the second pin of the second transistor and is electrically connected to the first circuit node, and the third pin is electrically connected to the control module; the first pin of the second transistor The pin is electrically connected to the anode of the second diode and is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer, and the third pin is electrically connected to the control module; the third pin of the third transistor One pin is electrically connected to the anode of the first Zener diode, the second pin is electrically connected to the third pin of the second transistor, and the third pin is electrically connected to the control module .
本揭露一实施例中,所述外部电力信号为市电交流电,其特征在于,在一个交流半波内(半个交流周期内),所述数据调制模块包含三个工作阶段:供电阶段、功率阶段和数据阶段。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the external power signal is commercial AC power, which is characterized in that, within an AC half-wave (within half an AC cycle), the data modulation module includes three working phases: power supply phase, power Phase and data phase.
本揭露一实施例中,在所述供电阶段,所述外部电力信号为所述调光器提供电力,在所述功率阶段,为所述外部电力信号为LED灯提供电力,在所述数据阶段,所述调光器将所述调光信号加载到所述外部电力信号上,生成所述调光电力信号。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, during the power supply phase, the external power signal provides power for the dimmer, during the power phase, the external power signal provides power for the LED lights, and during the data phase The dimmer loads the dimming signal onto the external power signal to generate the dimming power signal.
本揭露一实施例中,在所述供电阶段,所述第一晶体管和所述第二晶体管处于断开状态。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, during the power supply phase, the first transistor and the second transistor are in an off state.
本揭露一实施例中,在所述功率阶段,所述第一晶体管和所述第二晶体管处于导通状态。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, during the power phase, the first transistor and the second transistor are in a conducting state.
本揭露一实施例中,在所述数据阶段,所述第一晶体管和所述第二晶体管工作在放大区,所述第三晶体管间歇导通。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, in the data phase, the first transistor and the second transistor work in the amplifying region, and the third transistor is turned on intermittently.
本揭露一实施例中,所述LED灯照明系统更包含故障检测模块,所述故障检测模块电性连接至所述调光器,用于通过旁路所述调光器进行故障检测。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the LED lamp lighting system further includes a fault detection module, which is electrically connected to the dimmer, for fault detection by bypassing the dimmer.
本揭露一实施例中,所述故障检测模块包含第一开关,所述第一开关电性连接至所述调光器的输入端和输出端。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the fault detection module includes a first switch, and the first switch is electrically connected to the input terminal and the output terminal of the dimmer.
本揭露一实施例中,所述LED灯照明系统更包含传感器,所述传感器电性连接至所述调光器和所述LED灯,用以基于环境变量改变传感器的电路状态。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the LED lamp lighting system further includes a sensor electrically connected to the dimmer and the LED lamp for changing the circuit state of the sensor based on environmental variables.
本揭露一实施例中,所述环境变量为环境光线强度、是否检测到人体或环境声音等。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the environmental variable is the intensity of ambient light, whether a human body or environmental sound is detected, and so on.
本揭露一实施例中,所述传感器包含:整流电路,电性连接至外部电源,用以对接收到的外部电力信号进行整流以生成整流后信号;滤波电路,电性连接所述整流电路,用以对整流后信号进行滤波以生成滤波后信号;电源转换电路,电性连接至所述滤波电路,用以对滤波后信号进行电源转换,以生成一低压直流信号;一开关器件,电性连接至所述LED灯的供 电回路即与所述LED灯串联连接,用以通断所述供电回路;以及传感器控制模块,电性连接至所述电源转换电路和所述开关器件,用以使用所述低压直流信号而工作,并根据环境变量控制所述开关器件的通断;In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the sensor includes: a rectifier circuit electrically connected to an external power source for rectifying the received external power signal to generate a rectified signal; a filter circuit electrically connected to the rectifier circuit, Used to filter the rectified signal to generate a filtered signal; a power conversion circuit, electrically connected to the filter circuit, to perform power conversion on the filtered signal to generate a low-voltage DC signal; a switching device, electrical The power supply circuit connected to the LED lamp is connected in series with the LED lamp to switch on and off the power supply circuit; and a sensor control module, which is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit and the switching device, for use The low-voltage direct current signal works, and controls the on-off of the switching device according to environmental variables;
本揭露一实施例中,所述整流电路为全桥式整流电路。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the rectifier circuit is a full-bridge rectifier circuit.
本揭露一实施例中,所述滤波电路至少包含一电容。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the filter circuit includes at least one capacitor.
本揭露一实施例中,所述电源转换电路为直流降压型电源转换电路。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the power conversion circuit is a DC step-down power conversion circuit.
本揭露一实施例中,所述开关器件为场效应晶体管或者继电器。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the switching device is a field effect transistor or a relay.
本揭露实施例提出一种红外中继器,其特征在于包含:红外信号接收模块,用以接收红外控制信号;红外信号放大模块,电性连接至所述红外信号接收模块,用以对所述红外控制信号进行放大;以及红外信号发射模块,电性连接至所述红外信号放大模块,用以将放大后的红外控制信号发射出去。An embodiment of the disclosure provides an infrared repeater, which is characterized by comprising: an infrared signal receiving module for receiving infrared control signals; an infrared signal amplifying module, electrically connected to the infrared signal receiving module, for The infrared control signal is amplified; and the infrared signal transmitting module is electrically connected to the infrared signal amplifying module for transmitting the amplified infrared control signal.
本揭露一实施例中,所述红外信号发射模块包含多个红外发射组件,所述红外发射组件阵列排布。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the infrared signal emitting module includes a plurality of infrared emitting components, and the infrared emitting components are arranged in an array.
本揭露一实施例中,所述红外信号接收模块包含多个红外接收组件,所述红外发射组件阵列排布。In an embodiment of the disclosure, the infrared signal receiving module includes a plurality of infrared receiving components, and the infrared emitting components are arranged in an array.
本揭露一实施例中,所述红外中继器使用电池或市电进行供电。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the infrared repeater uses a battery or city power for power supply.
本揭露一实施例中,所述红外信号接收模块包含红外接收探头,所述红外接收探头的第一引脚电性连接至一电源端,其第三引脚电性连接至一公共接地端;红外发射模块包含第一红外发光二极管;红外放大模块包含第一电容,第一电阻、第二电阻、第三电阻、第四电阻、第五电阻和第六电阻,第一三极管、第二三极管和第三三极管,以及第一场效应晶体管,第一电容的第二引脚电性连接至所述公共接地端,第一电阻和第一电容并联连接,第二电阻的第一引脚电性连接至第一电容的第一引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至第一三极管的第一引脚,第一三极管的第二引脚电性连接至第三电阻的第二引脚,其第三引脚电性连接至说所述公共接地端,第三电阻的第一引脚电性连接至所述电源端,第二三极管的第一引脚和第三三极管的第一引脚电性连接并电性连接至第一三极管的第二引脚和第四电阻的第一引脚,第四电阻的第二引脚电性连接至公共接地端,第二三极管的第二引脚电性连接至所述电源端,其第三引脚电性连接至第三三极管的第二引脚,第三三极管的第三引脚电性连接至所述公共接地端G,第五电阻的第一引脚电性连接至第二三极管的第三引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至场第一效应晶体管的第一引脚,第一场效应晶体管的第二引脚电性连接至第一红外发光二极管的阴极,其第三引脚电性连接至所述公共接地端,第六电阻第一引脚电性连接至所述电源端,其第二引脚电性连接至第一红外发光二极管的阳极。In an embodiment of the disclosure, the infrared signal receiving module includes an infrared receiving probe, the first pin of the infrared receiving probe is electrically connected to a power terminal, and the third pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal; The infrared emission module includes a first infrared light-emitting diode; the infrared amplification module includes a first capacitor, a first resistor, a second resistor, a third resistor, a fourth resistor, a fifth resistor, and a sixth resistor. The triode, the third triode, and the first field effect transistor, the second pin of the first capacitor is electrically connected to the common ground terminal, the first resistor and the first capacitor are connected in parallel, and the second resistor of the second resistor One pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the first capacitor, the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the first transistor, and the second pin of the first transistor is electrically connected to The second pin of the third resistor, the third pin of which is electrically connected to the common ground terminal, the first pin of the third resistor is electrically connected to the power terminal, and the first pin of the second triode The pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the third transistor and is electrically connected to the second pin of the first transistor and the first pin of the fourth resistor, and the second pin of the fourth resistor is electrically connected. The second pin of the second transistor is electrically connected to the power terminal, and the third pin of the second transistor is electrically connected to the second pin of the third transistor. The third pin of the tube is electrically connected to the common ground terminal G, the first pin of the fifth resistor is electrically connected to the third pin of the second transistor, and the second pin is electrically connected to the field The first pin of the first effect transistor, the second pin of the first field effect transistor is electrically connected to the cathode of the first infrared light emitting diode, the third pin is electrically connected to the common ground terminal, and the sixth resistor The first pin is electrically connected to the power supply terminal, and the second pin is electrically connected to the anode of the first infrared light emitting diode.
本揭露实施例提出一种LED灯,其特征在于包含驱动电路、LED模块和解调模块,所述解调模块电性连接至外部电源,用以根据外部电力信号中包含的调光信息产生一调光控制信号;所述驱动电路电性连接至外部电源和所述解调模块,用以对接收的外部电力信号进行电源转换生成一驱动电源,并根据所述调光控制信号调节所述驱动电源;所述LED模块电性连接至所述驱动电路,用以接收所述驱动电源而点亮。The embodiment of the present disclosure provides an LED lamp, which is characterized by comprising a driving circuit, an LED module, and a demodulation module. The demodulation module is electrically connected to an external power source for generating an LED lamp according to the dimming information contained in the external power signal. The dimming control signal; the driving circuit is electrically connected to the external power supply and the demodulation module, and is used to perform power conversion on the received external power signal to generate a driving power supply, and adjust the driving according to the dimming control signal Power; The LED module is electrically connected to the drive circuit for receiving the drive power to light up.
本揭露一实施例中,所述外部电力信号为直流信号。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the external power signal is a DC signal.
本揭露一实施例中,所述LED灯更包含整流电路和滤波电路,所述整流电路电性连接至外部电源用以对外部电力信号进行整流以生成整流后信号;所述滤波电路电性连接至所述整流电路,用以对所述整流后信号进行滤波以生成滤波后信号;所述滤波后信号用以向驱动电路提供。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the LED lamp further includes a rectifier circuit and a filter circuit, the rectifier circuit is electrically connected to an external power source for rectifying the external power signal to generate a rectified signal; the filter circuit is electrically connected The rectifier circuit is used to filter the rectified signal to generate a filtered signal; the filtered signal is used to provide the driving circuit.
本揭露一实施例中,所述滤波电路至少包含一电容。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the filter circuit includes at least one capacitor.
本揭露一实施例中,所述整流电路为全桥整流电路。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the rectifier circuit is a full-bridge rectifier circuit.
本揭露一实施例中,所述驱动电路为降压直流转换电路。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the driving circuit is a step-down DC conversion circuit.
图1A、1B和1C是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明系统的功能模块示意图;1A, 1B, and 1C are schematic diagrams of functional modules of the LED lighting system according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图1D为本揭露一实施例的故障检测模块的电路方框图;FIG. 1D is a circuit block diagram of a fault detection module according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图1E为本揭露又一实施例的LED照明系统的功能模块示意图;1E is a schematic diagram of functional modules of an LED lighting system according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图1F为本揭露又一实施例的LED照明系统的功能模块示意图;1F is a schematic diagram of functional modules of an LED lighting system according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图2是本揭露一些实施例的电源适配器的功能模块示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a power adapter according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图3是本揭露一些实施例的信号调整模块的电路架构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a signal adjustment module according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图4A是本揭露一些实施例的开关电源模块的功能模块示意图;4A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a switching power supply module according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图4B是本揭露一些实施例的电源转换电路的电路架构示意图;4B is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a power conversion circuit according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图4C是本揭露一些实施例的功率因数电路的电路架构示意图;4C is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power factor circuit according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图4D是本揭露另一实施例的功率因数校正电路的电路架构示意图;4D is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a power factor correction circuit according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图4E是本揭露又一实施例的功率因数校正电路的电路架构示意图;4E is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a power factor correction circuit according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图5A是本揭露一些实施例的调光器的功能模块示意图;5A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a dimmer according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图5B是本揭露一些实施例的调光器的电路架构示意图;FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the dimmer according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图5C是本揭露另一实施例的调光器的电路架构示意图;5C is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图5D是本揭露又一实施例的调光器的电路架构示意图;5D is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图5E是本揭露又一实施例的调光器的电路架构示意图;5E is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图5F是本揭露又一实施例的调光器的电路方块示意图;5F is a circuit block diagram of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图6A和6B是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的功能模块示意图;6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of functional modules of LED lighting devices according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图6C是本揭露一些实施例的驱动电路的功能模块示意图;6C is a schematic diagram of functional modules of the driving circuit of some embodiments of the disclosure;
图7A是本揭露一些实施例的解调模块的功能模块示意图;FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a demodulation module according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图7B和7C是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的电路架构示意图;7B and 7C are schematic diagrams of the circuit architecture of the LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图7D是本揭露一些实施例的解调模块的功能模块示意图;FIG. 7D is a schematic diagram of functional modules of the demodulation module according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图7E是本揭露一些实施例的解调模块的波形示意图;FIG. 7E is a schematic diagram of waveforms of the demodulation module of some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图7F是本揭露一实施例的解调模块的电路示意图;FIG. 7F is a schematic circuit diagram of a demodulation module according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7G是本揭露另一实施例的解调模块的电路示意图;7G is a schematic circuit diagram of a demodulation module according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图8A和8B是本揭露一些实施例的调光器的信号波形示意图;8A and 8B are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of dimmers according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图8C是本揭露一种LED照明系统的调光波形示意图;8C is a schematic diagram of dimming waveforms of an LED lighting system disclosed in the present disclosure;
图8D是本揭露一实施例的调光波形示意图;FIG. 8D is a schematic diagram of dimming waveforms according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8E是本揭露又一实施例的调光波形示意图;FIG. 8E is a schematic diagram of dimming waveforms according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8F和图8G是本揭露一些实施例的切相角、解调信号及LED模块亮度的对应关系示意图;FIG. 8F and FIG. 8G are schematic diagrams of the correspondence between the phase cut angle, the demodulation signal, and the brightness of the LED module in some embodiments of the disclosure;
图8H是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置在不同电网电压下的输入电源波形示意图;8H is a schematic diagram of input power waveforms of the LED lighting devices of some embodiments of the disclosure under different grid voltages;
图8I是本揭露一实施例的LED照明系统调光电力信号的波形示意图;8I is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming power signal of an LED lighting system according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图9A-9D是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的信号波形示意图;9A-9D are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of LED lighting devices according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图10A和10B是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的调光控制方法的步骤流程图;10A and 10B are a flowchart of steps of a dimming control method of an LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图10C和10D是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明系统的调光控制方法的步骤流程图;10C and 10D are a flowchart of steps of a dimming control method of an LED lighting system according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图11A是本揭露一实施例的过零检测模块的电路示意图;FIG. 11A is a schematic circuit diagram of a zero-crossing detection module according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11B是本揭露一实施例的数据调制模块的电路示意图;FIG. 11B is a schematic circuit diagram of a data modulation module according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图12A是本揭露一实施例的整流电路的电路结构示意图;12A is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a rectifier circuit according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图12B是本揭露另一实施例的整流电路的电路结构示意图;12B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a rectifier circuit according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图12C是本揭露一实施例的滤波电路的电路结构示意图;12C is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a filter circuit according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图12D是本揭露另一实施例的滤波电路的电路结构示意图12D is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a filter circuit according to another embodiment of the disclosure
图12E是本揭露一实施例的调光信号生成模块的电路示意图;12E is a schematic circuit diagram of a dimming signal generating module according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图13A和13B为本揭露一些实施例的LED模块的电路结构示意图;13A and 13B are schematic diagrams of circuit structures of LED modules according to some embodiments of the disclosure;
图14A是本揭露一实施例的故障检测模块的电路结构示意图;14A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a fault detection module according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图14B是本揭露另一实施例的故障检测模块的电路结构示意图;14B is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a fault detection module according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图15A是本揭露一实施例的调光器的电路示意图;15A is a schematic circuit diagram of a dimmer according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图15B是本揭露另一实施例的调光器的电路示意图;15B is a schematic circuit diagram of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图16A是本揭露一实施例的调光信号的波形示意图;16A is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming signal according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图16B是本揭露另一实施例的调光信号的波形示意图;16B is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming signal according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图16C是本揭露又一实施例的调光信号的波形示意图;16C is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming signal according to another embodiment of the disclosure;
图17是本揭露又一实施例的照明系统的框架示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18A是本揭露又一实施例的照明系统的框架示意图;18A is a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18B是本揭露又一实施例的照明系统的架构示意图;18B is a schematic structural diagram of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18C是本揭露又一实施例的照明系统的框架示意图;18C is a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19A是本揭露一实施例的红外中继器的电路架构示意图;19A is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图19B是本揭露一实施例的红外中继器的电路结构示意图;19B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图20是本揭露一实施例的红外中继器的工作波形示意图;20 is a schematic diagram of working waveforms of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21是本揭露一实施例的红外中继器的信号覆盖示意图;21 is a schematic diagram of signal coverage of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图22A是本揭露一实施例的传感器的电路架构示意图;22A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图22B是本揭露一实施例的传感器供电模块的电路结构示意图;22B is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor power supply module according to an embodiment of the disclosure;
图22C是本揭露图22B所示电路结构的等效电路示意图;以及FIG. 22C is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit of the circuit structure shown in FIG. 22B of the present disclosure; and
图22D是本揭露另一实施例的传感器的电路架构示意图。FIG. 22D is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor according to another embodiment of the disclosure.
本揭露提出了一种LED照明系统、LED调光器、LED照明装置及调光控制方法,以解决背景技术中提到的问题以及上述问题。为使本揭露的上述目的、特征和优点能够更为明显易懂,下面结合附图对本揭露的具体实施例做详细的说明。下列本揭露各实施例的叙述仅是为了说明而为例示,并不表示为本揭露的全部实施例或将本揭露限制于特定实施例。This disclosure proposes an LED lighting system, an LED dimmer, an LED lighting device, and a dimming control method to solve the problems mentioned in the background art and the above problems. In order to make the above objectives, features and advantages of the present disclosure more obvious and understandable, specific embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The following descriptions of the embodiments of the present disclosure are merely examples for illustration, and do not represent all the embodiments of the present disclosure or limit the present disclosure to specific embodiments.
另外需先说明的是,本文为了明确说明本揭露的各个揭露特点而以多个实施例的方式分就各实施例说明如下。但并非是指各个实施例仅能单独实施。熟习本领域的技术人员可依据需求自行将可行的实施范例搭配在一起设计,或是将不同实施例中可代换的组件/模块依设计需求自行代换。换言之,本案所教示的实施方式不仅限于下列实施例所述的态样,更包含有在可行的情况下,各个实施例/组件/模块之间的代换与排列组合,于此合先叙明。In addition, it should be noted that, in order to clarify the various disclosed features of the present disclosure, this article uses multiple embodiments to describe each embodiment as follows. However, it does not mean that each embodiment can only be implemented separately. Those skilled in the art can collocation and design feasible implementation examples according to requirements, or replace replaceable components/modules in different embodiments according to design requirements. In other words, the implementation mode taught in this case is not limited to the aspects described in the following examples, but also includes substitution, permutation and combination of various embodiments/components/modules where feasible, which is described here first. .
图1A是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明系统的示意框图。请参照图1A,本实施例的LED照明系统10包括调光器80以及LED照明装置100,其中LED照明装置100还包括电源模块PM以及LED模块LM。在其他实施例中,LED照明系统也可称为LED灯照明系统。FIG. 1A is a schematic block diagram of an LED lighting system according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. 1A, the LED lighting system 10 of this embodiment includes a dimmer 80 and an LED lighting device 100, where the LED lighting device 100 further includes a power module PM and an LED module LM. In other embodiments, the LED lighting system may also be referred to as an LED lamp lighting system.
在LED照明系统10中,调光器80的输入端电性连接外部电网EP,以从外部电网EP接收输入电源Pin。调光器80的输出端通过LED照明装置100的第一连接端T1和第二连接端T2电性连接LED照明装置100,藉以将经调光处理后的调变电源Pin_C提供给LED照明装置100。换言之,外部电网EP会通过调光器80电性连接至LED照明装置100,以供电给LED照明装置100使用。其中,所述输入电源Pin或调变电源Pin_C可以是交流电源,并且可以是指输入电压、输入电流和输入功率至少其中任一者。外部电网EP可以是市电或镇流器。另外,在LED照明系统10中,外部电网EP和LED照明装置100之间所形成的供电回路可以定义为 母线。In the LED lighting system 10, the input end of the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the external power grid EP to receive the input power Pin from the external power grid EP. The output end of the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the LED lighting device 100 through the first connection terminal T1 and the second connection terminal T2 of the LED lighting device 100, so as to provide the modulated power Pin_C after dimming processing to the LED lighting device 100 . In other words, the external power grid EP is electrically connected to the LED lighting device 100 through the dimmer 80 to supply power to the LED lighting device 100 for use. Wherein, the input power source Pin or the modulated power source Pin_C may be an AC power source, and may refer to at least any one of input voltage, input current, and input power. The external power grid EP can be a mains or a ballast. In addition, in the LED lighting system 10, the power supply loop formed between the external power grid EP and the LED lighting device 100 can be defined as a bus.
LED照明装置100可包括一或多个LED照明装置100_1-100_n(以n个表示,其中n为大于或等于1的正整数),其中各个LED照明装置100_1-100_n具有相近或相同的配置。底下以LED照明装置100_1作为代表来举例说明,LED照明装置100在LED照明系统10中的电性连接关系。LED照明装置100_1从第一连接端T1和第二连接端T2接收调变电源Pin_C,其中电源模块PM会基于调变电源Pin_C产生驱动电源Sdrv提供给LED模块LM,使得LED模块LM响应于驱动电源Sdrv而被点亮。在有多个LED照明装置100_1-100_n的实施例中(即,n≧2),各LED照明装置100_1-100_n可以是相互并联配置,亦即各LED照明装置100_1-100_n的第一连接端T1会电性连接在一起,并且各LED照明装置100_1-100_n的第二连接端T2会电性连接在一起。在其他实施例中,驱动电源Sdrv也可被称为驱动信号。The LED lighting device 100 may include one or more LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n (represented by n, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1), wherein each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n has a similar or identical configuration. The following uses the LED lighting device 100_1 as a representative to illustrate the electrical connection relationship of the LED lighting device 100 in the LED lighting system 10. The LED lighting device 100_1 receives the modulated power Pin_C from the first connection terminal T1 and the second connection terminal T2, wherein the power module PM generates a driving power Sdrv based on the modulated power Pin_C and provides it to the LED module LM, so that the LED module LM responds to the driving power Sdrv is lit. In an embodiment where there are multiple LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n (ie, n≧2), each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n may be configured in parallel with each other, that is, the first connection terminal T1 of each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n Will be electrically connected together, and the second connection ends T2 of each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n will be electrically connected together. In other embodiments, the driving power Sdrv may also be referred to as a driving signal.
在一些实施例中,LED照明装置100可以是任何类型以交流电源驱动的LED灯,例如LED射灯、LED筒灯、LED球泡灯、LED轨道灯、LED面板灯、LED吸顶灯、LED直管灯或LED灯丝灯等,本揭露不对此加以限制。在LED照明装置100为LED直管灯的实施例中,所述LED照明装置100可以是内置驱动型LED直管灯,如镇流兼容型(Type-A)直管灯或镇流旁路型(Type-B)直管灯。In some embodiments, the LED lighting device 100 may be any type of LED lights driven by AC power, such as LED spotlights, LED downlights, LED bulb lights, LED track lights, LED panel lights, LED ceiling lights, and LED straight lights. This disclosure does not impose restrictions on tube lamps or LED filament lamps. In the embodiment where the LED lighting device 100 is an LED straight tube lamp, the LED lighting device 100 may be a built-in driving type LED straight tube lamp, such as a ballast compatible (Type-A) straight tube lamp or a ballast bypass type. (Type-B) Straight tube lamp.
从LED照明系统10的整体操作来看,调光器80会根据一调光指令DIM来对输入电源Pin进行调光处理,并且据以产生处理后的调变电源Pin_C。用户可以通过一控制接口50来向调光器80给出相应的调光指令DIM。所述控制接口50可以采用开关、旋钮、触控面板或无线信号接收器等各种形式实施,本揭露不对此加以限制。另外,根据选用的调光方式的不同,所述调光处理可以是改变输入电源Pin的导通角、频率、振幅、相位或其组合等信号特征。在调光器80中,其包含有至少一个电性连接在母线或可影响母线电流/电压的可控电子组件(未绘示),例如可控硅、单片机、晶体管等。所述可控电子组件可响应于调光指令DIM调整输入电源Pin的信号特征,使得输入电源Pin转换为调整后的调变电源Pin_C。在本实施例的LED照明系统10配置中,调光器80可视为是对交流的输入电源Pin进行信号特征调整以生成带有调光信号的交流调变电源Pin_C,亦即本实施例的经调光处理后的调变电源Pin_C至少由交流成分和调光信号成分所组成,后续实施例会进一步说明调光器80的配置。From the overall operation of the LED lighting system 10, the dimmer 80 will perform dimming processing on the input power Pin according to a dimming command DIM, and generate the processed modulated power Pin_C accordingly. The user can give the corresponding dimming command DIM to the dimmer 80 through a control interface 50. The control interface 50 can be implemented in various forms such as a switch, a knob, a touch panel, or a wireless signal receiver, which is not limited in this disclosure. In addition, depending on the selected dimming mode, the dimming processing may be to change the signal characteristics of the conduction angle, frequency, amplitude, phase or combination of the input power Pin. The dimmer 80 includes at least one controllable electronic component (not shown) that is electrically connected to the bus or can affect the current/voltage of the bus, such as a thyristor, a single-chip microcomputer, and a transistor. The controllable electronic component can adjust the signal characteristics of the input power Pin in response to the dimming command DIM, so that the input power Pin is converted into the adjusted modulated power Pin_C. In the configuration of the LED lighting system 10 of this embodiment, the dimmer 80 can be regarded as adjusting the signal characteristics of the AC input power Pin to generate an AC modulating power supply Pin_C with a dimming signal, that is, the dimmer of this embodiment The modulated power supply Pin_C after dimming processing is composed of at least an AC component and a dimming signal component. Subsequent embodiments will further describe the configuration of the dimmer 80.
当LED照明装置100接收到调变电源Pin_C时,一方面电源模块PM会将调变电源Pin_C进一步转换为稳定的驱动电源Sdrv以供LED模块LM使用,另一方面电源模块PM会基于不同的调变电源Pin_C的信号特征而产生具有不同的电压(可称为驱动电压)、电流(可称为驱动电流)及/或脉宽的驱动电源Sdrv。在驱动电源Sdrv被产生后,LED模块LM即会响应于驱动电源Sdrv而被点亮并发光。其中,LED模块LM的发光亮度会与驱动电压、驱动电流及/或脉宽大小有关,驱动电压及/或驱动电流的大小会基于调变电源Pin_C的信号特征调整,并且调变电源Pin_C的信号特征是受到调光指令DIM所控制。换言之,调光指令DIM会直接关联于 LED模块LM的发光亮度。电源模块PM将调变电源Pin_C转换为驱动电源Sdrv的操作可包括但不限于整流、滤波及直流对直流转换等信号处理过程。后续另有实施例针对此部分作进一步描述。When the LED lighting device 100 receives the modulated power Pin_C, on the one hand, the power module PM will further convert the modulated power Pin_C into a stable driving power Sdrv for the LED module LM. On the other hand, the power module PM will be based on different modulations. The signal characteristics of the power supply Pin_C are changed to generate a driving power Sdrv with different voltages (may be called driving voltages), currents (may be called driving currents) and/or pulse widths. After the driving power Sdrv is generated, the LED module LM will be lit and emit light in response to the driving power Sdrv. Among them, the brightness of the LED module LM will be related to the driving voltage, driving current and/or pulse width. The driving voltage and/or driving current will be adjusted based on the signal characteristics of the modulated power supply Pin_C, and the signal of the power supply Pin_C will be modulated. The feature is controlled by the dimming command DIM. In other words, the dimming command DIM is directly related to the luminous brightness of the LED module LM. The operation of the power module PM to convert the modulated power Pin_C into the driving power Sdrv may include, but is not limited to, signal processing such as rectification, filtering, and DC-to-DC conversion. Another subsequent embodiment will further describe this part.
在多个LED照明装置100_1-100_n的配置底下(n≧2),调变电源Pin_C会被同时提供给LED照明装置100_1-100_n,使得LED照明装置100_1-100_n一并被点亮。因此,在一些实施例中,当调光指令DIM被施加/调整时,LED照明装置100_1-100_n的发光亮度会同步地改变。由于LED照明系统10是通过调整输入电源Pin的信号特征的方式来实现调光控制,因此不需要在每个LED照明装置100_1-100_n上拉出独立的信号线来接收调光信号,大幅简化了在多灯控制应用环境下的布线及安装复杂度。Under the configuration of a plurality of LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n (n≧2), the modulated power Pin_C will be provided to the LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n at the same time, so that the LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n will be lit at the same time. Therefore, in some embodiments, when the dimming command DIM is applied/adjusted, the light-emitting brightness of the LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n will be changed synchronously. Since the LED lighting system 10 realizes dimming control by adjusting the signal characteristics of the input power Pin, there is no need to pull out an independent signal line on each LED lighting device 100_1-100_n to receive the dimming signal, which greatly simplifies Wiring and installation complexity in a multi-lamp control application environment.
图1B是本揭露另一些实施例的LED照明系统的示意框图。本实施例是绘示调光器包含在一个电源适配器中的系统配置图。请参照图1B,本实施例的LED照明系统20包括电源适配器PA以及LED照明装置200。在LED照明系统20中,电源适配器PA设置在LED照明装置200的外部,并且可用以将交流的输入电源Pin转换为供电信号,其中电源适配器PA包括调光器80,其可依据调光指令DIM对经电源适配器PA转换后的供电信号进行调光处理,并且据以产生处理后的调变电源Pin_C。相较于前述图1A实施例而言,在本实施例的LED照明系统20配置中,调光器80可视为是对整流后的输入电源Pin进行信号特征调整以生成带有调光信号的直流调变电源Pin_C,亦即本实施例的经调光处理后的调变电源Pin_C至少由直流成分和调光信号成分所组成,后续实施例同样会进一步说明调光器80的配置。在一些实施例中,输入电源也可以称为外部电源,其含义相同,本发明不以此为限。FIG. 1B is a schematic block diagram of an LED lighting system according to other embodiments of the present disclosure. This embodiment is a system configuration diagram in which the dimmer is included in a power adapter. 1B, the LED lighting system 20 of this embodiment includes a power adapter PA and an LED lighting device 200. In the LED lighting system 20, the power adapter PA is provided outside the LED lighting device 200 and can be used to convert the AC input power Pin into a power supply signal. The power adapter PA includes a dimmer 80 which can be based on the dimming command DIM Perform dimming processing on the power supply signal converted by the power adapter PA, and generate the processed modulated power Pin_C accordingly. Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 1A, in the configuration of the LED lighting system 20 of this embodiment, the dimmer 80 can be regarded as adjusting the signal characteristics of the rectified input power Pin to generate a dimming signal. The DC modulated power supply Pin_C, that is, the modulated power supply Pin_C after dimming processing in this embodiment at least consists of a DC component and a dimming signal component. Subsequent embodiments will also further describe the configuration of the dimmer 80. In some embodiments, the input power source may also be referred to as an external power source, which has the same meaning, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
类似于前述图1A实施例,本实施例的LED照明装置200同样可包括一或多个LED照明装置200_1-200_n(以n个表示,其中n为大于或等于1的正整数),其中各个LED照明装置200_1-200_n具有相近或相同的配置,并且类似于前述的LED照明装置100_1-100_n。因此,有关于各LED照明装置200_1-200_n的电源模块PM和LED模块LM的配置和运作可参照前述实施例所述,于此不再重复赘述。于此附带一提的是,由于在图1A实施例中调光器80提供给LED照明装置100的调变电源Pin_C是交流电源,而图1B实施中电源适配器PA提供给LED照明装置200的调变电源Pin_C是供电信号,因此LED照明装置100和200中的电源模块PM可因应接收的电源类型不同而具有不同的配置。举例来说,LED照明装置100中的电源模块PM可例如包括整流电路、滤波电路以及直流对直流转换电路等;ED照明装置200中的电源模块PM可仅包括滤波电路和直流对直流转换电路,而不包括整流电路。Similar to the embodiment of FIG. 1A, the LED lighting device 200 of this embodiment may also include one or more LED lighting devices 200_1-200_n (represented by n, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1), wherein each LED The lighting devices 200_1-200_n have similar or identical configurations, and are similar to the aforementioned LED lighting devices 100_1-100_n. Therefore, regarding the configuration and operation of the power module PM and the LED module LM of each LED lighting device 200_1-200_n, please refer to the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here. It is also mentioned here that, since the modulating power Pin_C provided by the dimmer 80 to the LED lighting device 100 in the embodiment of FIG. 1A is an AC power source, the power adapter PA in the implementation of FIG. The variable power Pin_C is a power supply signal, so the power modules PM in the LED lighting devices 100 and 200 may have different configurations according to different types of power received. For example, the power module PM in the LED lighting device 100 may include a rectifier circuit, a filter circuit, and a DC-to-DC conversion circuit, etc.; the power module PM in the ED lighting device 200 may only include a filter circuit and a DC-to-DC conversion circuit, It does not include the rectifier circuit.
在一些实施例中,LED照明装置200可以是任何类型以供电信号驱动的LED灯,例如搭配外置电源适配器使用的LED射灯、LED筒灯、LED球泡灯、LED轨道灯、LED面板灯、LED吸顶灯、LED直管灯或LED灯丝灯等,本揭露不对此加以限制。在LED照明装置200为LED直管灯的实施例中,所述LED照明装置200可以是外置驱动型(Type-C)LED直管灯。In some embodiments, the LED lighting device 200 may be any type of LED light driven by a power supply signal, such as an LED spotlight, LED downlight, LED bulb light, LED track light, and LED panel light used with an external power adapter. , LED ceiling lamps, LED straight tube lamps or LED filament lamps, etc. This disclosure does not impose restrictions on this. In the embodiment where the LED lighting device 200 is an LED straight tube lamp, the LED lighting device 200 may be an externally driven (Type-C) LED straight tube lamp.
图2是本揭露一些实施例的电源适配器的功能模块示意图。请参照图2,在一些实施例中,电源适配器PA包括信号调整模块60、开关电源模块70以及调光器80。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a power adapter according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Please refer to FIG. 2, in some embodiments, the power adapter PA includes a signal adjustment module 60, a switching power supply module 70 and a dimmer 80.
信号调整模块60接收输入电源Pin,并用以对交流的输入电源Pin进行整流、滤波等信号调整。开关电源模块70电性连接信号调整模块60,并用以对经信号调整的输入电源Pin进行电源转换(power conversion),以产生并输出稳定的供电信号。调光器80电性连接开关电源模块70,并用以对开关电源模块70所输出的供电信号进行调变,以将调光指令DIM转换为特定的形式/信号特征加载到开关电源模块70所输出的供电信号上,进而产生经调光处理后的调变电源Pin_C。底下分别以图3至图5B来说明在电源适配器PA中的各模块的一些配置实施例。The signal adjustment module 60 receives the input power Pin, and is used to perform signal adjustments such as rectification and filtering of the AC input power Pin. The switching power supply module 70 is electrically connected to the signal adjustment module 60, and is used to perform power conversion on the signal-adjusted input power Pin to generate and output a stable power supply signal. The dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the switching power supply module 70, and is used to modulate the power supply signal output by the switching power supply module 70 to convert the dimming command DIM into a specific form/signal feature and load the output of the switching power supply module 70 On the power supply signal, the modulated power supply Pin_C after dimming processing is generated. Below, FIGS. 3 to 5B are used to illustrate some configuration embodiments of the modules in the power adapter PA.
图3是本揭露一些实施例的信号调整模块的电路架构示意图。请参照图3,在一些实施例中,信号调整模块60包括整流电路61以及第一滤波电路62。整流电路61通过整流输入端接收输入电源Pin,并对输入电源Pin进行整流,然后由整流输出端输出整流后信号。所述整流电路61可以是全波整流电路、半波整流电路、桥式整流电路或其他类型的整流电路,但本揭露不以此为限。在图3中,整流电路61是绘示以四个二极管D11-D14所组成的全波整流桥为例,其中二极管D11的阳极和二极管D12的阴极电性连接在一起作为整流电路61的第一整流输入端,二极管D13的阳极和二极管D14的阴极电性连接在一起作为整流电路61的第二整流输入端。此外,二极管D11和D13的阴极电性连接在一起作为整流电路61的第一整流输出端,并且二极管D12和14的阳极电性连接在一起作为整流电路61的第二整流输出端。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the signal adjustment module according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Please refer to FIG. 3, in some embodiments, the signal adjustment module 60 includes a rectifier circuit 61 and a first filter circuit 62. The rectifier circuit 61 receives the input power Pin through the rectification input terminal, rectifies the input power Pin, and then outputs the rectified signal from the rectification output terminal. The rectifier circuit 61 may be a full-wave rectifier circuit, a half-wave rectifier circuit, a bridge rectifier circuit or other types of rectifier circuits, but the disclosure is not limited thereto. In FIG. 3, the rectifier circuit 61 is a full-wave rectifier bridge composed of four diodes D11-D14 as an example, in which the anode of the diode D11 and the cathode of the diode D12 are electrically connected together as the first part of the rectifier circuit 61. For the rectification input terminal, the anode of the diode D13 and the cathode of the diode D14 are electrically connected together as the second rectification input terminal of the rectifier circuit 61. In addition, the cathodes of the diodes D11 and D13 are electrically connected together as the first rectification output terminal of the rectifier circuit 61, and the anodes of the diodes D12 and 14 are electrically connected together as the second rectification output terminal of the rectifier circuit 61.
第一滤波电路62的输入端电性连接整流电路61的整流输出端,以接收整流后信号,并对整流后信号进行滤波,以产生滤波后信号,并从第一滤波输出端Ta1和第二滤波输出端Ta2输出。其中,第一整流输出端可视为第一滤波电路62的第一滤波输入端,并且第二整流输出端可视为第一滤波电路62的第二滤波输入端。在一些实施例中,第一滤波电路62可滤除整流后信号中的纹波,使得所产生的滤波后信号的波形较整流后信号的波形更平滑。此外,第一滤波电路62可透过选择电路配置以实现对特定频率进行滤波,以滤除外部驱动电源在特定频率的响应/能量。在一些实施例中,所述第一滤波电路62可以是由电阻、电容及电感至少其中之一所组成的电路,例如是并联电容滤波电路或π型滤波电路,本揭露不限于此。在图3中,第一滤波电路62是绘示以电容C11为例,其中电容C11的第一端(也是第一滤波输出端Ta1)通过第一整流输出端电性连接二极管D11和D13的阴极,并且电容C11的第二端(也是第二滤波输出端Ta2)通过第二整流输出端电性连接二极管D12和D14的阳极。The input terminal of the first filter circuit 62 is electrically connected to the rectified output terminal of the rectifier circuit 61 to receive the rectified signal, and filter the rectified signal to generate a filtered signal, and the output from the first filtered output terminal Ta1 and the second Filter output terminal Ta2 output. The first rectified output terminal can be regarded as the first filter input terminal of the first filter circuit 62, and the second rectified output terminal can be regarded as the second filter input terminal of the first filter circuit 62. In some embodiments, the first filter circuit 62 can filter out ripples in the rectified signal, so that the waveform of the generated filtered signal is smoother than the waveform of the rectified signal. In addition, the first filter circuit 62 can be configured to filter a specific frequency through a selection circuit configuration, so as to filter out the response/energy of the external driving power supply at the specific frequency. In some embodiments, the first filter circuit 62 may be a circuit composed of at least one of a resistor, a capacitor, and an inductance, such as a parallel capacitor filter circuit or a π-type filter circuit, and the disclosure is not limited thereto. In FIG. 3, the first filter circuit 62 is shown taking the capacitor C11 as an example, wherein the first end of the capacitor C11 (also the first filter output terminal Ta1) is electrically connected to the cathodes of the diodes D11 and D13 through the first rectified output terminal. And the second terminal of the capacitor C11 (also the second filter output terminal Ta2) is electrically connected to the anodes of the diodes D12 and D14 through the second rectified output terminal.
在一些实施例中,信号调整模块60更包括第二滤波电路63和/或第三滤波电路64,其中第二滤波电路63是串连在外部电网和整流电路61之间的滤波电路,并且第三滤波电路64是电性连接整流电路61的整流输入端并且与整流电路61并连的滤波电路。第二滤波电路63/第三滤波电路64的设置可以起到抑制输入电源Pin中的高频干扰或是限流的功能,使得输 入电源Pin的信号稳定性更佳。类似于前述第一滤波电路62,第二滤波电路63和第三滤波电路64同样可以是由电阻、电容及电感至少其中之一所组成的电路,本揭露不以此为限。在图3中,第二滤波电路63是绘示以电感L11和L12为例,其中电感L11串接在外部电网EP的火线和零线其中之一与整流电路61的第一整流输入端之间,并且电感L12串接在外部电网EP的火线和零线其中之另一与整流电路61的第二整流输入端之间。在一些实施例中,电感L11和L12可以是共模电感或差模电感。图3的第三滤波电路64是绘示以电容C12为例,其中电容C12的第一端电性连接电感L11和第一整流输入端(即,二极管D11的阳极和二极管D12的阴极的连接端),并且电容C12的第二端电性连接电感L12和第二整流输入端(即,二极管D13的阳极和二极管D14的阴极的连接端)。In some embodiments, the signal adjustment module 60 further includes a second filter circuit 63 and/or a third filter circuit 64, wherein the second filter circuit 63 is a filter circuit connected in series between the external power grid and the rectifier circuit 61, and the second filter circuit The three filter circuit 64 is a filter circuit electrically connected to the rectification input end of the rectification circuit 61 and connected in parallel with the rectification circuit 61. The arrangement of the second filter circuit 63/the third filter circuit 64 can suppress high-frequency interference or current limit in the input power Pin, so that the signal stability of the input power Pin is better. Similar to the aforementioned first filter circuit 62, the second filter circuit 63 and the third filter circuit 64 can also be circuits composed of at least one of a resistor, a capacitor, and an inductor, and the present disclosure is not limited to this. In FIG. 3, the second filter circuit 63 is shown taking inductors L11 and L12 as an example, where the inductor L11 is connected in series between one of the live and neutral wires of the external power grid EP and the first rectification input terminal of the rectification circuit 61 And the inductor L12 is connected in series between the other one of the live wire and the neutral wire of the external power grid EP and the second rectification input terminal of the rectifier circuit 61. In some embodiments, the inductors L11 and L12 may be common mode inductors or differential mode inductors. The third filter circuit 64 in FIG. 3 shows a capacitor C12 as an example, wherein the first end of the capacitor C12 is electrically connected to the inductor L11 and the first rectification input terminal (ie, the connection terminal between the anode of the diode D11 and the cathode of the diode D12 ), and the second end of the capacitor C12 is electrically connected to the inductor L12 and the second rectification input end (ie, the connection end of the anode of the diode D13 and the cathode of the diode D14).
图4A是本揭露一些实施例的开关电源模块的功能模块示意图。请参照图4A,在一些实施例中,开关电源模块70可包括电源转换电路71,其中电源转换电路71的输入端电性连接到第一滤波电路(如图3的第一滤波电路62)的滤波输出端Ta1和Ta2,以接收滤波后信号。在一些实施例中,电源转换电路71可以电流源的模式对滤波后信号进行电力转换,以产生稳定的供电信号Sp。电源转换电路71包含切换控制电路72以及转换电路73,其中转换电路73包含开关电路(也可称为功率开关)PSW以及功率转换电路ESE。转换电路73接收滤波后信号,并根据切换控制电路72的控制,将滤波后信号转换成供电信号Sp而由第一供电端T1及第二供电端T2输出,以供电给LED灯使用。4A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of a switching power supply module according to some embodiments of the disclosure. 4A, in some embodiments, the switching power supply module 70 may include a power conversion circuit 71, wherein the input end of the power conversion circuit 71 is electrically connected to the first filter circuit (the first filter circuit 62 in FIG. 3) Filter output terminals Ta1 and Ta2 to receive the filtered signal. In some embodiments, the power conversion circuit 71 may perform power conversion on the filtered signal in a current source mode to generate a stable power supply signal Sp. The power conversion circuit 71 includes a switching control circuit 72 and a conversion circuit 73. The conversion circuit 73 includes a switching circuit (also referred to as a power switch) PSW and a power conversion circuit ESE. The conversion circuit 73 receives the filtered signal, and according to the control of the switching control circuit 72, converts the filtered signal into a power supply signal Sp, which is output by the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2 to supply power to the LED lamp.
图4B是本揭露一些实施例的电源转换电路的电路架构示意图。请参照图4B,本实施例的电源转换电路71是以降压直流转直流转换电路为例,其包含切换控制电路72及转换电路73,而转换电路73包含电感L21、续流二极管D21、电容C21以及晶体管M21,其中电感L21和续流二极管D21构成功率转换电路ESE1,并且晶体管作M21为开关电路PSW1。转换电路73耦接滤波输出端Ta1和Ta2,以将接收的滤波后信号转换成供电信号Sp,并通过第一供电端T1及第二供电端T2输出。FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power conversion circuit according to some embodiments of the disclosure. 4B, the power conversion circuit 71 of this embodiment is an example of a step-down DC-to-DC conversion circuit, which includes a switching control circuit 72 and a conversion circuit 73, and the conversion circuit 73 includes an inductor L21, a freewheeling diode D21, and a capacitor C21. And the transistor M21, wherein the inductor L21 and the freewheeling diode D21 constitute the power conversion circuit ESE1, and the transistor M21 is the switching circuit PSW1. The conversion circuit 73 is coupled to the filter output terminals Ta1 and Ta2 to convert the received filtered signal into a power supply signal Sp, which is output through the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2.
在本实施例中,晶体管M21例如为金氧半场效晶体管,具有控制端、第一端及第二端。晶体管M21的第一端耦接续流二极管D21的阳极,第二端耦接滤波输出端Ta2,控制端耦接切换控制电路72以接受切换控制电路72的控制使第一端及第二端之间为导通或截止。第一供电端T1耦接滤波输出端Ta1,第二供电端T2耦接电感L21的一端,而电感L22的另一端耦接晶体管M21的第一端。电容C21的耦接于第一供电端T1及第二供电端T2之间,以稳定第一供电端T1及第二供电端T2之间的电压波动。续流二极管D21的阴极耦接滤波输出端Ta1和第一供电端T1。In this embodiment, the transistor M21 is, for example, a MOSFET, which has a control terminal, a first terminal, and a second terminal. The first terminal of the transistor M21 is coupled to the anode of the freewheeling diode D21, the second terminal is coupled to the filter output terminal Ta2, and the control terminal is coupled to the switching control circuit 72 to receive the control of the switching control circuit 72 so that the first terminal and the second terminal are It is on or off. The first power supply terminal T1 is coupled to the filter output terminal Ta1, the second power supply terminal T2 is coupled to one end of the inductor L21, and the other end of the inductor L22 is coupled to the first end of the transistor M21. The capacitor C21 is coupled between the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2 to stabilize the voltage fluctuation between the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2. The cathode of the freewheeling diode D21 is coupled to the filter output terminal Ta1 and the first power supply terminal T1.
接下来说明电源转换电路71的运作。控制器72根据电流检测信号Scs1或/及Scs2决定切换开关635的导通及截止时间,也就是控制晶体管M21的占空比(Duty Cycle)来调节供电信号Sp的大小。电流检测信号Scs1代表流经晶体管M21的电流大小,并且电流检测信号Scs2 代表电感电流IL的大小,其中电流检测信号Scs2可以通过设置与电感L21耦合的辅助绕组来取得。根据电流检测信号Scs1及Scs2的任一,切换控制电路72可以得到转换电路所转换的电力大小的信息。当晶体管M21导通时,滤波后信号的电流由滤波输出端Ta1流入,并经过电容C21及第一供电端T1到后端负载(LED灯),再从后端负载经过电感L21、晶体管M21后由滤波输出端Ta2流出。此时,电容C21及电感L21进行储能。当晶体管M21截止时,电感L21及电容C21释放所储存的能量,电流经续流二极管D21续流到第一供电端T1使后端负载仍持续被供电。附带一提的是,电容C21是非必要组件而可以省略,故在图中以虚线表示。在一些应用环境,可以藉由电感会阻抗电流的改变的特性来达到稳定LED模块电流的效果而省略电容C21。Next, the operation of the power conversion circuit 71 will be described. The controller 72 determines the turn-on and turn-off time of the switch 635 according to the current detection signal Scs1 or/and Scs2, that is, controls the duty cycle of the transistor M21 to adjust the size of the power supply signal Sp. The current detection signal Scs1 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the transistor M21, and the current detection signal Scs2 represents the magnitude of the inductor current IL, where the current detection signal Scs2 can be obtained by arranging an auxiliary winding coupled with the inductor L21. According to any of the current detection signals Scs1 and Scs2, the switching control circuit 72 can obtain information on the magnitude of the power converted by the conversion circuit. When the transistor M21 is turned on, the current of the filtered signal flows in from the filter output terminal Ta1, and passes through the capacitor C21 and the first power supply terminal T1 to the back-end load (LED lamp), and then from the back-end load through the inductor L21 and the transistor M21 It flows out from the filter output terminal Ta2. At this time, the capacitor C21 and the inductor L21 are storing energy. When the transistor M21 is turned off, the inductor L21 and the capacitor C21 release the stored energy, and the current freewheels to the first power supply terminal T1 through the freewheeling diode D21 so that the back-end load is still continuously powered. Incidentally, the capacitor C21 is an unnecessary component and can be omitted, so it is indicated by a broken line in the figure. In some application environments, the effect of stabilizing the current of the LED module can be achieved by the characteristics of the inductance that the resistance current changes, and the capacitor C21 can be omitted.
本实施例中,电源转换电路71可根据具体应用采用buck电路、boost电路、和boost-buck电路中的任意一种。In this embodiment, the power conversion circuit 71 can adopt any one of a buck circuit, a boost circuit, and a boost-buck circuit according to specific applications.
请再次参照图4A,在一些实施例中,开关电源模块70还可包括功率因数校正(power factor correction,PFC)电路74。PFC电路74电性连接在第一滤波电路(如图3的第一滤波电路62)的滤波输出端Ta1和Ta2和电源转换电路71的输入端之间。在一些实施例中,PFC电路74包含切换控制电路75和转换电路76,其中切换控制电路75会控制转换电路76的运作,以对滤波后信号进行PFC补偿,并产生PFC信号,也即提高滤波后信号的功率因数,使得滤波后信号的有功功率增大,无功功率减小。Please refer to FIG. 4A again. In some embodiments, the switching power supply module 70 may further include a power factor correction (PFC) circuit 74. The PFC circuit 74 is electrically connected between the filter output terminals Ta1 and Ta2 of the first filter circuit (the first filter circuit 62 in FIG. 3) and the input terminal of the power conversion circuit 71. In some embodiments, the PFC circuit 74 includes a switching control circuit 75 and a conversion circuit 76. The switching control circuit 75 controls the operation of the conversion circuit 76 to perform PFC compensation on the filtered signal and generate a PFC signal, that is, to improve the filtering. The power factor of the latter signal increases the active power of the filtered signal and reduces the reactive power.
所述PFC电路74可例如为升压型转换电路(简称Boost电路),如图4C所示,图4C是本揭露一些实施例的功率因数电路的电路架构示意图。请参照图4C,PFC电路74包含切换控制电路75及转换电路76,而转换电路76包含电阻R22、电感L22、续流二极管D22、电容C22以及晶体管M22,其中电感L22和续流二极管D22构成功率转换电路ESE2,并且晶体管作M22为开关电路PSW2。转换电路76耦接滤波输出端Ta1和Ta2,以将接收的滤波后信号转换成PFC信号,并通过PFC输出端Ta3及Ta4输出至电源转换电路71。附带一提的是,电容C22是非必要组件而可以省略,故在图中以虚线表示。在一些应用环境,可以藉由电感会阻抗电流的改变的特性来达到稳定LED模块电流的效果而省略电容C22。在其他实施例中,功率因数校正电路又可称为功率因数校正模块。The PFC circuit 74 may be, for example, a boost converter circuit (Boost circuit for short), as shown in FIG. 4C, which is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power factor circuit according to some embodiments of the disclosure. 4C, the PFC circuit 74 includes a switching control circuit 75 and a conversion circuit 76, and the conversion circuit 76 includes a resistor R22, an inductor L22, a freewheeling diode D22, a capacitor C22, and a transistor M22, wherein the inductor L22 and the freewheeling diode D22 constitute power The conversion circuit ESE2, and the transistor M22 is the switch circuit PSW2. The conversion circuit 76 is coupled to the filter output terminals Ta1 and Ta2 to convert the received filtered signal into a PFC signal, and output to the power conversion circuit 71 through the PFC output terminals Ta3 and Ta4. Incidentally, the capacitor C22 is an unnecessary component and can be omitted, so it is indicated by a dashed line in the figure. In some application environments, the effect of stabilizing the current of the LED module can be achieved by the characteristics of the inductance that the impedance of the current changes, and the capacitor C22 can be omitted. In other embodiments, the power factor correction circuit may also be referred to as a power factor correction module.
请参阅图4D,显示为本申请的功率因数校正电路在另一实施例中的电路架构示意图,如图所示,所述功率因数校正电路74的输入耦接第一滤波输出端Ta1和第二滤波输出端Ta2,输出耦接PFC输出端Ta3和Ta4。功率因数校正电路74包括乘法器2500、切换控制电路75、第一比较器CP24、第二比较器CP23、晶体管M23、电阻R23、二极管D23、电感L23。其中,电感L23的一端耦接第一滤波输出端Ta1,另一端耦接二极管D23的阳极,二极管D23的阴极耦接PFC输出端Ta3。晶体管M23的第一端耦接于电感L23和二极管D23的连接节点上,第二端经电阻R23接参考低电位(例如为接电源地GND,或接基准地SGND),控制端耦接切换 控制电路75的输出端。第一比较器CP24的第一输入端耦接PFC输出端Ta3,第二输入端接收一基准电压Vt,输出端耦接乘法器2500的第一输入端。乘法器2500的第二输入端耦接第一滤波输出端Ta1,输出端耦接第二比较器CP23的第二输入端,第二比较器CP23的第一输入端耦接电阻R23与晶体管M23的第二端的连接节点上,输出端耦接切换控制电路75的输入端。Please refer to FIG. 4D, which shows a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power factor correction circuit of this application in another embodiment. As shown in the figure, the input of the power factor correction circuit 74 is coupled to the first filter output terminal Ta1 and the second filter output terminal Ta1. The filter output terminal Ta2 is output coupled to the PFC output terminals Ta3 and Ta4. The power factor correction circuit 74 includes a multiplier 2500, a switching control circuit 75, a first comparator CP24, a second comparator CP23, a transistor M23, a resistor R23, a diode D23, and an inductor L23. One end of the inductor L23 is coupled to the first filter output terminal Ta1, the other end is coupled to the anode of the diode D23, and the cathode of the diode D23 is coupled to the PFC output terminal Ta3. The first end of the transistor M23 is coupled to the connection node of the inductor L23 and the diode D23, the second end is connected to the reference low potential (for example, connected to the power ground GND, or connected to the reference ground SGND) via the resistor R23, and the control end is coupled to the switching control The output terminal of the circuit 75. The first input terminal of the first comparator CP24 is coupled to the PFC output terminal Ta3, the second input terminal receives a reference voltage Vt, and the output terminal is coupled to the first input terminal of the multiplier 2500. The second input terminal of the multiplier 2500 is coupled to the first filter output terminal Ta1, the output terminal is coupled to the second input terminal of the second comparator CP23, and the first input terminal of the second comparator CP23 is coupled to the resistor R23 and the transistor M23. At the connection node of the second end, the output end is coupled to the input end of the switching control circuit 75.
需要说明的是,乘法器2500、切换控制电路75、第一比较器CP24、第二比较器CP23中的至少部分电路器件可以集成在一个控制器内,用于控制晶体管M23的通断。所述控制器还可以集成有所述晶体管M23。所述控制器为一集成电路,如控制芯片。所述晶体管M23可举例为金属-氧化物-半导体场效应晶体管(Metal-oxide-semiconductor Field-effect Transistor,MOSFET)、双极结型晶体管(Bipolar Junction Transistor,BJT)、三极管等。It should be noted that at least part of the circuit components of the multiplier 2500, the switching control circuit 75, the first comparator CP24, and the second comparator CP23 may be integrated in a controller to control the on and off of the transistor M23. The controller may also be integrated with the transistor M23. The controller is an integrated circuit, such as a control chip. The transistor M23 can be, for example, a metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET), a bipolar junction transistor (BJT), a triode, etc.
具体地,功率因数校正电路74在PFC输出端Ta3上的输出电压V0被第一比较器CP24获取与基准电压Vt比较后,将比较结果输送给乘法器2500的第一输入端,乘法器2500的第二输入端还获取到第一滤波输出端Ta1输出的电压Vdc,乘法器2500基于其第一输入端和第二输入端的输入而输出作为电流反馈控制的基准信号Vi,第二比较器CP23将从电阻R23上获取的反映电感L23峰值电流的电压信号与基准信号Vi比较,而输出比较结果给切换控制电路75,用以控制晶体管M23的通断,使得输入功率因数校正电路74的电流Ii与电压Vdc的波形基本一致,从而大大减少了电流谐波,提高了功率因数。Specifically, after the output voltage V0 of the power factor correction circuit 74 at the PFC output terminal Ta3 is obtained by the first comparator CP24 and compared with the reference voltage Vt, the comparison result is sent to the first input terminal of the multiplier 2500, The second input terminal also obtains the voltage Vdc output by the first filtered output terminal Ta1, the multiplier 2500 outputs the reference signal Vi as the current feedback control based on the input of the first input terminal and the second input terminal, and the second comparator CP23 will The voltage signal reflecting the peak current of the inductor L23 obtained from the resistor R23 is compared with the reference signal Vi, and the comparison result is output to the switching control circuit 75 to control the on and off of the transistor M23, so that the current Ii of the input power factor correction circuit 74 and The waveform of the voltage Vdc is basically the same, which greatly reduces the current harmonics and improves the power factor.
请参阅图4E,显示为本申请的功率因数校正电路在又一实施例的电路架构示意图,如图所示,所述功率因数校正图4E电路74包括控制器2510、变压器2511、二极管2512、晶体管2515、电阻2513_0、电阻2513_1、电阻2513_2、电阻2513_3、电阻2513_4、电阻2513_5、电阻2513_6、电阻2513_7、电阻2513_8、电容2514_0、电容2514_1。所述控制器2510具有反向输入端Inv、误差放大输出端Com、乘法器输入端Mult、采样端Cs、过零检测信号的输入端Zcd、驱动输出端Gd、芯片电源端Vcc。变压器2511的一端耦接第一滤波输出端Ta1,另一端耦接二极管2512的阳极,二极管2512的阴极耦接PFC输出端Ta3。晶体管2515的第一端耦接于变压器2511和二极管2512的连接节点上,第二端经电阻2513_7耦接第二滤波输出端Ta2(或接电源地GND,或接第二接脚221),控制端经电阻2513_8耦接控制器2510的驱动输出端Gd。控制器2510的采样端Cs经电阻2513_6耦接于晶体管2515的第二端与电阻2513_7的连接节点上。芯片电源端Vcc电性接入一恒压,用于给控制器2510供电。反向输入端Inv与由电阻2513_0和电阻2513_1串联构成分压电路相耦接以获取PFC输出端Ta3上输出的电压V0。反向输入端Inv和误差放大输出端Com之间耦接由电阻2513_5、电容2514_0、电容2514_1构成的RC补偿网络。其中,电容2514_0的一端和电容2514_1的一端同时耦接反向输入端Inv,电容2514_0的另一端经电阻2513_5连接电容2514_1的另一端后接入误差放大输出端Com。乘法器输入端Mult与由电阻2513_3和电阻2513_4串联于第一滤波输出端 Ta1和第二滤波输出端Ta2(或接地端)的分压电路的输出相耦接。过零检测信号的输入端Zcd经电阻2513_2耦接变压器2511。Please refer to FIG. 4E, which shows a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the power factor correction circuit of this application in another embodiment. As shown in the figure, the power factor correction circuit 74 of FIG. 4E includes a controller 2510, a transformer 2511, a diode 2512, and a transistor. 2515, resistor 2513_0, resistor 2513_1, resistor 2513_2, resistor 2513_3, resistor 2513_4, resistor 2513_5, resistor 2513_6, resistor 2513_7, resistor 2513_8, capacitor 2514_0, capacitor 2514_1. The controller 2510 has an inverting input terminal Inv, an error amplification output terminal Com, a multiplier input terminal Mult, a sampling terminal Cs, an input terminal Zcd of a zero-crossing detection signal, a drive output terminal Gd, and a chip power terminal Vcc. One end of the transformer 2511 is coupled to the first filter output terminal Ta1, the other end is coupled to the anode of the diode 2512, and the cathode of the diode 2512 is coupled to the PFC output terminal Ta3. The first end of the transistor 2515 is coupled to the connection node of the transformer 2511 and the diode 2512, and the second end is coupled to the second filter output terminal Ta2 (or connected to the power ground GND, or connected to the second pin 221) via a resistor 2513_7, and controls The terminal is coupled to the drive output terminal Gd of the controller 2510 via a resistor 2513_8. The sampling terminal Cs of the controller 2510 is coupled to the connection node between the second terminal of the transistor 2515 and the resistor 2513_7 via the resistor 2513_6. The chip power terminal Vcc is electrically connected to a constant voltage for supplying power to the controller 2510. The inverting input terminal Inv is coupled to a voltage divider circuit composed of a resistor 2513_0 and a resistor 2513_1 in series to obtain the voltage V0 output from the PFC output terminal Ta3. An RC compensation network composed of a resistor 2513_5, a capacitor 2514_0, and a capacitor 2514_1 is coupled between the inverting input terminal Inv and the error amplification output terminal Com. One end of the capacitor 2514_0 and one end of the capacitor 2514_1 are simultaneously coupled to the inverting input terminal Inv, and the other end of the capacitor 2514_0 is connected to the other end of the capacitor 2514_1 via a resistor 2513_5 and then connected to the error amplification output terminal Com. The multiplier input terminal Mult is coupled to the output of the voltage divider circuit in which the resistor 2513_3 and the resistor 2513_4 are connected in series to the first filter output terminal Ta1 and the second filter output terminal Ta2 (or ground terminal). The input terminal Zcd of the zero-crossing detection signal is coupled to the transformer 2511 via a resistor 2513_2.
需要说明的是,与功率因数校正电路74的输出相连的PFC输出端Ta3还耦接一电容2514_1以稳定有源功率因数校正模块251输出的电信号,滤除高频干扰信号,由于电容2514_1可视实际应用情况增加或省略(非必要组件),故图中以虚线表示之。同样的情况还包括以下至少一种电路结构:并联于电阻2513_4两端的电阻电容2514_3,并联于电阻2513_1两端的电容2514_4,耦接在晶体管2515控制端和第二端之间的电阻2513_9,耦接于晶体管2515控制端和电阻2513_8之间的二极管2516和电阻2513_10,耦接于电阻2513_7和控制器的采样端Cs之间的电阻2513_6。其中,虚线所示的各电路结构还可由更复杂的、或更简洁的电路结构所替换。例如,控制器的采样端Cs通过导线连接电阻2513_7。又如,电容2514_5由包含至少两个电容的储能电路构成等。基于上述示例而改进的等效电路、或集成电路均应视为功率因数校正电路的一些具体示例。It should be noted that the PFC output terminal Ta3 connected to the output of the power factor correction circuit 74 is also coupled to a capacitor 2514_1 to stabilize the electrical signal output by the active power factor correction module 251 and filter out high-frequency interference signals. Depending on the actual application, it is added or omitted (non-essential components), so it is represented by a dashed line in the figure. The same situation also includes at least one of the following circuit structures: a resistor and capacitor 2514_3 connected in parallel to both ends of the resistor 2513_4, a capacitor 2514_4 connected in parallel to both ends of the resistor 2513_1, and a resistor 2513_9 coupled between the control terminal and the second terminal of the transistor 2515, coupled The diode 2516 and the resistor 2513_10 between the control terminal of the transistor 2515 and the resistor 2513_8 are coupled to the resistor 2513_6 between the resistor 2513_7 and the sampling terminal Cs of the controller. Among them, the circuit structures shown by the dashed lines can also be replaced by more complex or simpler circuit structures. For example, the sampling terminal Cs of the controller is connected to the resistor 2513_7 through a wire. For another example, the capacitor 2514_5 is composed of a tank circuit including at least two capacitors. The equivalent circuits or integrated circuits improved based on the above examples should be regarded as some specific examples of power factor correction circuits.
以下说明图4E所示的功率因数校正电路74的工作过程,功率因数校正电路74输出的直流电压信号V0经由电阻2513_0和电阻2513_1串联构成分压电路分压后输入到控制器2510的反向输入端Inv,输入到功率因数校正电路74的电压信号Vdc被由电阻2513_3和电阻2513_4串联构成的分压电路分压后输入至乘法器输入端Mult以确定电压信号Vdc的波形和相位,变压器2511的初级电感(又称初级线圈、初级绕组)感应到的高频电流经由互感的次级电感(又称次级线圈、次级绕组)、电阻2513_2输入给过零检测信号的输入端Zcd以作为过零检测信号。晶体管2515在导通时,电压信号Vdc经变压器2511的初级电感、晶体管2515输入至参考低电位(例如第二滤波输出端Ta2、或电源地GND,或第二接脚221),在此期间,变压器2511储能(又称励磁),晶体管2515所输出的电信号被采样端Cs获取,以对变压器2511中的电感电流进行取样;与此同步地,控制器2510的乘法器输入端Mult接收经电阻2513_3采样的信号Vdc,并基于经采样的信号Vdc的电信号生成内部基准信号Vi,以供基于内部基准信号Vi检测采样端Cs所获取的采样信号。当所述采样端所获取的采样信号的准位值达到所述内部基准信号Vi所提供的准位值时,换言之,在检测到变压器2511中的初级电感中的电感电流达到峰值时,控制器2510控制晶体管2515截止。此时,变压器2511的初级电感放能(又称退磁),变压器2511的次级电感感应该放能操作并输出过零检测信号。当变压器2511放能使得其输出的电流减至接近零点时,控制器2510所接收的过零检测信号亦接近零点,控制器2510根据过零检测信号的输入端Zcd所接收的过零检测信号确定放能操作结束时刻,以及利用基于检测过零检测信号的检测结果而设置的控制逻辑从驱动输出端Gd输出驱动晶体管2515导通的信号,向后端电路供电。The following describes the working process of the power factor correction circuit 74 shown in FIG. 4E. The DC voltage signal V0 output by the power factor correction circuit 74 is divided by the resistor 2513_0 and the resistor 2513_1 in series to form a voltage divider circuit and then input to the reverse input of the controller 2510. At the terminal Inv, the voltage signal Vdc input to the power factor correction circuit 74 is divided by a voltage divider circuit composed of a resistor 2513_3 and a resistor 2513_4 in series, and then input to the multiplier input terminal Mult to determine the waveform and phase of the voltage signal Vdc. The high-frequency current induced by the primary inductance (also known as the primary coil and the primary winding) is input to the input terminal Zcd of the zero-crossing detection signal through the secondary inductance (also known as the secondary coil and the secondary winding) of the mutual inductance and the resistance 2513_2 as a pass Zero detection signal. When the transistor 2515 is turned on, the voltage signal Vdc is input to the reference low potential (for example, the second filter output terminal Ta2, or the power ground GND, or the second pin 221) through the primary inductance of the transformer 2511 and the transistor 2515. During this period, The transformer 2511 stores energy (also called excitation), and the electrical signal output by the transistor 2515 is obtained by the sampling terminal Cs to sample the inductor current in the transformer 2511; synchronously, the multiplier input terminal Mult of the controller 2510 receives the The resistor 2513_3 samples the signal Vdc and generates an internal reference signal Vi based on the electrical signal of the sampled signal Vdc for detecting the sampling signal obtained by the sampling terminal Cs based on the internal reference signal Vi. When the level value of the sampling signal obtained by the sampling terminal reaches the level value provided by the internal reference signal Vi, in other words, when it is detected that the inductor current in the primary inductance of the transformer 2511 reaches the peak value, the controller 2510 controls the transistor 2515 to turn off. At this time, the primary inductance of the transformer 2511 discharges energy (also called demagnetization), and the secondary inductance of the transformer 2511 induces the discharge operation and outputs a zero-crossing detection signal. When the transformer 2511 is discharged so that the output current is reduced to close to zero, the zero-crossing detection signal received by the controller 2510 is also close to zero. The controller 2510 determines according to the zero-crossing detection signal received by the input terminal Zcd of the zero-crossing detection signal The time when the discharging operation ends, and the control logic set based on the detection result of the zero-crossing detection signal is used to output a signal that the driving transistor 2515 is turned on from the driving output terminal Gd to supply power to the back-end circuit.
其中,所述控制器2510可选取为内部集成有优化谐波失真(或称为THD优化)或功率因数校正的专门电路的控制芯片,用于有效控制向其输入的输入电流的交越失真和纹波失真, 从而提高功率因数和降低谐波失真。例如,控制器2510可采用L6562芯片、L6561芯片、或L6560芯片。所述晶体管2515为三端可控功率元件,例如为金属-氧化物-半导体场效应晶体管(Metal-oxide-semiconductor Field-effect Transistor,MOSFET)、双极结型晶体管(Bipolar Junction Transistor,BJT)、三极管等。Wherein, the controller 2510 can be selected as a control chip integrated with a special circuit for optimizing harmonic distortion (or THD optimization) or power factor correction, which is used to effectively control the crossover distortion and crossover distortion of the input current input to it. Ripple distortion, thereby improving power factor and reducing harmonic distortion. For example, the controller 2510 may use the L6562 chip, the L6561 chip, or the L6560 chip. The transistor 2515 is a three-terminal controllable power device, such as a metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET), a bipolar junction transistor (BJT), Triode and so on.
功率因数校正电路的电路架构也并不仅限于此,功率因数校正电路还可例如为升压型(Boost)功率因数校正电路、降压型(Buck)功率因数校正电路、升降压型(Boost-Buck)功率因数校正电路、正激型(Forward)功率因数校正电路、或反激型(Flyback)功率因数校正电路。The circuit architecture of the power factor correction circuit is not limited to this. The power factor correction circuit can also be, for example, a boost type (Boost) power factor correction circuit, a buck type (Buck) power factor correction circuit, and a buck-boost type (Boost- Buck) power factor correction circuit, forward power factor correction circuit, or flyback power factor correction circuit.
功率因数校正模块也可例如采用无源功率因数校正单元,无源功率因数校正单元可通过在交流侧接入谐振滤波器实现,以此增大了交流信号中电流的导通角。在一些具体示例中,技术人员可将图6所示实施例中的功率因数校正模块25调整为耦接于调光器20的第一输入端201、第二输入端202和整流模块24之间,以使功率因数校正模块25接收外部交流电源所输出的交流信号,并对该交流信号进行功率因数校正,然后输出给整流模块24。The power factor correction module can also, for example, adopt a passive power factor correction unit, which can be implemented by connecting a resonant filter on the AC side, thereby increasing the conduction angle of the current in the AC signal. In some specific examples, the technician can adjust the power factor correction module 25 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 to be coupled between the first input terminal 201, the second input terminal 202 and the rectifier module 24 of the dimmer 20 , So that the power factor correction module 25 receives the AC signal output by the external AC power supply, performs power factor correction on the AC signal, and then outputs the AC signal to the rectifier module 24.
在另一些具体示例中,还可通过在图3所示的整流模块的电路架构中整流模块之后增设包含二极管和电容的无源功率因数校正电路来实现,以使无源功率因数校正电路兼具滤波模块的功能。在兼具滤波功能的功率因数校正模块的一些更具体示例中,图6所示实施例中的滤波模块23为可省略模块。In other specific examples, it can also be implemented by adding a passive power factor correction circuit including a diode and a capacitor after the rectifier module in the circuit architecture of the rectifier module shown in FIG. 3, so that the passive power factor correction circuit has both The function of the filter module. In some more specific examples of the power factor correction module with filtering function, the filtering module 23 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 is an omissible module.
图5A是本揭露一些实施例的调光器的功能模块示意图。请参照图5A,调光器80包含信号合成模块81和指令转换模块82。信号合成模块81用于利用调光信号Sdim对供电信号Sp进行调变,以产生经调光处理后的调变电源Pin_C;或可说是将供电信号Sp和调光信号Sdim合成处理为调变电源Pin_C。指令转换模块82用于接收上述调光指令DIM,并且将调光指令DIM转换为具有特定格式的调光信号Sdim。所述特定格式的调光信号Sdim可以例如是指示切相时间的信号、响应调光信息的变频信号、或是响应调光信息的数字编码(例如具有特定次序高/低电平的方波)等,上述信号格式都可以以脉冲或方波的形式呈现,因此调光信号Sdim在外观上可以是由高电平和低电平两种信号状态所组成的信号。FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of the dimmer according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Referring to FIG. 5A, the dimmer 80 includes a signal synthesis module 81 and a command conversion module 82. The signal synthesis module 81 is used to modulate the power supply signal Sp by using the dimming signal Sdim to generate a modulated power supply Pin_C after dimming processing; or it can be said that the power supply signal Sp and the dimming signal Sdim are synthesized and processed into modulation Power Pin_C. The command conversion module 82 is used to receive the dimming command DIM, and convert the dimming command DIM into a dimming signal Sdim with a specific format. The dimming signal Sdim of the specific format may be, for example, a signal indicating a phase cut time, a frequency conversion signal in response to dimming information, or a digital code in response to dimming information (for example, a square wave with a specific order of high/low levels) Etc., the above-mentioned signal format can be presented in the form of pulse or square wave, so the dimming signal Sdim can be a signal composed of two signal states of high level and low level in appearance.
在其他实施例中,指令转换模块82可被称为调光信号生成模块。信号合成模块81可被称为信号合成处理模块。电源转换电路可被称为电源转换单元。In other embodiments, the command conversion module 82 may be referred to as a dimming signal generation module. The signal synthesis module 81 may be referred to as a signal synthesis processing module. The power conversion circuit may be referred to as a power conversion unit.
底下以图5B来说明调光器80在一些实施例中的具体电路配置,其中图5B是本揭露一些实施例的调光器的电路架构示意图。请参照图5B,信号合成模块81可例如包括电源转换电路71、反馈调节电路83以及信号发生电路84,其中电源转换电路71可如图4B实施例所述,相关配置与运作可参照前述实施例说明,于此不再赘述。在本实施例中,反馈调节电路83电性连接电源转换电路71,并且用以根据供电端上的信号状态产生相应的反馈信号反馈给电源 转换电路71的切换控制电路72,使得切换控制电路72依据反馈信号调整对晶体管M21的控制,进而补偿供电端上的信号波动,使得输出稳定。信号发生电路84电性连接反馈调节电路83,并用以依据调光信号Sdim的信号状态决定是否调节供电端T1/T2上的电压。Below, FIG. 5B is used to illustrate the specific circuit configuration of the dimmer 80 in some embodiments, wherein FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the dimmer according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 5B, the signal synthesis module 81 may include, for example, a power conversion circuit 71, a feedback adjustment circuit 83, and a signal generation circuit 84. The power conversion circuit 71 may be as described in the embodiment of FIG. 4B. Description, I will not repeat it here. In this embodiment, the feedback adjustment circuit 83 is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit 71, and is used to generate a corresponding feedback signal according to the signal state on the power supply terminal and feed it back to the switching control circuit 72 of the power conversion circuit 71, so that the switching control circuit 72 The control of the transistor M21 is adjusted according to the feedback signal, and then the signal fluctuation on the power supply terminal is compensated, so that the output is stable. The signal generating circuit 84 is electrically connected to the feedback adjusting circuit 83, and is used to determine whether to adjust the voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2 according to the signal state of the dimming signal Sdim.
在其他实施例中,反馈调节电路83和信号发生电路84可统称为反馈调节单元。所述反馈调节单元2基于指令转换模块82输出的调光信号Sdim调整获取自供电端T1/T2的采样信号,并基于调整后的采样信号输出一反馈信号,该反馈信号传递给电源转换电路71;电源转换电路71基于反馈信号对从接脚ta1/ta3获取的供电信号进行能量转换,以在供电端T1/T2输出有合成调光信号的输出信号。In other embodiments, the feedback adjustment circuit 83 and the signal generation circuit 84 may be collectively referred to as a feedback adjustment unit. The feedback adjustment unit 2 adjusts the sampling signal obtained from the power supply terminal T1/T2 based on the dimming signal Sdim output by the instruction conversion module 82, and outputs a feedback signal based on the adjusted sampling signal, and the feedback signal is transmitted to the power conversion circuit 71 The power conversion circuit 71 performs energy conversion on the power supply signal obtained from the pins ta1/ta3 based on the feedback signal, so as to output an output signal with a synthesized dimming signal at the power supply terminal T1/T2.
具体而言,在调光信号Sdim为低电平的情况下,信号发生电路84不会调节供电端T1/T2上的电压,因此反馈调节电路83输出的反馈信号不会有大幅的波动,使得供电端T1/T2上的电压可以维持动态稳定在一设定电压上。Specifically, when the dimming signal Sdim is at a low level, the signal generation circuit 84 will not adjust the voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2, so the feedback signal output by the feedback adjustment circuit 83 will not fluctuate significantly, so that The voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2 can be dynamically stabilized at a set voltage.
当调光信号Sdim从低电平切换为高电平时,信号发生电路84会将供电端T1/T2上的电压拉高,而此电压瞬间拉高的情形会影响反馈调节电路83的运作,使得反馈调节电路83输出相应的反馈信号以指示切换控制电路72将供电端T1/T2上的电压调整回所述设定电压上。接着,当调光信号Sdim从高电平再次回到低电平时,信号发生电路84对供电端T1/T2的电压调节作用消失,再加上电源转换电路71仍倾向要将供电端T1/T2上电压往下调整以趋近设定电压,此时供电端T1/T2上的电压会快速的被下拉回设定电压附近。综上,供电端T1/T2上的电压响应信号发生电路84的控制而拉高,再响应电源转换电路71和反馈调节电路83的控制而降低回设定电压的过程,即会在供电端T1/T2形成一个叠加在设定电压上的脉冲/方波波形,而此波形会与调光信号Sdim大致同步。所述在设定电压上叠加有脉冲/方波波形的信号即是调光器80所产生的调变电源Pin_C。When the dimming signal Sdim switches from a low level to a high level, the signal generation circuit 84 will pull up the voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2, and this momentary pull up of the voltage will affect the operation of the feedback adjustment circuit 83, so that The feedback adjustment circuit 83 outputs a corresponding feedback signal to instruct the switching control circuit 72 to adjust the voltage on the power supply terminal T1/T2 back to the set voltage. Then, when the dimming signal Sdim returns from the high level to the low level again, the voltage regulation effect of the signal generating circuit 84 on the power supply terminal T1/T2 disappears, and the power conversion circuit 71 still tends to use the power supply terminal T1/T2. The upper voltage is adjusted downward to approach the set voltage. At this time, the voltage on the power supply terminals T1/T2 will be quickly pulled back to the vicinity of the set voltage. In summary, the voltage on the power supply terminal T1/T2 is pulled up in response to the control of the signal generating circuit 84, and then reduced to the set voltage in response to the control of the power conversion circuit 71 and the feedback regulating circuit 83, that is, the voltage at the power supply terminal T1 /T2 forms a pulse/square wave waveform superimposed on the set voltage, and this waveform will be roughly synchronized with the dimming signal Sdim. The signal with a pulse/square wave waveform superimposed on the set voltage is the modulated power Pin_C generated by the dimmer 80.
在一些实施例中,反馈调节电路83包括电感L31、电容C31、电阻R31-R34、二极管D31-D32、运放单元CP31以及光耦单元U31,其中电感L31、电容C21、电阻R31和R32以及二极管D31和D32可组成反馈辅助模块,并且电阻R33和R34可组成电阻模块。In some embodiments, the feedback adjustment circuit 83 includes an inductor L31, a capacitor C31, resistors R31-R34, diodes D31-D32, an op amp unit CP31, and an optocoupler unit U31, wherein the inductor L31, capacitor C21, resistors R31 and R32, and diodes D31 and D32 can form a feedback auxiliary module, and resistors R33 and R34 can form a resistance module.
具体而言,在反馈辅助模块中,电感L31的一端电性连接接地端GND1,并且用以电感L21耦合,以感应电感L21上的信号。电容C31的一端电性连接电感L31的另一端。二极管D31的阳极电性连接接地端GND2,并且二极管D31的阴极电性连接电容C31的另一端。二极管D32的阳极电性连接二极管D31的阴极和电容C31的另一端。电阻R31和R32的一端共同电性连接二极管D32的阴极,并且电阻R31的另一端电性连接光耦单元U31。运放单元CP31具有第一输入端、第二输入端和输出端,其第一输入端电性连接电阻R32的另一端,其第二输入端电性连接电阻模块和信号发生电路84,且其输出端电性连接光耦单元U31。在一些实施例中,运放单元CP31的第一输入端上还可以电性连接一稳压管,但本揭露不以此为限。光耦单元U31包含发光组件Ua和光敏组件Ub,其中发光组件Ua的阳极电性连接电阻R31的另一端, 并且发光组件Ua的阴极电性连接运放单元CP31的输出端;光敏组件Ub的一端电性连接偏压电源Vcc1(可以是通过对母线电压分压而产生,或是利用辅助绕组产生),并且光敏组件Ub的另一端电性连接切换控制电路72的反馈控制端。Specifically, in the feedback auxiliary module, one end of the inductor L31 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND1, and is coupled with the inductor L21 to induce a signal on the inductor L21. One end of the capacitor C31 is electrically connected to the other end of the inductor L31. The anode of the diode D31 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND2, and the cathode of the diode D31 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor C31. The anode of the diode D32 is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode D31 and the other end of the capacitor C31. One ends of the resistors R31 and R32 are commonly electrically connected to the cathode of the diode D32, and the other end of the resistor R31 is electrically connected to the optocoupler unit U31. The operational amplifier unit CP31 has a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal. Its first input terminal is electrically connected to the other end of the resistor R32, and its second input terminal is electrically connected to the resistor module and the signal generating circuit 84, and its The output terminal is electrically connected to the optocoupler unit U31. In some embodiments, the first input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 may also be electrically connected to a voltage regulator tube, but the disclosure is not limited to this. The optocoupler unit U31 includes a light-emitting component Ua and a photosensitive component Ub. The anode of the light-emitting component Ua is electrically connected to the other end of the resistor R31, and the cathode of the light-emitting component Ua is electrically connected to the output end of the operational amplifier unit CP31; one end of the photosensitive component Ub The bias power supply Vcc1 is electrically connected (it can be generated by dividing the bus voltage or generated by an auxiliary winding), and the other end of the photosensitive component Ub is electrically connected to the feedback control terminal of the switching control circuit 72.
电阻模块是用以对供电端T1上的电压进行分压,并且将分压信号提供给运放单元CP31。在电阻模块中,电阻R33和R34串接在供电端T1和接地端GND2之间,并且电阻R33和R34的连接端电性连接至运放单元CP31的第二输入端。换言之,运放单元CP31的第二输入端可以视为是电性连接在电阻模块的分压点上,以接收分压信号即采样信号。运放单元CP31输出的信号为反馈信号,并通过光耦单元U31传输给切换控制电路72。The resistance module is used to divide the voltage on the power supply terminal T1 and provide the divided voltage signal to the operational amplifier unit CP31. In the resistance module, the resistors R33 and R34 are connected in series between the power supply terminal T1 and the ground terminal GND2, and the connection ends of the resistors R33 and R34 are electrically connected to the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31. In other words, the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 can be regarded as being electrically connected to the voltage dividing point of the resistance module to receive the divided voltage signal, that is, the sampling signal. The signal output by the operational amplifier unit CP31 is a feedback signal, and is transmitted to the switching control circuit 72 through the optocoupler unit U31.
信号发生电路84包括电阻R35和晶体管M31。电阻R35的一端电性连接运放单元CP31的第二输入端以及电阻R33和R34的连接端。晶体管M31具有第一端、第二端及控制端,其第一端电性连接电阻R35的另一端,其第二端电性连接接地端GND2,且其控制端电性连接指令转换电路82以接收调光信号Sdim。The signal generating circuit 84 includes a resistor R35 and a transistor M31. One end of the resistor R35 is electrically connected to the second input end of the operational amplifier unit CP31 and the connection end of the resistors R33 and R34. The transistor M31 has a first terminal, a second terminal, and a control terminal. The first terminal is electrically connected to the other terminal of the resistor R35, the second terminal is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND2, and the control terminal is electrically connected to the command conversion circuit 82. Receive the dimming signal Sdim.
在其他实施例中,信号发生电路84可被称为调节电路;电阻R33和电阻R34可被称为采样电路;运放单元CP31可被称为比较电路;光耦单元U31可被称为信号传送电路;以及,电感L31、电容C31、二极管D31、D31可被称为参考信号生成电路。运放单元的第一输入端可为正向输入端,其第二输入端为反向输入端。In other embodiments, the signal generating circuit 84 can be called a regulating circuit; the resistor R33 and the resistor R34 can be called a sampling circuit; the operational amplifier unit CP31 can be called a comparison circuit; the optocoupler unit U31 can be called a signal transmission Circuit; and, the inductor L31, the capacitor C31, the diodes D31, and D31 can be referred to as a reference signal generating circuit. The first input terminal of the operational amplifier unit may be a forward input terminal, and the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit may be a reverse input terminal.
底下搭配图8A和图8B来举例说明调光器80的具体电路动作,其中图8A和8B是本揭露一些实施例的调光器的信号波形示意图。在本实施例中,调光信号Sdim是以根据调光指令DIM所指示的亮度信息而改变频率的脉冲信号为例,但本揭露不以此为限。The specific circuit actions of the dimmer 80 are illustrated below in conjunction with FIGS. 8A and 8B. FIGS. 8A and 8B are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of the dimmer according to some embodiments of the disclosure. In this embodiment, the dimming signal Sdim is an example of a pulse signal whose frequency changes according to the brightness information indicated by the dimming command DIM, but the disclosure is not limited to this.
请先同时参照图5B和图8A,当指令转换电路接82收到指示将亮度调整为最大亮度的30%时,指令转换电路82会产生周期为T1的调光信号Sdim提供至晶体管M31的控制端。在调光信号Sdim的低电平期间,晶体管M31会维持截止,使电阻R35可视为是浮接状态,因此不会影响供电端T1的电压及反馈调节电路83的运作。在调光信号Sdim的高电平期间,晶体管M31会被导通,使得电阻R35被等效为与电阻R34并联。此时,由于电阻R34和R35并联会使运放单元CP31的第二输入端到接地端GND2之间的阻抗降低,供电端T1上的电压会被相应的抬高。另一方面,由于运放单元CP31会响应其第二输入端上的电压变化而使输出端上的信号相应改变,而运放单元CP31的输出端信号改变会影响发光组件Ua发光量,使得光敏阻件Ub的导通程度有相应的改变。光敏阻件Ub导通程度的变化会影响反馈到切换控制电路72的反馈控制端的电压大小,使得切换控制电路72在调光信号Sdim的高电平期间倾向于减小晶体管M21的占空比以将供电端T1上突然被抬高的电压快速下拉回设定电压Vset。Please refer to Figure 5B and Figure 8A at the same time. When the command conversion circuit 82 receives an instruction to adjust the brightness to 30% of the maximum brightness, the command conversion circuit 82 will generate a dimming signal Sdim with a period of T1 and provide it to the control of the transistor M31. end. During the low level period of the dimming signal Sdim, the transistor M31 is kept off, so that the resistor R35 can be regarded as a floating state, so the voltage of the power supply terminal T1 and the operation of the feedback adjustment circuit 83 will not be affected. During the high level period of the dimming signal Sdim, the transistor M31 is turned on, so that the resistor R35 is equivalent to being connected in parallel with the resistor R34. At this time, since the parallel connection of the resistors R34 and R35 will reduce the impedance between the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 and the ground terminal GND2, the voltage on the power supply terminal T1 will be increased accordingly. On the other hand, because the operational amplifier unit CP31 will respond to the voltage change on its second input terminal, the signal on the output terminal will change accordingly, and the output terminal signal change of the operational amplifier unit CP31 will affect the amount of light emitted by the light-emitting component Ua, making the light sensitive The conduction degree of the resistance Ub has a corresponding change. The change in the conduction degree of the photoresistor Ub will affect the voltage fed back to the feedback control terminal of the switching control circuit 72, so that the switching control circuit 72 tends to reduce the duty cycle of the transistor M21 during the high level period of the dimming signal Sdim. The suddenly raised voltage on the power supply terminal T1 is quickly pulled back to the set voltage Vset.
因此,在调光信号Sdim从高电平再次回到低电平时,供电端T1上的电压也会快速回到设定电压Vdet,使得调变电源Pin_C在设定电压Vdet的基础上形成与调光信号Sdim大致同步且周期为T1的脉冲。整体而言,可以视为调光信号Sdim被叠加在供电信号Sp上而形成调变电源Pin_C。Therefore, when the dimming signal Sdim returns from high level to low level again, the voltage on the power supply terminal T1 will also quickly return to the set voltage Vdet, so that the modulated power supply Pin_C is formed and adjusted on the basis of the set voltage Vdet. The optical signal Sdim is almost synchronized with a pulse with a period of T1. On the whole, it can be considered that the dimming signal Sdim is superimposed on the power supply signal Sp to form the modulated power Pin_C.
从另外一个角度,当调光信号Sdim从低电平切换为高电平时,晶体管R35导通,电阻R35和R34并联,使运放单元CP31的第二输入端到接地端GND2之间的阻抗降低,运放单元CP31的第二输入端处的分压降低,而此时运放单元第一输入端的电压不变,为了继续维持运放第二输入端的电压和第一输入端的电压保持相同的电平,运放单元CP31输出信号通过信号传送电路U31传输给切换控制电路72,使得切换控制电路72调整电源转换电路的输出电压(即供电端T1的电压)升高,当供电端T1的电压升高后,运放单元CP31的第二输入端处的分压升高到和第一输入端相同的电平。从整体来看,调光信号Sdim的低电平期间,晶体管M31截止,供电端T1的电压为设定电压Vset;当调光信号呢Sdim为高点平期间,晶体管M31导通,供电端T1的电压升高。供电端T1电压升高的幅值与电阻R33、R34和R35有关。From another perspective, when the dimming signal Sdim switches from low to high, the transistor R35 is turned on, and the resistors R35 and R34 are connected in parallel to reduce the impedance between the second input terminal of the op amp unit CP31 and the ground terminal GND2. , The voltage division at the second input terminal of the op amp unit CP31 is reduced, and at this time the voltage at the first input terminal of the op amp unit remains unchanged, in order to continue to maintain the voltage at the second input terminal of the op amp and the voltage at the first input terminal at the same level. At the same time, the output signal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 is transmitted to the switching control circuit 72 through the signal transmission circuit U31, so that the switching control circuit 72 adjusts the output voltage of the power conversion circuit (that is, the voltage at the power supply terminal T1) to increase, and when the voltage at the power supply terminal T1 increases After being high, the divided voltage at the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 rises to the same level as the first input terminal. On the whole, during the low level period of the dimming signal Sdim, the transistor M31 is turned off, and the voltage at the power supply terminal T1 is the set voltage Vset; when the dimming signal Sdim is at a high level, the transistor M31 is turned on, and the power supply terminal T1 The voltage rises. The magnitude of the voltage increase at the power supply terminal T1 is related to the resistors R33, R34, and R35.
在其他实施例中,还可以通过改变采样电路中的电阻阻值,以实现当调光信号为低电平时,供电端T1的电压为设定电压Vset;当调光信号Sdim为高点平时,供电端T1的电压降低。In other embodiments, the resistance value of the resistance in the sampling circuit can also be changed to realize that when the dimming signal is low, the voltage of the power supply terminal T1 is the set voltage Vset; when the dimming signal Sdim is high, it is normal, The voltage of the power supply terminal T1 drops.
本实施例中,运放单元CP31的第一输入端耦接一恒压源或一参考信号生成电路用以接收参考信号Vref。In this embodiment, the first input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 is coupled to a constant voltage source or a reference signal generating circuit for receiving the reference signal Vref.
请接着同时参照图5B和图8B,当指令转换电路接82收到指示将亮度调整为最大亮度的80%时,指令转换电路82会产生周期为T2的调光信号Sdim提供至晶体管M31的控制端,其中周期T2小于周期T1,亦即对应30%最大亮度的调光信号Sdim的频率低于对应70%最大亮度的调光信号Sdim的频率。在调光信号Sdim的低电平和高电平期间内,反馈调节模块83和信号发生模块84类似上述实施例的运作,使得调变电源Pin_C可在设定电压Vdet的基础上形成与调光信号Sdim大致同步且周期为T2的脉冲。整体而言,可以视为调光信号Sdim被叠加在供电信号Sp上而形成调变电源Pin_C。Please refer to FIGS. 5B and 8B at the same time. When the command conversion circuit 82 receives an instruction to adjust the brightness to 80% of the maximum brightness, the command conversion circuit 82 will generate a dimming signal Sdim with a period of T2 and provide it to the control of the transistor M31. At the end, the period T2 is smaller than the period T1, that is, the frequency of the dimming signal Sdim corresponding to 30% of the maximum brightness is lower than the frequency of the dimming signal Sdim corresponding to 70% of the maximum brightness. During the low-level and high-level periods of the dimming signal Sdim, the feedback adjustment module 83 and the signal generation module 84 operate similarly to the above-mentioned embodiment, so that the modulated power supply Pin_C can form a dimming signal based on the set voltage Vdet. Sdim is approximately synchronized with a pulse with a period of T2. On the whole, it can be considered that the dimming signal Sdim is superimposed on the power supply signal Sp to form the modulated power Pin_C.
在上述实施例中,信号合成模块81可以视为是利用既有的电源转换电路71的配置来实现信号合成的部分功能,因此在此将电源转换电路71视为信号合成模块81的一部份。但在一些实施例的功能模块划分中,信号合成模块81也可以视为不包含电源转换电路71(即,仅包含反馈调节电路83和信号发生电路84),此时信号合成模块81是协同电源转换电路71来产生调变电源Pin_C。此外,在另一些实施例的功能模块划分中,反馈调节电路83也可视为是电源转换电路71的一部份。关于电源转换电路71的具体配置可参照前述实施例说明,于此不再重复赘述。In the above-mentioned embodiment, the signal synthesis module 81 can be regarded as the use of the existing power conversion circuit 71 configuration to realize part of the signal synthesis function, so here the power conversion circuit 71 is regarded as a part of the signal synthesis module 81 . However, in the functional module division of some embodiments, the signal synthesis module 81 can also be regarded as not including the power conversion circuit 71 (that is, only includes the feedback adjustment circuit 83 and the signal generation circuit 84). At this time, the signal synthesis module 81 is a cooperative power supply. The conversion circuit 71 generates the modulated power Pin_C. In addition, in the functional module division of other embodiments, the feedback adjustment circuit 83 can also be regarded as a part of the power conversion circuit 71. Regarding the specific configuration of the power conversion circuit 71, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment for description, which will not be repeated here.
参考图5C为发明另一实施例的调光器的电路架构示意图。本实施例中的调光的电路架构与图5B所示的实施例类似,与之不同的是,本实施例中,信号发生电路84包含晶体管M31,B与电阻R36并联。采样电路包含电阻R33、R34和R36,三个电阻串联连接至供电端T1和接地端GND2。信号发生电路84通过旁路采样电路中的电阻R36来调整运放单元CP31的第二输入端到接地端GND2之间的阻抗,从而对供电端T1上的电压产生影响。其他部分的动作与前 述实施例相同,此处不再赘述。在其他实施例中,还可以采用其他方式调节运放单元CP31的第二输入端到接地端GND2之间的阻抗,可例如是使用受控的可变电阻,其举例为线性区对应于调光信号的电压变化区间的功率管。例如受控的可变电阻可串联或并联于采样电路中的分压电阻,可变电阻的控制端接收调光信号Sdim,以根据调光信号Sdim的幅值变化而改变阻值,从而调节采样电路所输出的采样信号。所述采样信号的信号幅值反映调光信号的亮度信息。Refer to FIG. 5C for a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the invention. The dimming circuit structure in this embodiment is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5B. The difference is that in this embodiment, the signal generating circuit 84 includes a transistor M31, and B is connected in parallel with a resistor R36. The sampling circuit includes resistors R33, R34, and R36, and the three resistors are connected in series to the power supply terminal T1 and the ground terminal GND2. The signal generating circuit 84 adjusts the impedance from the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 to the ground terminal GND2 by bypassing the resistor R36 in the sampling circuit, thereby affecting the voltage on the power supply terminal T1. The actions of other parts are the same as in the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here. In other embodiments, other methods may be used to adjust the impedance between the second input terminal of the operational amplifier unit CP31 and the ground terminal GND2. For example, a controlled variable resistor may be used. For example, the linear region corresponds to dimming. The power tube of the signal voltage change interval. For example, the controlled variable resistor can be connected in series or in parallel with the voltage divider resistor in the sampling circuit, and the control end of the variable resistor receives the dimming signal Sdim to change the resistance according to the change in the amplitude of the dimming signal Sdim, thereby adjusting the sampling Sampling signal output by the circuit. The signal amplitude of the sampling signal reflects the brightness information of the dimming signal.
参考图5D为本发明又一实施例的调光器的电路架构示意图。本实施例中信号合成模块81包含电源转换电路71和信号合成处理模块85。信号合成处理模块85电性连接至电源转换电路71,用以根据调光信号Sdim调整供电端T1的电压。与上述实施例类似,都是根据调光信号Sdim调整电源转换电路71的输出电压(供电端T1的电压),本实施例使用的技术手段不同与上述实施例。Refer to FIG. 5D for a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the signal synthesis module 81 includes a power conversion circuit 71 and a signal synthesis processing module 85. The signal synthesis processing module 85 is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit 71 for adjusting the voltage of the power supply terminal T1 according to the dimming signal Sdim. Similar to the foregoing embodiment, the output voltage of the power conversion circuit 71 (the voltage of the power supply terminal T1) is adjusted according to the dimming signal Sdim. The technical means used in this embodiment is different from the foregoing embodiment.
信号合成处理模块85包含晶体管M32,二极管D33、D34和D35。晶体管的第一引脚电性连接至电感L21的一端,其第二引脚电性连接至第二供电端T2,其第三引脚电性连接至指令转换模块82。二极管D33、D34和D35串联后并联在晶体管M32的第一引脚和第二引脚。The signal synthesis processing module 85 includes a transistor M32, diodes D33, D34, and D35. The first pin of the transistor is electrically connected to one end of the inductor L21, the second pin is electrically connected to the second power supply terminal T2, and the third pin is electrically connected to the command conversion module 82. The diodes D33, D34, and D35 are connected in series and connected in parallel to the first pin and the second pin of the transistor M32.
同时参考图8A,晶体管M32受控于调光信号Sdim而导通/断开,当调光信号Sdim为低电平时,晶体管M32断开,电源转换电路71输出的供电信号经由二极管D33、D34和D35形成的第一传输路径向LED照明装置供电,调变电源Pin_C电压为Vset;当调光信号Sdim为高电平信号时,晶体管M32导通,旁路晶体管D33、D34和D35,电源转换电路71输出的供电信号经由晶体管M32形成的第二传输路径向LED照明装置供电。调变电源Pin_C电压为Vset1。因为第二传输路径相较于第一传输路径具有更小的阻抗,相较于第一传输路径,第二路径导通时形成的调变电源Pin_C的电压Vset1>Vset。对应的,在调变电源Pin_C上形成和调光信号Sdim相同频率和脉宽的脉冲信号。8A, the transistor M32 is controlled by the dimming signal Sdim and turned on/off. When the dimming signal Sdim is low, the transistor M32 is turned off, and the power supply signal output by the power conversion circuit 71 passes through the diodes D33, D34 and The first transmission path formed by D35 supplies power to the LED lighting device, and the voltage of the modulated power supply Pin_C is Vset; when the dimming signal Sdim is a high-level signal, the transistor M32 is turned on, bypassing the transistors D33, D34 and D35, the power conversion circuit The power supply signal output by 71 supplies power to the LED lighting device via the second transmission path formed by the transistor M32. The voltage of the modulated power supply Pin_C is Vset1. Because the second transmission path has a smaller impedance than the first transmission path, compared to the first transmission path, the voltage Vset1>Vset of the modulated power supply Pin_C formed when the second path is turned on. Correspondingly, a pulse signal with the same frequency and pulse width as the dimming signal Sdim is formed on the modulating power Pin_C.
在其他实施例中,二极管D33、D34和D35可一并称为分压单元,晶体管M32可并称为控制单元。In other embodiments, the diodes D33, D34, and D35 can be collectively referred to as a voltage dividing unit, and the transistor M32 can be collectively referred to as a control unit.
参考图5E为本发明又一实施例的调光器的电路架构示意图。本实施例中信号合成模块81包含电源转换电路77和信号合成处理模块86。信号合成处理模块86电性连接至电源转换电路77用以根据调光信号Sdim调整供电端T1与T2之间的电压。本实施例与图5C和图5D所示的实施例类似,都是通过信号合成处理模块调节输出电压(供电端T1的电压),本实施例所使用的技术手段与上述实施例不同。Refer to FIG. 5E for a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the signal synthesis module 81 includes a power conversion circuit 77 and a signal synthesis processing module 86. The signal synthesis processing module 86 is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit 77 for adjusting the voltage between the power supply terminals T1 and T2 according to the dimming signal Sdim. This embodiment is similar to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5C and FIG. 5D in that the output voltage (the voltage of the power supply terminal T1) is adjusted by the signal synthesis processing module. The technical means used in this embodiment are different from the above embodiments.
电源转换电路77的电路架构与电源转换电路71类似,同样为BUCK型电源转换电路,与之不同的是,电源转换电路77中器件的连接方式与电源转换电路71不同。电源转换电路77包含切换控制电路78、电阻R24,、电感L24、二极管D24、电容C24以及晶体管M24。电阻 R24,、电感L24、二极管D24、电容C24以及晶体管M24组成转换电路79。晶体管M24的第一引脚电性连接至滤波输出端Ta1/Ta3,其第二引脚电性连接至二极管D24的阴极和电感L24的第一引脚,其第三引脚电性连接至切换控制电路78。电感L24的第二引脚电性连接至第一供电端T1。二极管D24的阳极电性连接至电阻R24的第一引脚和第二供电端T2。电容C24的两端分别电性连接至供电端T1和T2。电阻R24的第二引脚电性连接至接地端GND1。电源转换电路71的工作原理与图4B所述的实施例类似,此处不在赘述。The circuit structure of the power conversion circuit 77 is similar to the power conversion circuit 71, and is also a BUCK type power conversion circuit. The difference is that the connection mode of the devices in the power conversion circuit 77 is different from the power conversion circuit 71. The power conversion circuit 77 includes a switching control circuit 78, a resistor R24, an inductor L24, a diode D24, a capacitor C24, and a transistor M24. The resistor R24, the inductor L24, the diode D24, the capacitor C24, and the transistor M24 constitute a conversion circuit 79. The first pin of the transistor M24 is electrically connected to the filter output terminals Ta1/Ta3, the second pin is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode D24 and the first pin of the inductor L24, and the third pin is electrically connected to the switch Control circuit 78. The second pin of the inductor L24 is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal T1. The anode of the diode D24 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor R24 and the second power supply terminal T2. The two ends of the capacitor C24 are electrically connected to the power supply terminals T1 and T2, respectively. The second pin of the resistor R24 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND1. The working principle of the power conversion circuit 71 is similar to the embodiment described in FIG. 4B, and will not be repeated here.
信号合成处理模块86包含晶体管M33和电阻R37。景晶体管的第一引脚电性连接至电阻R37的第一引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至第一供电端T1,其第三引脚电性连接至指令转换模块82。电阻R37的第二引脚电性连接至滤波输出端Ta1/Ta3。The signal synthesis processing module 86 includes a transistor M33 and a resistor R37. The first pin of the view transistor is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor R37, the second pin is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal T1, and the third pin is electrically connected to the command conversion module 82. The second pin of the resistor R37 is electrically connected to the filter output terminal Ta1/Ta3.
下面结合图8A对本实施例的调光器的动作原理进行说明。晶体管M33受控于调光信号Sdim而导通/断开,当调光信号Sdim为一直处于低电平时,晶体管M33断开,由供电输出端T1和T2输出的供电信号Sp(即为调变电源Pin_C,其电压为Vset)的波形如图8A所示,即为电源转换电路77进行电源转换后的输出信号。当调光信号Sdim为高电平时,晶体管M33导通,滤波后信直接经过电阻R37和晶体管M33组成的路径输出到供电端T1和T2,得到的调变电源Pin_C电压为Vset1。本实施例中,电源转换电路77为降压型电源转换电路,故Vset1>Vset。对应的,若调光信号为脉冲信号,经过信号合成处理模块86进行调制,可以再供电端T1和T2得到调变信号Pin_C,其波形如图8A-8B所示。The operation principle of the dimmer of this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIG. 8A. The transistor M33 is turned on/off controlled by the dimming signal Sdim. When the dimming signal Sdim is always at a low level, the transistor M33 is turned off. The power supply signal Sp (that is, the modulation The waveform of the power supply Pin_C whose voltage is Vset) is as shown in FIG. 8A, which is the output signal of the power supply conversion circuit 77 after the power supply conversion. When the dimming signal Sdim is at a high level, the transistor M33 is turned on, and the filtered signal is directly output to the power supply terminals T1 and T2 through the path formed by the resistor R37 and the transistor M33, and the obtained modulated power Pin_C voltage is Vset1. In this embodiment, the power conversion circuit 77 is a step-down power conversion circuit, so Vset1>Vset. Correspondingly, if the dimming signal is a pulse signal, it is modulated by the signal synthesis processing module 86, and the modulated signal Pin_C can be obtained from the power supply terminals T1 and T2, the waveform of which is shown in FIGS. 8A-8B.
在其他实施例中,可以省略电阻R37,而不影响本实施例欲达到的功能。In other embodiments, the resistor R37 can be omitted without affecting the function to be achieved in this embodiment.
通过上述实施例的说明,本领域的技术人员可以了解到如何实现令调光器输出带有调光信息的调变电源Pin_C。以下将进一步说明LED照明装置如何通过调变电源Pin_C点亮发光并且同时从调变电源Pin_C中解调出调光信息,再依据调光信息来调整对的LED控制。通过上述实施例的调光器,本领域的技术人员可以了解到如何将调光信号加载到调变电源Pin_C上,并利用调变电源Pin_C对负载进行调光。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can understand how to make the dimmer output the modulated power Pin_C with dimming information. The following will further explain how the LED lighting device lights up and emits light through the modulated power supply Pin_C and at the same time demodulates dimming information from the modulated power supply Pin_C, and then adjusts the right LED control according to the dimming information. Through the dimmer of the above embodiment, those skilled in the art can understand how to load the dimming signal to the modulated power supply Pin_C, and use the modulated power supply Pin_C to dim the load.
参考图1C为本发明另一些实施例的LED照明系统的示意框图。LED照明系统100包含调光器80和LED灯100。调光器80连接于电力输入端A1与LED灯100之间,用以将设定调光信息转换为调光信号,并将此调光信号加载到电力信号上以生成调光电力信号。LED灯100包含LED灯100_1,LED灯100_2等多支灯具,LED灯100接收调光器80输出的调光电力信号,解调出调光电力信号中含有的调光信号,并根据此调光信号调节LED灯的亮度或者颜色。LED灯100_1、100_2…100_n(n为大于等于1的正整数)可同时接收调光器80输出的调光电力信号,并调节LED灯的亮度或者颜色,实现一个调光器同时调节多个灯的目的。本实施例中,120-1、100_2…100_n为配置相同或者类似的LED灯。在其他实施例中,调光电力信号也可被称为调变电源。1C is a schematic block diagram of LED lighting systems according to other embodiments of the present invention. The LED lighting system 100 includes a dimmer 80 and an LED lamp 100. The dimmer 80 is connected between the power input terminal A1 and the LED lamp 100 to convert the set dimming information into a dimming signal, and the dimming signal is loaded on the power signal to generate a dimming power signal. The LED lamp 100 includes multiple lamps such as LED lamp 100_1, LED lamp 100_2, etc. The LED lamp 100 receives the dimming power signal output by the dimmer 80, demodulates the dimming signal contained in the dimming power signal, and dims according to this The signal adjusts the brightness or color of the LED light. LED lights 100_1, 100_2...100_n (n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1) can simultaneously receive the dimming power signal output by the dimmer 80, and adjust the brightness or color of the LED lights, so that one dimmer can adjust multiple lights at the same time the goal of. In this embodiment, 120-1, 100_2...100_n are LED lights with the same or similar configuration. In other embodiments, the dimming power signal may also be referred to as a modulated power source.
本实施例中,调光器80一端电性连接电力输入端A1,另一端连接至LED灯。通过此种配置,即可实现使用单根电力线来达到调光的目的(也称为单火线调光)。由于传统的墙壁开关通常也是串联在电源输入端A1和LED灯之间,调光器80可以直接替换传统的墙壁开关,对现有的照明系统进行升级,而不需要重新布置电力线。利用本实施例的配置方式可以方便的对照明系统进行升级,降低安装成本。In this embodiment, one end of the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, and the other end is connected to the LED lamp. Through this configuration, a single power line can be used to achieve the purpose of dimming (also known as single live wire dimming). Since the traditional wall switch is usually connected in series between the power input terminal A1 and the LED light, the dimmer 80 can directly replace the traditional wall switch to upgrade the existing lighting system without the need to rearrange the power line. The configuration method of this embodiment can be used to conveniently upgrade the lighting system and reduce the installation cost.
本实施例中LED灯100可以为任何使用外部电力供电的LED灯具,例如LED直管灯、LED筒灯、LED吸顶灯等。The LED lamp 100 in this embodiment can be any LED lamp that uses external power to supply power, such as an LED straight tube lamp, an LED down lamp, an LED ceiling lamp, and the like.
参考图8I为本发明一实施例的LED照明系统调光电力信号的波形示意图。一个交流半波被分为3个阶段。供电阶段t1用于控制单元供电。功率阶段t2用以为LED灯提供电力,点亮LED灯。数据阶段t3用以将调光信号加载到电力信号上生成调光电力信号。Refer to FIG. 8I for a schematic diagram of a waveform of a dimming power signal of an LED lighting system according to an embodiment of the present invention. An AC half wave is divided into 3 stages. The power supply stage t1 is used to supply power to the control unit. The power stage t2 is used to provide power for the LED lights to light the LED lights. The data stage t3 is used to load the dimming signal onto the power signal to generate the dimming power signal.
参考图5F为本发明又一实施例的调光器的电路方块示意图。调光器80包含过零检测模块801、数据调制模块802、供电模块803、控制模块804、调光信号生成模块805、滤波电路806以及二极管807。过零检测模块801分别电性连接至电力输入端A1、调光器输出端80a和控制模块804。过零检测模块801采集电力输入端A1和调光器输出端80a的电力信号,当波形从正半周向负半周转换或者从负半周向正半周转换,经过零电位时,产生过零信号并将过零信号发送给控制模块804。数据调制模块802分别电性连接至电力输入端A1、调光器输出端80a、控制模块804和二极管807的阳极。数据调制模块802受控于控制模块804将调光信号Sdim加载到电力信号上,生成调光电力信号,并通过调光器输出端80a传送给后级负载。供电模块803分别性连接至滤波电路806和控制模块804。供电模块803用以对接收到的电力信号进行一次电源转换,产生供电信号供调光器80使用。调光信号生成模块805电性连接于控制模块804。调光信号生成模块805用以将设定调光指令DIM转化为调光信号Sdim发送给控制模块804。控制模块804接收调光信号生成模块805的调光信号Sdim,并将此调光信号Sdim通过数据调制模块802加载到电力信号上,生成调光电力信号。控制模块804接收过零检测模块801的过零信号,并在收到过零信号之后的特定时间开始数据调制动作。滤波电路806通过二极管807电性连接于数据调制模块802,接收经过数据调试模块802处理后的电力信号,并对其进行滤波,生成滤波后信号,并将此信号传送给供电模块803。二极管807的阴极电性连接至滤波电路806,用以防止滤波电路806的电流流进数据调制模块802,对数据调制电路802造成干扰。Refer to FIG. 5F for a circuit block diagram of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the present invention. The dimmer 80 includes a zero-crossing detection module 801, a data modulation module 802, a power supply module 803, a control module 804, a dimming signal generation module 805, a filter circuit 806, and a diode 807. The zero-crossing detection module 801 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, the dimmer output terminal 80a, and the control module 804, respectively. The zero-crossing detection module 801 collects the power signal from the power input terminal A1 and the dimmer output terminal 80a. When the waveform is converted from a positive half cycle to a negative half cycle or from a negative half cycle to a positive half cycle, when the zero potential is passed, a zero-crossing signal is generated and The zero-crossing signal is sent to the control module 804. The data modulation module 802 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, the dimmer output terminal 80a, the control module 804, and the anode of the diode 807, respectively. The data modulation module 802 is controlled by the control module 804 to load the dimming signal Sdim onto the power signal to generate a dimming power signal, and transmit it to the downstream load through the dimmer output terminal 80a. The power supply module 803 is connected to the filter circuit 806 and the control module 804 respectively. The power supply module 803 is used to perform a power conversion on the received power signal to generate a power supply signal for the dimmer 80 to use. The dimming signal generating module 805 is electrically connected to the control module 804. The dimming signal generating module 805 is used to convert the set dimming command DIM into a dimming signal Sdim and send it to the control module 804. The control module 804 receives the dimming signal Sdim from the dimming signal generating module 805, and loads the dimming signal Sdim to the power signal through the data modulation module 802 to generate a dimming power signal. The control module 804 receives the zero-crossing signal from the zero-crossing detection module 801, and starts the data modulation action at a specific time after receiving the zero-crossing signal. The filter circuit 806 is electrically connected to the data modulation module 802 through the diode 807, receives the power signal processed by the data debugging module 802, filters it, generates a filtered signal, and transmits the signal to the power supply module 803. The cathode of the diode 807 is electrically connected to the filter circuit 806 to prevent the current of the filter circuit 806 from flowing into the data modulation module 802 and cause interference to the data modulation circuit 802.
控制模块804电性连接至电路节点REFD,电路节点REFD作为电路中的参考电位节点。The control module 804 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, and the circuit node REFD serves as a reference potential node in the circuit.
在其他实施例中,调光信号生成模块805可以包含无线遥控器和信号接收模块。无线遥控模块用于将用户设定调光指令DIM转化为无线调光信号并发送给信号接收机模块,信号接收模块接收无线调光信号并将无线调光信号转化为调光信号Sdim,调光信号Sdim包含设定的调光信息。在一些实施例中,调光信号生成模块还可以称为指令转换模块。In other embodiments, the dimming signal generating module 805 may include a wireless remote control and a signal receiving module. The wireless remote control module is used to convert the user-set dimming command DIM into a wireless dimming signal and send it to the signal receiver module. The signal receiving module receives the wireless dimming signal and converts the wireless dimming signal into a dimming signal Sdim, dimming The signal Sdim contains the set dimming information. In some embodiments, the dimming signal generation module may also be referred to as a command conversion module.
在一些实施例中,调光信号生成模块805还可以包含光线感应模块(图中未绘示)。光线感应模块用以接收环境光线,并根据环境光线强度生成调光信号Sdim,从而实现LED灯根据环境光线自动调节亮度的功能。In some embodiments, the dimming signal generating module 805 may also include a light sensing module (not shown in the figure). The light sensor module is used to receive ambient light and generate a dimming signal Sdim according to the intensity of the ambient light, so as to realize the function of automatically adjusting the brightness of the LED lamp according to the ambient light.
参考图11A为本发明一实施例的过零检测模块的电路示意图。过零检测模块801包含电阻8011、8012、8015和8016,电容8013和8017,稳压二极管8014和8018。电阻8011的第一引脚电性连接至电力输入端A1,并且电阻8011的第二引脚电性连接至电阻8012的第一引脚。电阻8012的第二引脚电性连接至电路节点REFD。电容8013与电阻8012并联。稳压二极管的8014的阳极电性连接至电路节点REFD,其阴极电性连接至过零检测模块输出端801a,过零检测模块输出端801a电性连接于控制模块804。过零检测模块801在调光器输出端80a和过零检测模块输出端801b之间的组件配置类似于在电力输入端A1和过零检测模块输出端801a的配置类似,电阻8015的第一引脚电性来连接至调光器输出端80a,并且电阻8015的第二引脚电性连接至电阻8016的第一引脚。电阻8016的第二引脚电性连接至电路节点REFD。电容8017与电阻8016并联。稳压二极管8018的阳极电性连接至电路节点REFD,其阴极电性连接至过零检测模块输出端801b,过零检测模块输出端801b电性连接于控制模块804。Refer to FIG. 11A for a schematic circuit diagram of a zero-crossing detection module according to an embodiment of the present invention. The zero-crossing detection module 801 includes resistors 8011, 8012, 8015, and 8016, capacitors 8013 and 8017, and Zener diodes 8014 and 8018. The first pin of the resistor 8011 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, and the second pin of the resistor 8011 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 8012. The second pin of the resistor 8012 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD. The capacitor 8013 is connected in parallel with the resistor 8012. The anode of the Zener diode 8014 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, its cathode is electrically connected to the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a, and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a is electrically connected to the control module 804. The component configuration of the zero-crossing detection module 801 between the dimmer output terminal 80a and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b is similar to the configuration of the power input terminal A1 and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a. The first lead of the resistor 8015 The pin is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80a, and the second pin of the resistor 8015 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 8016. The second pin of the resistor 8016 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD. The capacitor 8017 is connected in parallel with the resistor 8016. The anode of the Zener diode 8018 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, its cathode is electrically connected to the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b, and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b is electrically connected to the control module 804.
下面结合图11A描述过零检测模块801的动作原理。因为电阻8011与8012的串联分压,电阻8012两端的电压与电力输入端A1和参考电位点REFD之间的电压成比例关系。电容8013用以稳定电阻8012两端的电压。稳压二极管8014用以将电阻8012两端的电压最大值限制在一预设值。过零检测模块输出端801a用以将电阻8012上的电压信号传送给控制模块804。与电力输入端A1和过零检测电路输出端801a之间的配置方式类似,过零检测模块输出端801b同样将电阻8016上的电压传送给控制模块804。在控制模块内部,过零检测模块输出端801a电性连接至一比较器的正向输入端,过零检测模块输出端801b电性连接至此比较器的反向输入端。在其他实施例中,此比较器也可设置于控制模块804的外部。当电力输入端A1处波形从负半周向正半周转换时,过零检测电路输出端801a的电位比801b处的电位高,比较器输出高电平信号。当电力输入端A1处波形从正半周向负半周转换时过零检测电路输出端801a的电位比801b处的电位低,比较器输出低电平信号。控制模块804通过检测此比较器输出端的电平变化来确定过零点。The operation principle of the zero-crossing detection module 801 will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 11A. Because of the series voltage division of the resistors 8011 and 8012, the voltage across the resistor 8012 is proportional to the voltage between the power input terminal A1 and the reference potential point REFD. The capacitor 8013 is used to stabilize the voltage across the resistor 8012. The Zener diode 8014 is used to limit the maximum voltage across the resistor 8012 to a preset value. The zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a is used to transmit the voltage signal on the resistor 8012 to the control module 804. Similar to the configuration between the power input terminal A1 and the zero-crossing detection circuit output terminal 801a, the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b also transmits the voltage on the resistor 8016 to the control module 804. Inside the control module, the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801a is electrically connected to the positive input terminal of a comparator, and the zero-crossing detection module output terminal 801b is electrically connected to the negative input terminal of the comparator. In other embodiments, the comparator can also be provided outside the control module 804. When the waveform at the power input terminal A1 changes from a negative half cycle to a positive half cycle, the potential at the output terminal 801a of the zero-crossing detection circuit is higher than the potential at 801b, and the comparator outputs a high-level signal. When the waveform at the power input terminal A1 changes from a positive half cycle to a negative half cycle, the potential at the output terminal 801a of the zero-crossing detection circuit is lower than the potential at 801b, and the comparator outputs a low-level signal. The control module 804 determines the zero-crossing point by detecting the level change of the output terminal of the comparator.
参考图11B为本发明一实施例的数据调制模块的电路示意图。数据调制模块802包含二极管8021、8022和807、稳压二极管8023、MOS管8024、8025和8026。二极管8021的阳极电性连接至电力输入端A1和MOS管8024的第一引脚。二极管8021的阴极、二极管8022的阴极和稳压二极管8023的阴极电性连接并连接至二极管807的阳极。二极管807的阴极电性连接至滤波电路。二极管8022的阳极电性连接至MOS管8025的第一引脚。稳压二极管8023的阳极电性连接至MOS管8026的第一引脚。MOS管8024的第二引脚电性连接至MOS管8025的第二引脚并电性连接至电路节点REFD。MOS管8024的第三引脚、MOS管8025的第三引脚和MOS管8026的第二引脚电性连接并电性连接于控制模块804。Refer to FIG. 11B for a schematic circuit diagram of a data modulation module according to an embodiment of the present invention. The data modulation module 802 includes diodes 8021, 8022, and 807, a Zener diode 8023, and MOS tubes 8024, 8025, and 8026. The anode of the diode 8021 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1 and the first pin of the MOS transistor 8024. The cathode of the diode 8021, the cathode of the diode 8022, and the cathode of the Zener diode 8023 are electrically connected and connected to the anode of the diode 807. The cathode of the diode 807 is electrically connected to the filter circuit. The anode of the diode 8022 is electrically connected to the first pin of the MOS tube 8025. The anode of the Zener diode 8023 is electrically connected to the first pin of the MOS tube 8026. The second pin of the MOS transistor 8024 is electrically connected to the second pin of the MOS transistor 8025 and is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD. The third pin of the MOS transistor 8024, the third pin of the MOS transistor 8025, and the second pin of the MOS transistor 8026 are electrically connected and electrically connected to the control module 804.
下面结合图8I描述数据调制模块802在各个电路阶段的动作。The actions of the data modulation module 802 in each circuit stage are described below with reference to FIG. 8I.
在供电阶段t1,数据调制模块802可作为整流电路,对接收到的外部电力信号进行整流,产生整流后信号,滤波电路806接收到整流后信号后对整流后信号进行滤波。下面说明数据调制模块802作为整流电路的动作原理。数据阶段,MOS管8024和MOS管8025未接收到使能信号,处于断开状态,MOS管8024和MOS管8025的体二极管与二极管8021以及二极管8022一起组成全桥整流电路,对接收到的电力信号进行整流,得到整流后信号。MOS管8024的体二极管的阳极电性连接至电路节点REFD,其阴极电性连接至二极管8021的阳极。类似的,MOS管8025的体二极管的阳极电性连接至电路节点REFD,其阴极电性连接至二极管8022的阳极。In the power supply phase t1, the data modulation module 802 can be used as a rectifier circuit to rectify the received external power signal to generate a rectified signal. The filter circuit 806 filters the rectified signal after receiving the rectified signal. The operation principle of the data modulation module 802 as a rectifier circuit will be described below. In the data stage, the MOS tube 8024 and MOS tube 8025 have not received the enable signal and are in the off state. The body diodes of the MOS tube 8024 and the MOS tube 8025 together with the diode 8021 and the diode 8022 form a full-bridge rectifier circuit, which is effective for the received power The signal is rectified, and the rectified signal is obtained. The anode of the body diode of the MOS tube 8024 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, and the cathode is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 8021. Similarly, the anode of the body diode of the MOS tube 8025 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD, and the cathode is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 8022.
在功率阶段t2,MOS管8024的第三引脚和MOS管8025的第三引脚接收到控制模块804的使能信号,MOS管8024和MOS管8025闭合导通,外部电力信号可通过电力信号输入端A1、MOS管8024、MOS管8025以及调光器输出端80a形成的回路直接传输到LED灯100。In the power stage t2, the third pin of the MOS tube 8024 and the third pin of the MOS tube 8025 receive the enable signal of the control module 804, the MOS tube 8024 and the MOS tube 8025 are closed and conducted, and the external power signal can be passed through the power signal The loop formed by the input terminal A1, the MOS tube 8024, the MOS tube 8025, and the dimmer output terminal 80a is directly transmitted to the LED lamp 100.
在数据阶段t3,数据调制模块802作为调制电路将调光信号Sdim加载到电力线上。控制模块804控制MOS管8026间歇导通,配合MOS管8024和MOS管8025的动作便可以将调光信号加载到电力信号上生成调光电力信号,参考图8I的数据阶段的信号波形。本实施例中每个半波携带一组数据,一组数据至少包含一个数位信号。波形图上数据阶段t3的一个脉冲对应一个数位信号。利用多个数位信号的组合便可以组合成调光数据。所述调光数据为数字信号,可同时携带亮度和颜色信息,或者其他调光信息。In the data phase t3, the data modulation module 802 acts as a modulation circuit to load the dimming signal Sdim onto the power line. The control module 804 controls the MOS tube 8026 to turn on intermittently, and with the actions of the MOS tube 8024 and the MOS tube 8025, the dimming signal can be loaded on the power signal to generate a dimming power signal. Refer to the signal waveform of the data stage in FIG. 8I. In this embodiment, each half wave carries a group of data, and a group of data includes at least one digital signal. A pulse in the data phase t3 on the waveform diagram corresponds to a digital signal. The combination of multiple digital signals can be combined into dimming data. The dimming data is a digital signal, which can simultaneously carry brightness and color information, or other dimming information.
利用数据调制模块802中MOS管的电路特性,数据调制模块802在不同的电路阶段可以实现不同的电路功能。在供电阶段t1,数据调制模块802中的MOS管8024和8025处于关断状态,MOS管8024和8025的体二极管与二极管8021和8022一起组成全桥式整流电路,对接收的电力信号进行整流,以生成整流后信号;在功率阶段t2,数据调制模块802中的MOS管8024和8025处于导通状态,外部电力信号可直接通过由电力输入端A1、MOS管8024和8025以及调光器输出端80a构成的供电路径向LED灯100供电;在数据阶段t3,数据调制模块802中的MOS管8024和8025工作在放大区,驱动MOS管8026间歇导通,便可在电力信号上产生脉冲信号(参考图8I)。此脉冲信号的脉宽对应MOS管8026的导通时间。利用脉冲信号的特征表征数字信号的1和0,便可以将数字信号加载到电力信号上。脉冲信号的特征例如但不仅限于脉冲信号的宽度,脉冲信号的幅值等。Using the circuit characteristics of the MOS tube in the data modulation module 802, the data modulation module 802 can implement different circuit functions in different circuit stages. In the power supply phase t1, the MOS transistors 8024 and 8025 in the data modulation module 802 are in the off state. The body diodes of the MOS transistors 8024 and 8025 and the diodes 8021 and 8022 form a full-bridge rectifier circuit to rectify the received power signal. In order to generate the rectified signal; in the power stage t2, the MOS transistors 8024 and 8025 in the data modulation module 802 are in the conducting state, and the external power signal can be directly passed through the power input terminal A1, the MOS transistors 8024 and 8025 and the dimmer output terminal The power supply path formed by 80a supplies power to the LED lamp 100; in the data phase t3, the MOS tubes 8024 and 8025 in the data modulation module 802 work in the amplifying area, and the MOS tube 8026 is driven to be turned on intermittently to generate a pulse signal on the power signal ( Refer to Figure 8I). The pulse width of this pulse signal corresponds to the on-time of the MOS tube 8026. Using the characteristics of the pulse signal to characterize the 1 and 0 of the digital signal, the digital signal can be loaded on the power signal. The characteristics of the pulse signal are, for example, but not limited to, the width of the pulse signal, the amplitude of the pulse signal, and so on.
通过此种配置方式,数据调制模块802可分别在供电阶段t1、功率阶段t2和数据阶段t3中动作,实现通过一种电路配置实现多种电路功能,可极大的简化电路结构,节约成本。Through this configuration method, the data modulation module 802 can operate in the power supply phase t1, the power phase t2, and the data phase t3, respectively, so that multiple circuit functions can be realized through one circuit configuration, which can greatly simplify the circuit structure and save costs.
在其他实施例中,数据调制模块802可以只在供电阶段t1、功率阶段t2和数据阶段t3的其中一个阶段或者两个阶段中动作。In other embodiments, the data modulation module 802 may only operate in one or two of the power supply phase t1, the power phase t2, and the data phase t3.
参考图12C为本发明一实施例的滤波电路的电路结构示意图。本实施例中,滤波电路FC1 包含电容C1,电容C1的第一引脚电性连接至接线端c1和接线端d1,其第二引脚电性连接至接线端c2和接线端d2。Refer to FIG. 12C for a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a filter circuit according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the filter circuit FC1 includes a capacitor C1. The first pin of the capacitor C1 is electrically connected to the terminal c1 and the terminal d1, and the second pin of the capacitor C1 is electrically connected to the terminal c2 and the terminal d2.
图12D为本发明又一实施例的滤波电路的电路结构示意图。本实施中,滤波电路FC2包含电容C2和C3以及电感L1。电感L1的第一引脚电性连接至接线端c1,其第二接脚电性连接至接线端d1。电容C2分别电性连接至接线端c1和c2,电容C3分别电性连接至接线端d1和d2。此滤波电路FC2为π型滤波电路,对接收到的电路信号进行滤波后生成滤波会信号。FIG. 12D is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a filter circuit according to another embodiment of the present invention. In this implementation, the filter circuit FC2 includes capacitors C2 and C3 and an inductor L1. The first pin of the inductor L1 is electrically connected to the terminal c1, and the second pin of the inductor L1 is electrically connected to the terminal d1. The capacitor C2 is electrically connected to the terminals c1 and c2, and the capacitor C3 is electrically connected to the terminals d1 and d2, respectively. The filter circuit FC2 is a π-type filter circuit, which filters the received circuit signal to generate a filtered signal.
调光器80中的滤波电路806可采用图12C或12D中的滤波电路FC1或FC2。进一步的,接线端c1电性连接至二极管807的阴极,接线端c2电性连接至电路节点FEFD,接线端d1和d2分别电性连接至供电模块803。The filter circuit 806 in the dimmer 80 may use the filter circuit FC1 or FC2 in FIG. 12C or 12D. Further, the terminal c1 is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode 807, the terminal c2 is electrically connected to the circuit node FEFD, and the terminals d1 and d2 are electrically connected to the power supply module 803, respectively.
本实施例中,滤波电路FC1或FC2对接收到的电力信号进行滤波,生成滤波后信号给供电模块803使用。In this embodiment, the filter circuit FC1 or FC2 filters the received power signal, and generates the filtered signal for use by the power supply module 803.
在其他实施例中,滤波电路806可以采用其他形式的滤波电路结构,本发明不限于此。In other embodiments, the filter circuit 806 may adopt other forms of filter circuit structure, and the present invention is not limited to this.
调光器80中的供电模块803可采用图4A中所示电源转换电路71的电路结构,进一步的,电源转换电路71的输入端电性连接至滤波电路806,用以接收滤波后信号并进行电源转换,将接收到的滤波后信号转换成稳定的供电模块输出信号。The power supply module 803 in the dimmer 80 can adopt the circuit structure of the power conversion circuit 71 shown in FIG. 4A. Further, the input end of the power conversion circuit 71 is electrically connected to the filter circuit 806 for receiving the filtered signal and performing Power conversion, which converts the received filtered signal into a stable output signal of the power supply module.
本实施例中,供电模块803可采用图4B所述的降压直流转直流转换电路,对接收到的滤波后信号进行降压转换,其工作原理参考图4B的相关描述,此处不再赘述。本实施例中,供电模块803可根据具体应用采用buck电路、boost电路、和boost-buck电路中的任意一种。In this embodiment, the power supply module 803 can use the step-down DC-to-DC conversion circuit described in FIG. 4B to perform step-down conversion on the received filtered signal. For its working principle, refer to the related description in FIG. 4B, and will not be repeated here. . In this embodiment, the power supply module 803 can adopt any one of a buck circuit, a boost circuit, and a boost-buck circuit according to specific applications.
参考图12E为本发明一实施例的调光信号生成模块的电路示意图。调光信号生成模块805包含可变电阻8051、电阻8052和电容8053。可变电阻8051第一引脚电性连接至电压源V1,可变电阻8051的第二引脚连接至电路节点REFD,可变电阻8051的第三引脚连接至电阻8052的第一引脚。电容8053第一引脚电性连接至电阻8052的第二引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至电路节点REFD。调光信号生成模块805输出端805a电性连接至电阻8052的第二引脚。电压源V1用以提供一恒定的电压。改变滑动变阻器8051第三引脚的位置,第三引脚相对于电路节点REFD的电压便可以在0到V1之间变动,0到V1的电压变化对应于LED灯不同的亮度。电阻8051的第三引脚对应的电压信号即为调光信号Sdim。调光信号生成模块805输出端805a电性连接于控制模块804,将此调光信号Sdim传输给控制模块804。Refer to FIG. 12E for a schematic circuit diagram of a dimming signal generating module according to an embodiment of the present invention. The dimming signal generating module 805 includes a variable resistor 8051, a resistor 8052, and a capacitor 8053. The first pin of the variable resistor 8051 is electrically connected to the voltage source V1, the second pin of the variable resistor 8051 is connected to the circuit node REFD, and the third pin of the variable resistor 8051 is connected to the first pin of the resistor 8052. The first pin of the capacitor 8053 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 8052, and the second pin of the capacitor 8053 is electrically connected to the circuit node REFD. The output terminal 805a of the dimming signal generating module 805 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 8052. The voltage source V1 is used to provide a constant voltage. By changing the position of the third pin of the sliding rheostat 8051, the voltage of the third pin relative to the circuit node REFD can vary from 0 to V1, and the voltage change from 0 to V1 corresponds to the different brightness of the LED lamp. The voltage signal corresponding to the third pin of the resistor 8051 is the dimming signal Sdim. The output terminal 805a of the dimming signal generating module 805 is electrically connected to the control module 804, and the dimming signal Sdim is transmitted to the control module 804.
在其他实施例中,调光信号生成模块805可以包含无线遥控器和信号接收模块。无线遥控模块用于将用户设定调光信息转化为无线调光信号并发送给信号接收机模块,信号接收模块接收无线调光信号并将无线调光信号转化为调光信号Sdim,调光信号Sdim包含设定的亮度或者颜色信息。In other embodiments, the dimming signal generating module 805 may include a wireless remote control and a signal receiving module. The wireless remote control module is used to convert the user-set dimming information into a wireless dimming signal and send it to the signal receiver module. The signal receiving module receives the wireless dimming signal and converts the wireless dimming signal into a dimming signal Sdim, the dimming signal Sdim contains the set brightness or color information.
在一些实施例中,调光信号生成模块805还可以包含光线感应模块。光线感应模块用以 接收环境光线,并根据环境光线强度生成调光信号Sdim。从而实现LED灯根据环境光线自动调节亮度或者颜色的功能。In some embodiments, the dimming signal generating module 805 may also include a light sensing module. The light sensor module is used to receive ambient light and generate a dimming signal Sdim according to the intensity of the ambient light. In this way, the LED lamp can automatically adjust the brightness or color according to the ambient light.
本申请中,LED灯100在其他实施例中可以被称为LED照明装置。LED灯100可采用图6A-6B的电路架构。与之不同的是,本实施例中,LED灯100电性连接至调光器输出端80a和电力输入端A2,即第一连接端101电性连接至调光器输出端80a,第二连接端102电性连接至电力输入端A2,用以接收调光器输出的调光电力信号并将其中的调光信息解调出来进行调光。In this application, the LED lamp 100 may be referred to as an LED lighting device in other embodiments. The LED lamp 100 may adopt the circuit structure of FIGS. 6A-6B. The difference is that in this embodiment, the LED lamp 100 is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80a and the power input terminal A2, that is, the first connection terminal 101 is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80a, and the second connection The terminal 102 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A2 to receive the dimming power signal output by the dimmer and demodulate the dimming information therein for dimming.
参考图1F为本发明又一实施例的LED照明系统的功能模块示意图。LED照明系统10更包含传感器30。传感器30电性连接至调光器80和LED灯100,用以根据环境变量通断供电回路。所述供电回路为外部电力信号通过电力输入端A1、调光器80、LED灯100和电力输入端A2形成的电流通路。本实施例中环境变量可以是是否检测到人体活动、环境光线强弱等。例如当检测到人体活动时,传感器30导通所述供电回路,以点亮LED灯;当没有检测到人体活动时,传感器30断开所述供电回路,以熄灭LED灯。通过此种设置,LED照明系统10可通过检测人体活动来决定是否点亮LED灯,只在有人体活动时点亮LED灯,从而节约资源,减少浪费。1F is a schematic diagram of functional modules of an LED lighting system according to another embodiment of the present invention. The LED lighting system 10 further includes a sensor 30. The sensor 30 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 and the LED lamp 100 for turning on and off the power supply circuit according to environmental variables. The power supply circuit is a current path formed by an external power signal through the power input terminal A1, the dimmer 80, the LED lamp 100, and the power input terminal A2. The environmental variable in this embodiment may be whether human activity is detected, the intensity of the ambient light, and so on. For example, when human activity is detected, the sensor 30 turns on the power supply circuit to light the LED light; when no human activity is detected, the sensor 30 disconnects the power supply circuit to extinguish the LED light. With this arrangement, the LED lighting system 10 can determine whether to turn on the LED light by detecting human activity, and only turn on the LED light when there is human activity, thereby saving resources and reducing waste.
如图22A所示为本发明一实施例的传感器的电路架构示意图。传感器30包含传感器供电模块301,、传感器控制模块302以及开关器件303。传感器供电模块301电性连接至调光器80和电力输入端A2。开关器件303电性连接至调光器80和LED灯100,即接入所述供电回路。传感器控制模块302电性连接至传感器供电模块301和开关器件303。传感器供电模块301用以接收调光器80输出的调光电力信号并进行电源转换以生成可以供传感器控制模块302使用的低压直流电力信号。传感器控制模块302用以处理环境变量并生成控制信号以控制开关器件303的通断。FIG. 22A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention. The sensor 30 includes a sensor power supply module 301, a sensor control module 302, and a switch device 303. The sensor power supply module 301 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 and the power input terminal A2. The switching device 303 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 and the LED lamp 100, that is, it is connected to the power supply circuit. The sensor control module 302 is electrically connected to the sensor power supply module 301 and the switching device 303. The sensor power supply module 301 is used to receive the dimming power signal output by the dimmer 80 and perform power conversion to generate a low-voltage DC power signal that can be used by the sensor control module 302. The sensor control module 302 is used to process environmental variables and generate control signals to control the on and off of the switching device 303.
如图22B所示为本发明一实施例的传感器供电模块的电路结构示意图。传感器供电模块301包含电容3011、3013、全桥整流电路3012、稳压二极管3014。电容3011第一引脚电性连接至调光器80的输出端,其第二引脚电性连接至全桥整流电路3012的输入端。电力输入端A2电性连接至全桥整流电路3012的输入端。电容3013和稳压二极管3014并联并电性连接至全桥整流电路3012的输出端。传感器控制模块302电性连接至稳压二极管3014的两端。本实施例中传感器供电电路131为阻容降压电路,对接收到的调光电力信号进行降压后供传感器控制模块302使用。在其他实施例中,电容3011的两端并联一电阻(图中未绘示)用以泄放电容3011的能量,增加系统的稳定性。FIG. 22B is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor power supply module according to an embodiment of the present invention. The sensor power supply module 301 includes capacitors 3011, 3013, a full-bridge rectifier circuit 3012, and a Zener diode 3014. The first pin of the capacitor 3011 is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer 80, and the second pin of the capacitor 3011 is electrically connected to the input terminal of the full-bridge rectifier circuit 3012. The power input terminal A2 is electrically connected to the input terminal of the full-bridge rectifier circuit 3012. The capacitor 3013 and the Zener diode 3014 are connected in parallel and electrically connected to the output terminal of the full-bridge rectifier circuit 3012. The sensor control module 302 is electrically connected to the two ends of the Zener diode 3014. In this embodiment, the sensor power supply circuit 131 is a resistance-capacitance step-down circuit, which steps down the received dimming power signal for use by the sensor control module 302. In other embodiments, a resistor (not shown in the figure) is connected in parallel at both ends of the capacitor 3011 to discharge the energy of the capacitor 3011 and increase the stability of the system.
本实施例中当开关器件303闭合时,图22B的电路结构可等效为图22C所述的电路结构。参考图22C,传感器30包含电容C30和电阻R30。电容C30和电阻R30串联连接后和LED灯100并联。When the switching device 303 is closed in this embodiment, the circuit structure of FIG. 22B can be equivalent to the circuit structure of FIG. 22C. Referring to FIG. 22C, the sensor 30 includes a capacitor C30 and a resistor R30. The capacitor C30 and the resistor R30 are connected in series and connected in parallel with the LED lamp 100.
同时参考图22C和图8I,此调光电力信号为调光器80输出的信号,传感器30和LED灯100并联并电性连接至调光器80,传感器30的电路特性会对调光电力信号产生影响。传感器30包含电容C30,电容C30会对接收到的信号进行滤波,调光电力信号中包含调光信息的数据阶段t3经过电容C30滤波后,其波形将发生变化,当波形变形超过一定程度后,LED灯将无法识别调光电力信号中的调光信息,从而导致无法进行调光,整个调光系统失效。Referring to FIGS. 22C and 8I at the same time, the dimming power signal is the signal output by the dimmer 80. The sensor 30 and the LED lamp 100 are connected in parallel and electrically connected to the dimmer 80. The circuit characteristics of the sensor 30 affect the dimming power signal Make an impact. The sensor 30 includes a capacitor C30, and the capacitor C30 filters the received signal. After the data stage t3 of the dimming information contained in the dimming power signal is filtered by the capacitor C30, its waveform will change. When the waveform deformation exceeds a certain degree, The LED light will not be able to recognize the dimming information in the dimming power signal, which will result in the inability to perform dimming and the entire dimming system will fail.
如图22D为本发明另一实施例的传感器的电路架构示意图。传感器30包含整流电路306、滤波电路304、电源转换电路305、传感器控制模块302和开关器件303。整流电路306电性连接至调光器80和电力输入端A2。滤波电路304电性连接至整流电路306。电源转换电路电性连接至滤波电路304。传感器控制模块302电性连接至电源转换电路305和开关器件303的控制引脚。开关器件303的第一引脚电性连接至调光器80的输出端,其第二引脚电性连接至LED灯。整流电路306用以对接收到的调光电力信号进行整流以生成直流信号。滤波电路304用以接收整流后的直流信号并进行滤波以生成平滑的直流信号。电源转换电路305用以对平滑的直流信号进行电源转换以生成低压直流信号供传感器控制模块302使用。传感器控制模块302用以处理环境变量并生成控制信号以控制开关器件303的通断。FIG. 22D is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a sensor according to another embodiment of the present invention. The sensor 30 includes a rectifier circuit 306, a filter circuit 304, a power conversion circuit 305, a sensor control module 302, and a switching device 303. The rectifier circuit 306 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 and the power input terminal A2. The filter circuit 304 is electrically connected to the rectifier circuit 306. The power conversion circuit is electrically connected to the filter circuit 304. The sensor control module 302 is electrically connected to the power conversion circuit 305 and the control pins of the switching device 303. The first pin of the switch device 303 is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer 80, and the second pin is electrically connected to the LED lamp. The rectifier circuit 306 is used to rectify the received dimming power signal to generate a DC signal. The filter circuit 304 is used to receive the rectified DC signal and perform filtering to generate a smooth DC signal. The power conversion circuit 305 is used for power conversion of the smooth DC signal to generate a low voltage DC signal for the sensor control module 302 to use. The sensor control module 302 is used to process environmental variables and generate control signals to control the on and off of the switching device 303.
本实施例中的整流电路306可以采用图12A或12B的电路架构,本处不在赘述。本实施例中的滤波电路304可以采用图12C或12D所述滤波电路的电路结构,本发明不以此为限。本实施例的电源转换电路305的具体配置可以参考图4A和图4B的电路结构,于此不再重复赘述。The rectifier circuit 306 in this embodiment may adopt the circuit structure of FIG. 12A or 12B, which will not be repeated here. The filter circuit 304 in this embodiment may adopt the circuit structure of the filter circuit described in FIG. 12C or 12D, and the present invention is not limited thereto. For the specific configuration of the power conversion circuit 305 in this embodiment, reference may be made to the circuit structure of FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B, which will not be repeated here.
本实施例中传感器30的电路架构与图22A所示的实施例中传感器30的电路架构类似,与之不同的是,图22A所示的实施例中传感器供电模块301使用的阻容降压的电路结构对传感器30进行供电,而本实施例中使用整流滤波和电源转换的电路结构对传感器30进行供电。如前述实施例所述,阻容降压的电路结构会对调光电力信号产生影响以致调光系统无法正常使用。本实施中使用整流电路306对电路进行隔离,整流电路306之后的电路(包含滤波电路304、电源转换电路305和传感器控制模块302)中包含的容性器件不会对调光电力信号产生干扰从而保证调光电力信号可以正常被LED灯识别进行调光。The circuit architecture of the sensor 30 in this embodiment is similar to the circuit architecture of the sensor 30 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 22A. The difference is that the sensor power supply module 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. The circuit structure supplies power to the sensor 30, and in this embodiment, a circuit structure of rectification, filtering and power conversion is used to supply power to the sensor 30. As described in the foregoing embodiments, the RC step-down circuit structure will affect the dimming power signal, so that the dimming system cannot be used normally. In this implementation, the rectifier circuit 306 is used to isolate the circuit. The capacitive devices included in the circuit after the rectifier circuit 306 (including the filter circuit 304, the power conversion circuit 305, and the sensor control module 302) will not interfere with the dimming power signal. Ensure that the dimming power signal can be recognized by the LED lights for dimming.
具体而言,通过调整输入电源Pin的信号特征来实现调光控制有多种可能的实施方式。一般常规的实施方式为通过调整输入电源Pin的导通角来调变输入电源Pin的有效值(RMS),进而调整驱动电源Sdrv的大小。Specifically, there are many possible implementations for realizing dimming control by adjusting the signal characteristics of the input power Pin. A general conventional implementation is to adjust the effective value (RMS) of the input power Pin by adjusting the conduction angle of the input power Pin, and then adjust the size of the driving power Sdrv.
底下以图1A和图8C说明上述常规的调光控制方法及相应的电路操作,其中图8C是一种LED照明系统的调光波形示意图。请同时参照图1A和图8C,在本实施例中,外部电网EP是以提供交流电源作为输入电源Pin为例,并且在图8C中是绘示振幅为VPK的输入电源Pin的半周期电压波形作为范例来说明。在图8C中,由上至下依序是发光亮度Lux为最高亮度Lmax、 发光亮度Lux为最高亮度Lmax的50%以及发光亮度Lux为最高亮度Lmax的17%等三个不同调光控制态样下的电压波形WF1、WF2和WF3。其中,调光器80可通过控制串接在母线上的可控电子元件的导通或关断状态来调整输入电源Pin的相切角/导通角。举例来说,若要以90度的相切角调变输入电源Pin,调光器80可在输入电源Pin的1/4周期内关断可控电子元件,并且在半周期的剩馀期间内将可控电子元件维持导通。如此便可使输入电源Pin的电压波形在相位0到90度的期间内为零,并且在相位90度至180度的期间内重新形成弦波的波形(以前沿相切为例,但不仅限于此)。其中,经相切后的输入电源Pin即为导通角为90度的输入电源Pin_C。采用其他相切角调变输入电源Pin的原理与上述类似。1A and 8C are used to illustrate the conventional dimming control method and the corresponding circuit operation, in which Fig. 8C is a schematic diagram of a dimming waveform of an LED lighting system. 1A and 8C at the same time, in this embodiment, the external power grid EP is to provide AC power as the input power Pin as an example, and in Figure 8C is the half-cycle voltage waveform of the input power Pin with the amplitude of VPK is shown As an example to illustrate. In Fig. 8C, from top to bottom, there are three different dimming control modes: the luminous brightness Lux is the highest brightness Lmax, the luminous brightness Lux is 50% of the highest brightness Lmax, and the luminous brightness Lux is 17% of the highest brightness Lmax. The following voltage waveforms WF1, WF2, and WF3. Among them, the dimmer 80 can adjust the tangent angle/conduction angle of the input power Pin by controlling the on or off state of the controllable electronic components connected in series on the bus. For example, if the input power Pin is to be modulated with a phase cut angle of 90 degrees, the dimmer 80 can turn off the controllable electronic components within 1/4 cycle of the input power Pin, and during the remaining period of the half cycle Keep the controllable electronic components turned on. In this way, the voltage waveform of the input power Pin can be zero during the period from 0 to 90 degrees, and the sine wave waveform is re-formed during the period from 90 degrees to 180 degrees (take the leading edge tangent as an example, but it is not limited to this). Among them, the input power Pin after the phase cut is the input power Pin_C with a conduction angle of 90 degrees. The principle of using other phase cut angle to modulate the input power Pin is similar to the above.
先从电压波形WF1来看,当调光器80响应于调光信号Sdim而以0度的相切角调变输入电源Pin时(亦即输入电源Pin的导通角为180度),此时调光器80会直接将输入电源Pin提供给LED照明装置100,亦即此时输入电源Pin等于输入电源Pin_C。在此情形下,输入电源Pin_C的有效值为Vrms1,电源模块PM会基于有效值为Vrms1的输入电源Pin_C产生相应的驱动电源Sdrv来驱动LED模块LM,使得LED模块LM的发光亮度Lux为最高亮度Lmax。Looking at the voltage waveform WF1 first, when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with a phase cut angle of 0 degrees in response to the dimming signal Sdim (that is, the conduction angle of the input power Pin is 180 degrees), at this time The dimmer 80 directly provides the input power Pin to the LED lighting device 100, that is, the input power Pin is equal to the input power Pin_C at this time. In this case, the effective value of the input power Pin_C is Vrms1, and the power module PM will generate the corresponding drive power Sdrv based on the input power Pin_C with the effective value of Vrms1 to drive the LED module LM, so that the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM is the highest brightness Lmax.
从电压波形WF2来看,当调光器80响应于调光信号Sdim而以90度的相切角调变输入电源Pin时(亦即输入电源Pin的导通角为90度),此时调光器80会在输入电源Pin相位为0度至90度的期间断开母线,并且在相位为90度至180度的期间导通母线。在此情形下,输入电源Pin_C的有效值为Vrms2,其中Vrms2小于Vrms1,并且使得发光亮度Lux等于最高亮度Lmax的50%。From the perspective of the voltage waveform WF2, when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with a phase cut angle of 90 degrees in response to the dimming signal Sdim (that is, the conduction angle of the input power Pin is 90 degrees), the adjustment is now The optical device 80 disconnects the bus bar when the phase of the input power Pin is 0 to 90 degrees, and turns on the bus bar when the phase is 90 to 180 degrees. In this case, the effective value of the input power Pin_C is Vrms2, where Vrms2 is less than Vrms1, and the luminous brightness Lux is equal to 50% of the highest brightness Lmax.
从电压波形WF3来看,当调光器80响应于调光信号而以90度的相切角调变输入电源Pin时(亦即输入电源Pin的导通角为30度),此时调光器80会在输入电源Pin相位为0度至150度的期间断开母线,并且在相位为150度至180度的期间导通母线。在此情形下,输入电源Pin_C的有效值为Vrms3,其中Vrms3小于Vrms2,并且使得发光亮度Lux等于最高亮度Lmax的17%。From the perspective of the voltage waveform WF3, when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with a phase cut angle of 90 degrees in response to the dimming signal (that is, the conduction angle of the input power Pin is 30 degrees), then the dimming The device 80 disconnects the bus bar when the phase of the input power Pin is from 0 degrees to 150 degrees, and turns on the bus bar when the phase is from 150 degrees to 180 degrees. In this case, the effective value of the input power Pin_C is Vrms3, where Vrms3 is less than Vrms2, and the luminous brightness Lux is equal to 17% of the highest brightness Lmax.
根据上述的调光控制方法,调光器80可以通过调变输入电源Pin的相切角/导通角,使得输入电源Pin_C的有效值(如Vrms1、Vrms2、Vrms3)产生相应的变化,其中所述输入电源Pin_C的有效值变化基本上与输入电源Pin_C的导通角变化呈正相关,亦即输入电源Pin_C的导通角越大,输入电源Pin_C的有效值也越大。换言之,所述输入电源Pin_C的有效值变化基本上与输入电源Pin_C的相切角呈负相关。总的来说,以上所述的常规调光控制方式实际上是通过调变输入电源的有效值的方式来实现调光的功能。此调光方式的好处在于因为驱动电源Sdrv会直接地反应输入电源Pin_C的有效值而有相应的变化,因此LED照明装置100无须更动硬件配置,仅需在系统中加上调光器80即可实现调光功能。According to the above-mentioned dimming control method, the dimmer 80 can adjust the phase cut/conduction angle of the input power Pin, so that the effective value of the input power Pin_C (such as Vrms1, Vrms2, Vrms3) changes accordingly. The change in the effective value of the input power supply Pin_C is basically positively correlated with the change in the conduction angle of the input power supply Pin_C, that is, the larger the conduction angle of the input power supply Pin_C, the greater the effective value of the input power supply Pin_C. In other words, the change in the effective value of the input power Pin_C is basically negatively correlated with the tangent angle of the input power Pin_C. In general, the conventional dimming control method described above actually implements the dimming function by modulating the effective value of the input power. The advantage of this dimming method is that because the driving power Sdrv will directly reflect the effective value of the input power Pin_C and change accordingly, the LED lighting device 100 does not need to change the hardware configuration, and only needs to add a dimmer 80 to the system. Can realize dimming function.
更具体的说,在此调光方式下,为了让输入电源Pin的有效值具有足够幅度的变化,以 致令发光亮度得以有相应幅度的改变,在调光器80控制相切角/导通角以调变输入电源Pin的有效值时,势必也需要有较大相位调整范围,例如通常会在相位0度至180度之间进行调光。然而,当调变电源Pin_C的导通角小到一定程度时,电源模块PM的谐波失真(total harmonic distortion,THD)和功率因素(power factor,PF)特性即会显著的受到影响,从而使电源转换效率大幅的降低,并且还有可能造成LED模块LM发光闪烁的问题。换言之,在此种调光方式底下,电源模块PM的效率受到调光器80所限制而难以提升。More specifically, in this dimming mode, in order to allow the effective value of the input power Pin to have a sufficient amplitude change, so that the luminous brightness can be changed by a corresponding amplitude, the dimmer 80 controls the phase cut angle/conduction angle When modulating the effective value of the input power Pin, a larger phase adjustment range is inevitably required. For example, dimming is usually performed between 0 degrees and 180 degrees. However, when the conduction angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C is small to a certain extent, the total harmonic distortion (THD) and power factor (PF) characteristics of the power module PM will be significantly affected, thereby causing The power conversion efficiency is greatly reduced, and it may also cause the problem of flickering of the LED module LM. In other words, under this dimming method, the efficiency of the power module PM is limited by the dimmer 80 and it is difficult to improve.
另一方面,由于调变电源Pin_C的有效值会受到振幅V
PK大小的直接影响,因此应用上述调光方式的调光器80无法兼容地适用于各种不同的电网电压规格(例如120V、230V或277V的交流电压)的环境下。设计者需因应LED照明系统10的应用环境来对应的调整调光器80的参数或硬件设计,如此会造成产品整体的生产成本提升。
On the other hand, since the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C will be directly affected by the magnitude of the amplitude V PK , the dimmer 80 using the above-mentioned dimming method is not compatible with various grid voltage specifications (such as 120V, 230V). Or 277V AC voltage) environment. The designer needs to adjust the parameters or hardware design of the dimmer 80 according to the application environment of the LED lighting system 10, which will increase the overall production cost of the product.
因应上述问题,本揭露提出一种新的调光控制方式及应用其之LED照明系统和LED照明装置,其可将输入电源Pin的相切角/导通角变化作为调变信号,通过解调所述调变信号来获取实际的调光信息,并据以控制电源模块PM产生驱动电源Sdrv的电路操作。由于相切角/导通角的变化仅是为了要承载与调光信号DIM相应的调光信息,而并非要直接调整调变电源Pin_C的有效值,因此调光器80可以在较小的相位区间内调整输入电源Pin的相切角/导通角,使得经处理后的调变电源Pin_C的有效值不会与外部电网EP提供的输入电源Pin有太大的落差。藉此调光控制方式,不论在什么亮度状态底下,调变电源Pin_C的导通角皆会与输入电源Pin近似,因此可以使得THD和PF特性能够被维持。这也就意味著电源模块PM的转换效率不会受到调光器80所抑制。底下就本揭露所教示的调光控制方法及相应的LED照明装置的架构和运作做进一步的说明。In response to the above-mentioned problems, this disclosure proposes a new dimming control method and its LED lighting system and LED lighting device, which can use the change of the phase angle/conduction angle of the input power Pin as a modulated signal, which can be demodulated The modulation signal is used to obtain the actual dimming information, and accordingly, the power module PM is controlled to generate the circuit operation of the driving power Sdrv. Since the change of the tangent angle/conduction angle is only to carry the dimming information corresponding to the dimming signal DIM, instead of directly adjusting the effective value of the modulating power Pin_C, the dimmer 80 can be used in a smaller phase. The tangent angle/conduction angle of the input power Pin is adjusted within the interval, so that the effective value of the processed modulated power Pin_C will not be too far from the input power Pin provided by the external power grid EP. With this dimming control method, the conduction angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C is similar to the input power supply Pin regardless of the brightness state, so that the THD and PF characteristics can be maintained. This means that the conversion efficiency of the power module PM will not be suppressed by the dimmer 80. The following is a further description of the dimming control method taught in this disclosure and the structure and operation of the corresponding LED lighting device.
请一并参照图6A和图8D至图8G,在本实施例中,调光器可例如是在调光相位区间D_ITV内调变输入电源Pin的相切角。在图8D中,由上至下依序是示意调光相位区间D_ITV的电压波形WF4、发光亮度Lux为最高亮度Lmax时的电压波形WF5以及发光亮度Lux为最低亮度Lmin时的电压波形WF6。Please refer to FIGS. 6A and 8D to 8G together. In this embodiment, the dimmer may, for example, modulate the tangent angle of the input power Pin in the dimming phase interval D_ITV. In FIG. 8D, from top to bottom, the voltage waveform WF4 of the dimming phase interval D_ITV, the voltage waveform WF5 when the luminous brightness Lux is the highest brightness Lmax, and the voltage waveform WF6 when the luminous brightness Lux is the lowest brightness Lmin are shown in order from top to bottom.
先从电压波形WF4来看,调光相位区间D_ITV是由下限相切角C1和上限相切角C2之间的相位区间所组成,所述下限相切角C1可例如是0度至15度区间内的任一数值(如1、2、3…以此类推),但本揭露不仅限于此。另外,所述上限相切角C2可例如是20度至45度区间内的任一数值(如21、22、23…以此类推),但本揭露不仅限于此。换言之,所述调光相位区间D_ITV可例如为0度至45度的相位区间、5度至45度的相位区间、5度至20度的相位区间、15度至20度的相位区间或15度至45度的相位区间等等,其可视设计需求而选用。在本揭露中,上限相切角C2的选择主要基于两个原则:第一、令调光相位区间D_ITV的宽度 在映射时可具有足够的分辨率;第二、在调光器将调变电源Pin_C的相切角调整至上限相切角C2时,电源模块PM的THD和PF特性仍可被维持(例如不低于以下限相切角C1调光时的THD和PF的80%,较佳为使THD小于25%及/或使PF大于0.9)。从电压波形WF5来看,当调光器80响应于调光信号Sdim而以相切角C1调变输入电源Pin时(亦即输入电源Pin的导通角为180-C1度),此时调光器80会在输入电源Pin相位为0度至C1的期间断开母线,并且在相位为C1至180度的期间导通母线。在此情形下,解调模块240会根据相切角为C1的调变电源Pin_C产生指示将发光亮度Lux调整至最高亮度Lmax的调光控制信号Sdc。切换控制电路331会以调光控制信号Sdc作为控制功率开关PSW切换的参考,进而令转换电路132产生相应的驱动电源Sdrv来驱动LED模块LM,并使LED模块LM的发光亮度Lux维持在最高亮度Lmax。Looking at the voltage waveform WF4 first, the dimming phase interval D_ITV is composed of the phase interval between the lower limit tangent angle C1 and the upper limit tangent angle C2. The lower limit tangent angle C1 may be, for example, an interval of 0 degrees to 15 degrees. Any value within (such as 1, 2, 3... and so on), but this disclosure is not limited to this. In addition, the upper limit tangent angle C2 can be, for example, any value in the interval of 20 degrees to 45 degrees (such as 21, 22, 23... and so on), but the present disclosure is not limited to this. In other words, the dimming phase interval D_ITV may be, for example, a phase interval of 0 degrees to 45 degrees, a phase interval of 5 degrees to 45 degrees, a phase interval of 5 degrees to 20 degrees, a phase interval of 15 degrees to 20 degrees, or 15 degrees. The phase interval to 45 degrees, etc., can be selected according to design requirements. In this disclosure, the choice of the upper limit tangent angle C2 is mainly based on two principles: first, the width of the dimming phase interval D_ITV can have sufficient resolution during mapping; second, the dimmer will modulate the power supply When the tangent angle of Pin_C is adjusted to the upper tangent angle C2, the THD and PF characteristics of the power module PM can still be maintained (for example, not less than 80% of the THD and PF during dimming at the lower limit tangent angle C1, preferably To make THD less than 25% and/or make PF greater than 0.9). From the perspective of the voltage waveform WF5, when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with the phase cut angle C1 in response to the dimming signal Sdim (that is, the conduction angle of the input power Pin is 180-C1 degrees), the adjustment is now The optical device 80 disconnects the bus bar during the period when the phase of the input power Pin is 0 to C1, and conducts the bus bar during the period from C1 to 180 degrees. In this case, the demodulation module 240 generates a dimming control signal Sdc instructing to adjust the luminous brightness Lux to the highest brightness Lmax according to the modulated power Pin_C with a phase cut angle of C1. The switching control circuit 331 uses the dimming control signal Sdc as a reference for controlling the switching of the power switch PSW, and then causes the conversion circuit 132 to generate a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and maintain the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM at the highest brightness Lmax.
从电压波形WF6来看,当调光器80响应于调光信号而以相切角C2调变输入电源Pin时(亦即输入电源Pin的导通角为180-C2度),此时调光器80会在输入电源Pin相位为0度至C2的期间断开母线,并且在相位为150度至180度的期间导通母线。在此情形下,解调模块140会根据相切角为C2的调变电源Pin_C产生指示将发光亮度Lux调整至最低亮度Lmin的调光控制信号Sdc。切换控制电路331会以调光控制信号Sdc作为控制功率开关PSW切换的参考,进而令转换电路132产生相应的驱动电源Sdrv来驱动LED模块LM,并使LED模块LM的发光亮度Lux降至最低亮度Lmin。在本实施例中,所述最低亮度Lmin可例如为最高亮度Lmax的10%。From the perspective of the voltage waveform WF6, when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with a phase cut angle C2 in response to the dimming signal (that is, the conduction angle of the input power Pin is 180-C2 degrees), then the dimming The device 80 will disconnect the bus during the period when the phase of the input power Pin is 0° to C2, and turn on the bus during the period when the phase is 150° to 180°. In this case, the demodulation module 140 generates a dimming control signal Sdc instructing to adjust the luminous brightness Lux to the lowest brightness Lmin according to the modulated power Pin_C with a phase cut angle of C2. The switching control circuit 331 uses the dimming control signal Sdc as a reference for controlling the switching of the power switch PSW, and then causes the conversion circuit 132 to generate a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and reduce the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM to the lowest brightness. Lmin. In this embodiment, the minimum brightness Lmin may be, for example, 10% of the maximum brightness Lmax.
本实施例虽然同样是采用调变相切角/导通角的方式来实现调光控制,但由于本实施例仅是将调变电源Pin_C的相切角/导通角变化作为一个指示调光信息的参考信号,而并非是要使调变电源Pin_C的有效值变化能直接被反映在发光亮度变化上,因此在本实施例的调光控制方法下,选用的调光相位区间D_ITV会明显的小于在图8C的调光控制方法下的调光相位区间。从另一个角度来说,在本实施例的调光控制方法下,无论调光器采用调光相位区间内的任一相切角来调变输入电源Pin,所产生出的调变电源Pin_C的有效值皆不会有太大差异。举例来说,在一些实施例中,基于上限相切角C2调变产生的调变电源Pin_C的有效值(如电压波形WF6下的有效值)不会低于基于下限相切角C1调变产生的调变电源Pin_C的有效值(如电压波形WF5下的有效值)超过50%。Although this embodiment also adopts the method of modulating the phase cut angle/conduction angle to achieve dimming control, since this embodiment only uses the phase cut angle/conduction angle change of the modulated power supply Pin_C as an indicator dimming information The reference signal is not to make the change of the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C be directly reflected in the change of the luminous brightness. Therefore, in the dimming control method of this embodiment, the selected dimming phase interval D_ITV will be significantly smaller than The dimming phase interval under the dimming control method of FIG. 8C. From another perspective, in the dimming control method of this embodiment, regardless of whether the dimmer uses any phase cut angle in the dimming phase interval to modulate the input power Pin, the resulting modulated power Pin_C is There will not be much difference between the effective values. For example, in some embodiments, the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C (such as the effective value under the voltage waveform WF6) generated based on the upper limit phase cut angle C2 modulation will not be lower than that generated based on the lower limit phase cut angle C1 modulation. The effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C (such as the effective value under the voltage waveform WF5) exceeds 50%.
从另一个角度来说,前述一般常规的实施方式中,由于LED模块的发光亮度调变后直接相关于调变电源Pin_C的有效值,因此,在一般常规的实施方式中,调变电源Pin_C的有效值范围比与LED模块的亮度范围比大致上相同。此处所述有效值范围比的定义是调变电源Pin_C的有效值的最大值与最小值的比值,所述亮度范围比的定义是所述LED模块的发光亮度的最大值与最小值的比值。相对来说,根据本揭露,如前所述,调变电源Pin_C的有效值范围比与LED模块的亮度范围比可以不相关,在一些优选的实施例中,调变电源Pin_C的有 效值范围比可以小于所述LED模块的亮度范围比,在一些优选的实施例中,调变后输入电源的有效值范围Pin_C比小于等于2,以及所述LED模块的亮度范围比大于等于10。From another point of view, in the aforementioned general and conventional implementation, since the luminous brightness of the LED module is adjusted directly related to the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C, therefore, in the general and conventional implementation, the modulation of the power supply Pin_C is The effective value range ratio is approximately the same as the brightness range ratio of the LED module. The definition of the effective value range ratio here is the ratio of the maximum value to the minimum value of the effective value of the modulated power supply Pin_C, and the definition of the brightness range ratio is the ratio of the maximum value to the minimum value of the luminous brightness of the LED module . In contrast, according to the present disclosure, as mentioned above, the effective value range ratio of the modulated power supply Pin_C may not be related to the brightness range ratio of the LED module. In some preferred embodiments, the effective value range ratio of the modulated power supply Pin_C is It may be smaller than the brightness range ratio of the LED module. In some preferred embodiments, the effective value range Pin_C ratio of the input power after modulation is less than or equal to 2, and the brightness range ratio of the LED module is greater than or equal to 10.
需说明的是,上述LED模块LM的发光亮度Lux相对于相切角变化的相关性仅为举例而非限制,举例而言,在其他实施例中,所述LED模块的亮度可以是负相关于所述调变电源Pin_C的相切角。It should be noted that the correlation of the luminance Lux of the LED module LM with respect to the change of the tangent angle is only an example and not a limitation. For example, in other embodiments, the luminance of the LED module may be negatively correlated with The tangent angle of the power supply Pin_C is modulated.
请参照图8E,在本实施例中,从电压波形WF7来看,当调光器80响应于调光信号Sdim而以相切角C1调变输入电源Pin时(亦即输入电源Pin的导通角为180-C1度),此时调光器80会在输入电源Pin相位为0度至C1的期间断开母线,并且在相位为C1至180度的期间导通母线。在此情形下,解调模块140会根据相切角为C1的调变电源Pin_C产生指示将发光亮度Lux调整至最低亮度Lmin的调光控制信号Sdc。切换控制电路131会以调光控制信号Sdc作为控制功率开关PSW切换的参考,进而令转换电路132产生相应的驱动电源Sdrv来驱动LED模块LM,并使LED模块LM的发光亮度Lux维持在最低亮度Lmin。Referring to FIG. 8E, in this embodiment, from the voltage waveform WF7, when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with a phase cut angle C1 in response to the dimming signal Sdim (that is, when the input power Pin is turned on) The angle is 180-C1 degrees). At this time, the dimmer 80 will disconnect the bus bar when the phase of the input power Pin is 0 degrees to C1, and turn on the bus bar when the phase is C1 to 180 degrees. In this case, the demodulation module 140 generates a dimming control signal Sdc that instructs to adjust the luminous brightness Lux to the lowest brightness Lmin according to the modulated power Pin_C with a phase cut angle of C1. The switching control circuit 131 uses the dimming control signal Sdc as a reference for controlling the switching of the power switch PSW, and then causes the conversion circuit 132 to generate a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and maintain the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM at the lowest brightness. Lmin.
从电压波形WF8来看,当调光器80响应于调光信号而以相切角C2调变输入电源Pin时(亦即输入电源Pin的导通角为180-C2度),此时调光器80会在输入电源Pin相位为0度至C2的期间断开母线,并且在相位为150度至180度的期间导通母线。在此情形下,解调模块140会根据相切角为C2的调变电源Pin_C产生指示将发光亮度Lux调整至最高亮度Lmax的调光控制信号Sdc。切换控制电路131会以调光控制信号Sdc作为控制功率开关PSW切换的参考,进而令转换电路132产生相应的驱动电源Sdrv来驱动LED模块LM,并使LED模块LM的发光亮度Lux降至最高亮度Lmax。附带说明的是,图8D与图8E的实施例中,相切角C2大于相切角C1。From the perspective of the voltage waveform WF8, when the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin with a phase cut angle C2 in response to the dimming signal (that is, the conduction angle of the input power Pin is 180-C2 degrees), then the dimming The device 80 will disconnect the bus during the period when the phase of the input power Pin is 0° to C2, and turn on the bus during the period when the phase is 150° to 180°. In this case, the demodulation module 140 generates a dimming control signal Sdc instructing to adjust the luminous brightness Lux to the highest brightness Lmax according to the modulated power Pin_C with a phase cut angle of C2. The switching control circuit 131 uses the dimming control signal Sdc as a reference for controlling the switching of the power switch PSW, and then causes the conversion circuit 132 to generate a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and reduce the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM to the highest brightness Lmax. Incidentally, in the embodiments of FIG. 8D and FIG. 8E, the tangent angle C2 is greater than the tangent angle C1.
底下以图8F和图8G来进一步说明解调模块240在不同实施例中的具体电路动作及信号产生机制。其中,图8F和图8G分别是本揭露不同实施例的切相角、解调信号及LED模块亮度的对应关系示意图。Below, FIG. 8F and FIG. 8G are used to further illustrate the specific circuit actions and signal generation mechanism of the demodulation module 240 in different embodiments. 8F and 8G are respectively schematic diagrams of the corresponding relationship between the phase cut angle, the demodulation signal, and the brightness of the LED module in different embodiments of the present disclosure.
请先搭配参照图6A、图8F和图8G,本实施例的解调电路140是采用类似模拟电路的信号处理手段来实现调光信息的撷取与转换。由图8F可以看出,调变电源Pin_C的相切角ANG_pc在C1和C2的区间内被调整时,调光控制信号Sdc的电平会对应的在V1和V2的区间内变化。换言之,调变电源Pin_C的相切角ANG_pc在调光相位区间内会与调光控制信号Sdc的电平呈正相关的线性关系。从解调模块140的运作角度来看,当解调模块140判断调变电源Pin_C的相切角为C1时,其即会对应的产生电平为V1的调光控制信号Sdc;类似地,当解调模块140判断调变电源Pin_C的相切角为C2时,其即会对应的产生电平为D2的调光控制信号Sdc。Please refer to FIG. 6A, FIG. 8F and FIG. 8G together. The demodulation circuit 140 of this embodiment adopts a signal processing method similar to an analog circuit to realize the acquisition and conversion of dimming information. It can be seen from FIG. 8F that when the tangent angle ANG_pc of the modulating power supply Pin_C is adjusted in the interval between C1 and C2, the level of the dimming control signal Sdc will correspondingly change in the interval between V1 and V2. In other words, the phase cut angle ANG_pc of the modulated power supply Pin_C will have a positive linear relationship with the level of the dimming control signal Sdc in the dimming phase interval. From the perspective of the operation of the demodulation module 140, when the demodulation module 140 determines that the phase cut angle of the modulated power Pin_C is C1, it will correspondingly generate a dimming control signal Sdc with a level of V1; similarly, when When the demodulation module 140 determines that the phase cut angle of the modulated power Pin_C is C2, it will correspondingly generate a dimming control signal Sdc with a level of D2.
接著,与相切角ANG_pc呈正相关的调光控制信号Sdc被给到切换控制电路131,使得转换电路132产生相应的驱动电源Sdrv来驱动LED模块LM,并使LED模块LM具有相应的发光 亮度Lux。在一些实施例中,LED模块LM的发光亮度Lux会与调光控制信号Sdc的电平呈负相关的线性关系。如图8F所示,当切换控制电路131接收到的调光控制信号Sdc为位于电平V1和电平V2之间的电平Va时,切换控制电路331会相应的调整点亮控制信号Slc,使得LED模块LM经驱动电源Sdrv的驱动后以亮度La发光。其中,亮度La与电平Va呈反比关系,并且可以用La=(Lmax-Lmin)/(V2-V1)*(V2-Va)+Lmin表示,但本揭露不仅限于此。Then, the dimming control signal Sdc that is positively related to the tangent angle ANG_pc is given to the switching control circuit 131, so that the switching circuit 132 generates a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and makes the LED module LM have a corresponding luminous brightness Lux . In some embodiments, the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM has a negative linear relationship with the level of the dimming control signal Sdc. As shown in FIG. 8F, when the dimming control signal Sdc received by the switching control circuit 131 is at a level Va between the level V1 and the level V2, the switching control circuit 331 will adjust the lighting control signal Slc accordingly, The LED module LM is driven by the driving power supply Sdrv to emit light with the brightness La. Wherein, the brightness La and the level Va have an inverse relationship, and can be represented by La=(Lmax-Lmin)/(V2-V1)*(V2-Va)+Lmin, but the present disclosure is not limited to this.
值得注意的是,以上所述产生调光控制信号Sdc和发光亮度Lux的机制皆只是在说明本揭露的解调模块140将调变电源Pin_C的信号特征(如相切角)撷取出并转换/映射为调光控制信号Sdc,使得驱动电路130可基于此调光控制信号Sdc来调整LED模块LM的发光亮度Lux的一种类似于模拟电路的信号转换的实施方式,但其并非用于限制本揭露的范围。在一些实施例中,图8F所示的相切角ANG_pc和调光控制信号Sdc的对应关系也可以是非线性关系。例如,相切角ANG_pc和调光控制信号Sdc是呈指数形式的对应关系。类似地,图8F所示的调光控制信号Sdc和发光亮度Lux的对应关系同样也可以是非线性关系,本揭露不以此为限。此外,在一些实施例中,相切角ANG_pc和调光控制信号Sdc的电平也可以是負相关。在一些实施例中,亮度La与电平Va也可以呈正相关。It is worth noting that the above-mentioned mechanism for generating the dimming control signal Sdc and the luminous brightness Lux is just to explain that the demodulation module 140 of the present disclosure extracts and converts the signal characteristics (such as the phase tangent angle) of the modulated power supply Pin_C. It is mapped to the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the driving circuit 130 can adjust the luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM based on the dimming control signal Sdc, which is similar to the signal conversion implementation of the analog circuit, but it is not used to limit the present invention. The scope of disclosure. In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship between the tangent angle ANG_pc and the dimming control signal Sdc shown in FIG. 8F may also be a non-linear relationship. For example, the tangent angle ANG_pc and the dimming control signal Sdc have an exponential correspondence. Similarly, the corresponding relationship between the dimming control signal Sdc and the luminous brightness Lux shown in FIG. 8F may also be a non-linear relationship, and the present disclosure is not limited to this. In addition, in some embodiments, the phase cut angle ANG_pc and the level of the dimming control signal Sdc may also be negatively correlated. In some embodiments, the brightness La and the level Va may also have a positive correlation.
请搭配参照图6A和图8G,本实施例的解调模块140是采用类似数字电路的信号处理手段来实现调光信息的撷取与转换,具体而言,调变电源Pin_C的相切角於默认的区间内被调整时,调光控制信号会对应于相切角的变化而具有默认数量个不同的信号状态,以对应控制所述LED模块调光于默认数量个调光水平。进一步举例来说,由图8G可以看出,调变电源Pin_C的相切角ANG_pc在C1和C2的区间内被调整时,调光控制信号Sdc会对应于相切角ANG_pc的变化而具有D1至D8等8个不同的信号状态。换言之,调变电源Pin_C的相切角ANG_pc在调光相位区间内会被切分为8个子区间,并且每个子区间会对应至调光控制信号Sdc的一个信号状态D1-D8。在一些实施例中,所述信号状态可以用电平高低指示;例如状态D1的调光控制信号Sdc对应1V的电平,状态D8的调光控制信号Sdc对应5V的电平。在一些实施例中,所述信号状态可以用多位元的逻辑电平指示;例如状态D1的调光控制信号Sdc对应“000”的逻辑电平,状态D8的调光控制信号Sdc对应“111”的逻辑电平。6A and 8G, the demodulation module 140 of this embodiment adopts a signal processing method similar to a digital circuit to achieve the acquisition and conversion of dimming information. Specifically, the phase tangent angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C is When adjusted within the default interval, the dimming control signal will have a default number of different signal states corresponding to the change of the tangent angle, so as to correspondingly control the LED module dimming to the default number of dimming levels. For further example, it can be seen from FIG. 8G that when the phase tangent angle ANG_pc of the modulated power supply Pin_C is adjusted in the interval between C1 and C2, the dimming control signal Sdc will correspond to the change of the phase tangent angle ANG_pc and have D1 to 8 different signal states such as D8. In other words, the phase cut angle ANG_pc of the modulated power supply Pin_C is divided into 8 sub-intervals in the dimming phase interval, and each sub-interval corresponds to a signal state D1-D8 of the dimming control signal Sdc. In some embodiments, the signal state may be indicated by a level; for example, the dimming control signal Sdc in the state D1 corresponds to a level of 1V, and the dimming control signal Sdc in the state D8 corresponds to a level of 5V. In some embodiments, the signal state can be indicated by a multi-bit logic level; for example, the dimming control signal Sdc in state D1 corresponds to a logic level of "000", and the dimming control signal Sdc in state D8 corresponds to "111". "Logic level.
接著,带有信号状态D1-D8的调光控制信号Sdc被给到切换控制电路131,使得转换电路132产生相应的驱动电源Sdrv来驱动LED模块LM,并使LED模块LM具有相应的发光亮度Lux。在一些实施例中,信号状态D1-D8可以和LED模块LM的不同发光亮度Lux一对一对应。如图8F所示,信号状态D1-D8可例如分别对应发光亮度Lux为最高亮度Lmax的100%、87.5%、75%、62.5%、50%、37.5%、25%、10%。在此附带一提的是,本实施例是列举以3位元的分辨率来设计解调模块140为例(即,8段调光),但本揭露不以此为限。Then, the dimming control signal Sdc with signal states D1-D8 is given to the switching control circuit 131, so that the switching circuit 132 generates a corresponding driving power Sdrv to drive the LED module LM, and makes the LED module LM have a corresponding luminous brightness Lux . In some embodiments, the signal states D1-D8 may correspond to the different luminous brightness Lux of the LED module LM in one-to-one correspondence. As shown in FIG. 8F, the signal states D1-D8 may correspond to 100%, 87.5%, 75%, 62.5%, 50%, 37.5%, 25%, and 10% of the highest brightness Lmax, respectively, for example. It should be mentioned here that, in this embodiment, the demodulation module 140 is designed with a resolution of 3 bits as an example (ie, 8-segment dimming), but the present disclosure is not limited to this.
图8H是本揭露一实施例的LED照明装置在不同电网电压下的输入电源波形示意图。请搭配参照图1A、图6A和图8H,从图式中可以看出,无论输入电源Pin的峰值电压为a1或a2, 若调光器80以相切角C3对输入电源进行调变,则调光器80所产生的调变电源Pin_C仍会具有相同的零电平期间(即,相位由0至C3的期间)。因此,无论输入电源Pin的峰值电压为何,解调模块140仍可对具有相同的相切角的调变电源Pin_C解调出相同的调光控制信号Sdc。换言之,无论LED照明系统10是应用在哪一种外部电网EP规格下,LED照明系统10皆可在接收到同样的调光信号Sdim时,使LED照明装置100具有相同的发光亮度或色温,因此可以兼容于各种电网电压规格的应用中。从另一角度来说,本揭露中,LED模块的调光(例如发光亮度或色温)响应于调变电源Pin_C的相切角,但大致上不响应于所述外部电网的电压的峰值。FIG. 8H is a schematic diagram of input power waveforms of the LED lighting device of an embodiment of the disclosure under different grid voltages. Please refer to Figure 1A, Figure 6A and Figure 8H together. It can be seen from the figures that no matter the peak voltage of the input power Pin is a1 or a2, if the dimmer 80 modulates the input power with the phase cut angle C3, then The modulated power Pin_C generated by the dimmer 80 still has the same zero-level period (ie, the period from 0 to C3). Therefore, regardless of the peak voltage of the input power Pin, the demodulation module 140 can still demodulate the same dimming control signal Sdc for the modulated power Pin_C with the same phase cut angle. In other words, no matter what kind of external power grid EP specification the LED lighting system 10 is applied to, the LED lighting system 10 can make the LED lighting device 100 have the same light-emitting brightness or color temperature when receiving the same dimming signal Sdim, so It can be compatible with the application of various grid voltage specifications. From another perspective, in the present disclosure, the dimming of the LED module (such as the brightness or the color temperature) responds to the tangent angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C, but does not substantially respond to the peak voltage of the external power grid.
需说明的是:因电路零件的本身之寄生效应或是零件间相互的匹配不一定为理想,因此,虽然欲使LED模块的调光不响应于所述外部电网的电压的峰值,但实际上对LED模块的调光效果仍可能些微响应于所述外部电网的电压的峰值,也即,根据本揭露,可接受由于电路的不理想性而造成LED模块的调光些微响应于所述外部电网的电压的峰值,此即前述之「大致上」不响应于所述外部电网的电压的峰值之意,本文中其他提到「大致上」之处亦同。此处「些微」一词,在一实施例中,可指在外部电网的电压的峰值为2倍的情况下,LED模块的调光仅受到例如小于5%的影响。It should be noted that the parasitic effects of the circuit components or the matching between the components are not necessarily ideal. Therefore, although it is desired that the dimming of the LED module does not respond to the peak voltage of the external power grid, in fact The dimming effect of the LED module may still slightly respond to the peak voltage of the external power grid, that is, according to the present disclosure, it is acceptable that the dimming effect of the LED module caused by the imperfection of the circuit slightly responds to the external power grid The peak value of the voltage, which means that the aforementioned "substantially" does not respond to the peak value of the external grid voltage, and the other references to "substantially" in this article are also the same. The term "slightly" here, in one embodiment, can mean that when the peak value of the external grid voltage is twice, the dimming of the LED module is only affected by, for example, less than 5%.
参考图1E为本发明又一实施例的LED照明系统的功能模块示意图。LED灯照明系统10包含调光器80和LED灯100。调光器80电性连接至外部电力EP和LED灯100。用以根据调光操作生成调光信号Sdim,并将调光信号Sdim传送给LED灯。LED灯100电性连接至外部电力EP和调光器80,用以接收外部电力信号而点亮,并根据接收到的调光信号Sdim进行调光。本实施例中,LED灯100只需要通过3根线即可实现完整的调光功能。1E is a schematic diagram of functional modules of an LED lighting system according to another embodiment of the present invention. The LED lamp lighting system 10 includes a dimmer 80 and an LED lamp 100. The dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the external power EP and the LED lamp 100. It is used to generate the dimming signal Sdim according to the dimming operation, and transmit the dimming signal Sdim to the LED lamp. The LED lamp 100 is electrically connected to the external power EP and the dimmer 80 for receiving the external power signal to light up, and dimming according to the received dimming signal Sdim. In this embodiment, the LED lamp 100 only needs 3 wires to achieve a complete dimming function.
本实施例中,LED灯100包含解调模块140、LED驱动模块LD和LED模块LM。解调模块140电性连接至调光器80,用以接收调光器生成的调光信号Sdim,并将调光信号Sdim转换成调光控制信号Sdc。LED驱动模块LD电性连接至解调模块140和外部电力EP,用以接收外部电力信号进行电源转换生成驱动电源Sdrv,同时接收解调模块140的调光控制信号Sdc,并根据调光控制信号Sdc调节驱动电源Sdrv以对LED灯进行调光。LED模块LM电性来连接至LED驱动模块LD,用以接收LED驱动模块LD的驱动电源Sdrv而点亮。In this embodiment, the LED lamp 100 includes a demodulation module 140, an LED driving module LD, and an LED module LM. The demodulation module 140 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80 to receive the dimming signal Sdim generated by the dimmer and convert the dimming signal Sdim into a dimming control signal Sdc. The LED driving module LD is electrically connected to the demodulation module 140 and the external power EP to receive the external power signal for power conversion to generate the driving power Sdrv, and at the same time receive the dimming control signal Sdc of the demodulation module 140, and according to the dimming control signal Sdc adjusts the driving power Sdrv to dim the LED light. The LED module LM is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD for receiving the driving power Sdrv of the LED driving module LD to light up.
本实施例中,LED灯100可采用图6A-6B的电路架构,LED驱动模块LD包含整流电路110、滤波电路120和驱动电路130。其动作原理参考图6A-图6B的相关描述,此处不在赘述。In this embodiment, the LED lamp 100 may adopt the circuit architecture of FIGS. 6A-6B, and the LED driving module LD includes a rectifier circuit 110, a filter circuit 120, and a driving circuit 130. For the principle of operation, refer to the related descriptions in FIGS. 6A to 6B, which will not be repeated here.
参考图15A为本发明一实施例的调光器的电路示意图。调光器80包含开关801和开关802。开关801一端电性连接至电力信号输入端L,另一端电性连接至LED驱动模块LD和开关802。开关802的另一端电性连接至解调模块140。本实施例中,开关801设置于整个电源回路(外部电力EP向LED灯供电的回路)中,用作整个系统的开关。开关801被设置为常开。 当开关801断开时,外部电力信号无法为调光器80和LED灯提供电力,LED灯100和调光器80不工作;当开关801闭合时,LED灯照明系统10正常工作,并且调光器80可对LED灯进行调光。开关802用以根据调光操作生成调光信号Sdim0。本实施例中,开关802为点动开关,并被设置为常开,即开关802在正常状态下处于断开状态,当被按下时闭合,当按下取消时,开关802自动恢复到断开状态。Refer to FIG. 15A for a schematic circuit diagram of a dimmer according to an embodiment of the present invention. The dimmer 80 includes a switch 801 and a switch 802. One end of the switch 801 is electrically connected to the power signal input terminal L, and the other end is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD and the switch 802. The other end of the switch 802 is electrically connected to the demodulation module 140. In this embodiment, the switch 801 is arranged in the entire power circuit (the circuit through which the external power EP supplies power to the LED lamp), and is used as a switch for the entire system. The switch 801 is set to be normally open. When the switch 801 is off, the external power signal cannot provide power for the dimmer 80 and the LED lamp, and the LED lamp 100 and the dimmer 80 do not work; when the switch 801 is closed, the LED lamp lighting system 10 works normally and is dimmed The device 80 can dimming the LED lamp. The switch 802 is used to generate a dimming signal Sdim0 according to a dimming operation. In this embodiment, the switch 802 is a jog switch and is set to normally open, that is, the switch 802 is in the open state in the normal state, and is closed when it is pressed. When the press is canceled, the switch 802 automatically returns to off. Open state.
下面结合图16A对调光器的动作原理进行说明。The operating principle of the dimmer will be described below with reference to FIG. 16A.
令开关801闭合,LED灯照明系统10正常工作。可通过开关802闭合和断开操作进行调光。开关802被设置为常开,当开关802闭合时,调光信号Sdim0处于高电平状态;当开关802断开时,调光信号Sdim0处于低电平状态。调光器80将开关802的开关状态转化为调光信号Sdim0,解调模块140接收到调光信号Sdim0并解调出其中的调光信息,转化为可供LED驱动模块LD使用的调光控制信号Sdc。The switch 801 is closed, and the LED lighting system 10 works normally. The dimming can be performed by closing and opening the switch 802. The switch 802 is set to be normally open. When the switch 802 is closed, the dimming signal Sdim0 is in a high-level state; when the switch 802 is open, the dimming signal Sdim0 is in a low-level state. The dimmer 80 converts the switch state of the switch 802 into a dimming signal Sdim0, the demodulation module 140 receives the dimming signal Sdim0 and demodulates the dimming information therein, and converts it into a dimming control for the LED driving module LD Signal Sdc.
当开关802持续闭合时,LED灯由目前的亮度逐渐变亮,亮度变化的速度可由LED灯内部器件参数设定;当开关802短暂闭合时间t1然后断开,经过时间t1`后再次持续闭合时,LED灯由目前亮度逐渐变暗。时间t1、t1`及LED灯亮度变化的速度可由LED灯内部器件参数设定。在其他实施例中,开关802可设置为常闭开关亦或是动断开关,同样可以使用开关802的开关动作实现调光操作,本发明不以此为限。When the switch 802 is continuously closed, the LED light gradually brightens from the current brightness, and the speed of the brightness change can be set by the internal device parameters of the LED light; when the switch 802 is closed for a short time t1 and then opened, when the switch 802 is closed again after the time t1` , LED lights gradually dim from the current brightness. The time t1, t1' and the speed of the LED lamp brightness change can be set by the internal device parameters of the LED lamp. In other embodiments, the switch 802 can be set to be a normally closed switch or a dynamic off switch, and the switching action of the switch 802 can also be used to realize the dimming operation, and the present invention is not limited to this.
在其他实施例中,开关802为点动开关,并被设置为常闭。当开关802没有被按下时,开关802处于闭合状态,当实施调光操作时,开关802被按下,开关802断开,当按下取消时,开关802自动恢复到闭合的状态,即开关802没有被按下时,开关802处于闭合状态,开关802被按下时,开关802处于断开状态。In other embodiments, the switch 802 is a jog switch and is set to be normally closed. When the switch 802 is not pressed, the switch 802 is in the closed state. When the dimming operation is performed, the switch 802 is pressed and the switch 802 is opened. When the pressing is cancelled, the switch 802 automatically returns to the closed state, that is, the switch When the switch 802 is not pressed, the switch 802 is in the closed state, and when the switch 802 is pressed, the switch 802 is in the open state.
参考图15B为本发明另一实施例的调光器的电路示意图。调光器80包含开关801、803和开关804。开关803和开关804并联后和开关801串联,即开关801的第一引脚电性电性连接至外部电力信号输入端L,开关803的第一引脚和开关804的第一引脚电性连接并电性连接至开关801的第二引脚,开关803的第二引脚电性连接至LED驱动模块LD,开关804的第二引脚电性连接至LED驱动模块LD。开关801用作整个系统的开关,与图15A所述的实施例相同,此处不再赘述。开关803和开关804用以进行调光操作。本实施例中开关803和开关804为点动开关,并被设置为常闭,即在正常状态下,开关803和开关804处于闭合状态,当按下时,开关断开,当按下取消时,开关自动恢复到闭合状态。Refer to FIG. 15B for a schematic circuit diagram of a dimmer according to another embodiment of the present invention. The dimmer 80 includes switches 801 and 803 and a switch 804. The switch 803 and the switch 804 are connected in parallel and connected in series with the switch 801, that is, the first pin of the switch 801 is electrically and electrically connected to the external power signal input terminal L, and the first pin of the switch 803 and the first pin of the switch 804 are electrically connected. It is connected and electrically connected to the second pin of the switch 801, the second pin of the switch 803 is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD, and the second pin of the switch 804 is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD. The switch 801 is used as a switch of the entire system, which is the same as the embodiment described in FIG. 15A, and will not be repeated here. The switch 803 and the switch 804 are used for dimming operation. In this embodiment, the switch 803 and the switch 804 are inching switches, and they are set to be normally closed, that is, in the normal state, the switch 803 and the switch 804 are in the closed state, when pressed, the switch is open, and when the pressing is cancelled , The switch automatically returns to the closed state.
下面结合图16B对本实施例中调光器80的动作原理进行说明。The operation principle of the dimmer 80 in this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIG. 16B.
令开关801闭合,LED灯照明系统10正常工作。在没有进行调光操作时,由于开关803和开关804处于闭合状态,外部电力信号可通过开关801、803形成的供电回路对LED灯进行供电,也可以通过开关801、804形成的供电回路对LED灯进行供电。此时调光信号Sdim1和Sdim2都为高电平。当执行调光操作,开关803或开关804被按下时,调光信号Sdim1或Sdim2 为低电平。这里需要注意的是,在执行调光操作时,开关803和开关804不可被同时按下。当开关803和开关804被同时按下时,外部电力信号的供电回路被断开,无法继续LED灯供电。本实施例中,开关803和开关804中设置有联动的机械结构,以防止开关803和开关804被同时断开。在开关803和804中,当只有开关803动作时,外部电力信号可通过开关801和开关804形成的供电回路对LED灯进行供电;当只有开关804动作时,外部电力信号可通过开关801和开关803形成的供电回路对LED灯进行供电。The switch 801 is closed, and the LED lighting system 10 works normally. When the dimming operation is not performed, since the switch 803 and the switch 804 are in the closed state, the external power signal can supply power to the LED lamp through the power supply loop formed by the switches 801 and 803, or the power supply loop formed by the switches 801 and 804. The lamp is powered. At this time, the dimming signals Sdim1 and Sdim2 are both high. When the dimming operation is performed and the switch 803 or the switch 804 is pressed, the dimming signal Sdim1 or Sdim2 is low. It should be noted here that when the dimming operation is performed, the switch 803 and the switch 804 cannot be pressed at the same time. When the switch 803 and the switch 804 are pressed at the same time, the power supply circuit of the external power signal is disconnected, and the power supply of the LED light cannot be continued. In this embodiment, a linked mechanical structure is provided in the switch 803 and the switch 804 to prevent the switch 803 and the switch 804 from being turned off at the same time. In the switches 803 and 804, when only the switch 803 is active, the external power signal can supply power to the LED lights through the power supply loop formed by the switch 801 and the switch 804; when only the switch 804 is active, the external power signal can be passed through the switch 801 and the switch The power supply loop formed by 803 supplies power to the LED lights.
调光器80通过开关803和开关804生成的调光信号Sdim1和Sdim2对LED灯进行调光。当开关803被持续按下时,调节LED灯的亮度由目前的亮度逐渐变亮,当开关803的按下取消时,LED灯的调光的结束,LED灯维持到目前的亮度值;当开关804被持续按下时,调节LED灯的亮度由目前的亮度持续变暗,当开关804的按下状态取消时,LED灯维持到目前的亮度值。LED灯变亮或者变暗的速度由LED灯内部器件参数设定。The dimmer 80 dims the LED lamp through the dimming signals Sdim1 and Sdim2 generated by the switch 803 and the switch 804. When the switch 803 is continuously pressed, the brightness of the adjusted LED light gradually becomes brighter from the current brightness. When the pressing of the switch 803 is cancelled, the dimming of the LED light ends, and the LED light maintains the current brightness value; When the 804 is continuously pressed, the brightness of the adjusted LED light is continuously dimmed from the current brightness. When the pressed state of the switch 804 is cancelled, the LED light maintains the current brightness value. The speed at which the LED light turns bright or dark is set by the internal device parameters of the LED light.
更进一步的,调光器80可通过开关803和开关804生成调色信号,对LED灯进行调色。结合图16C的调色信号示意图,当开关803短暂按下时间t3抬起,经过时间t3`后再次持续按下,LED灯的色温由目前色温逐渐变暖,开关803的按下取消时,LED灯的调色结束,LED灯维持到当前的色温。当开关804短暂按下时间t3抬起,经过时间t3`后再次持续按下,LED灯的色温由目前色温逐渐变暖,开关804的按下取消时,LED灯的调色结束,LED灯维持到当前的色温。时间t2、t3、t3`以及LED灯色温变化的速度可由LED灯内部器件参数设定。本实施例中,开关803的调光参数和开关804的调光参数相同,在其他实施例中,开关803和开关804可设定不同的调光参数,本发明不限于此。Furthermore, the dimmer 80 can generate a color adjustment signal through the switch 803 and the switch 804 to color the LED light. Combined with the color signal schematic diagram of Figure 16C, when the switch 803 is briefly pressed for a time t3 and raised, and then pressed again after the time t3`, the color temperature of the LED light gradually becomes warmer from the current color temperature. When the pressing of the switch 803 is cancelled, the LED The color adjustment of the light ends, and the LED light maintains the current color temperature. When the switch 804 is briefly pressed for a time t3 and lifted up, and then pressed again after the time t3`, the color temperature of the LED light gradually becomes warmer from the current color temperature. When the switch 804 is canceled, the color adjustment of the LED light ends and the LED light remains To the current color temperature. The time t2, t3, t3' and the speed of the color temperature change of the LED light can be set by the internal device parameters of the LED light. In this embodiment, the dimming parameter of the switch 803 and the dimming parameter of the switch 804 are the same. In other embodiments, the switch 803 and the switch 804 can set different dimming parameters, and the present invention is not limited to this.
参考图7F为本发明一实施例的解调模块的电路示意图。解调模块140包含二极管141,电阻142、143以及逻辑电路144。本实施例中的解调模块140可应用于图15A所示的实施例中,现结合图15A对解调模块140的电路原理进行说明。二极管141对的阳极电性连接至开关802的第二引脚,其阴极电性连接至电阻142的第一引脚。电阻143的第一引脚电性连接至电阻142的第二引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至一公共接地端。逻辑电路144电性连接至电阻142的第二引脚,其输出端电性连接至LED驱动模块LD。Refer to FIG. 7F for a schematic circuit diagram of a demodulation module according to an embodiment of the present invention. The demodulation module 140 includes a diode 141, resistors 142 and 143, and a logic circuit 144. The demodulation module 140 in this embodiment can be applied to the embodiment shown in FIG. 15A. The circuit principle of the demodulation module 140 will now be described with reference to FIG. 15A. The anode of the diode 141 pair is electrically connected to the second pin of the switch 802, and the cathode of the diode 141 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 142. The first pin of the resistor 143 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 142, and the second pin of the resistor 143 is electrically connected to a common ground terminal. The logic circuit 144 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 142, and its output terminal is electrically connected to the LED driving module LD.
当开关802处于闭合状态时,外部电力信号可经电力线L,开关801、802,二极管141,电阻142、143组成的路径流通。当外部电力信号为市电交流电时,二极管141只允许正半周的电力信号经过。电阻142和电阻143组成分压电路,经过二极管141的电信号进过分压后形成信号V1,逻辑电路144接收信号V1,并对信号V1进行逻辑运算,以生成调光控制信号Sdc,并将调光控制信号Sdc传输给LED驱动模块LD,LED驱动模块LD根据接收到的调光控制信号Sdc进行调光。在本实施例中调光控制信号Sdc可例如是PWM调光信号,在其他实施例中,调光控制信号Sdc还可以是0-10V的调光信号,本发明不限于此。When the switch 802 is in the closed state, the external power signal can circulate through the path composed of the power line L, the switches 801, 802, the diode 141, and the resistors 142, 143. When the external power signal is AC power, the diode 141 only allows the power signal of the positive half cycle to pass. The resistor 142 and the resistor 143 form a voltage divider circuit. The electrical signal through the diode 141 is divided into voltage to form a signal V1. The logic circuit 144 receives the signal V1 and performs logical operations on the signal V1 to generate a dimming control signal Sdc, and adjust the dimming control signal Sdc. The light control signal Sdc is transmitted to the LED driving module LD, and the LED driving module LD performs dimming according to the received dimming control signal Sdc. In this embodiment, the dimming control signal Sdc can be, for example, a PWM dimming signal. In other embodiments, the dimming control signal Sdc can also be a 0-10V dimming signal, and the present invention is not limited to this.
在其他实施例中,逻辑电路也可以被称为信号转换电路;二极管141、电阻142和电阻 143可一并称为取样电路。In other embodiments, the logic circuit can also be referred to as a signal conversion circuit; the diode 141, the resistor 142, and the resistor 143 can be collectively referred to as a sampling circuit.
参考图7G为本发明另一实施例的解调模块的电路示意图。解调模块240包含二极管241、244,电阻242、243、245和246以及逻辑电路247。本实施例中解调模块240的配置方式与图7F所示的实施例中的解调模块140的配置方式类似,与之不同的是,本实施例中更增加了二极管244,电阻245和246。本实施例中解调模块240可应用于图15B所述的实施例中,下面结合图15B对解调模块240的工作方式进行阐述。二极管241的阳极电性连接至开关803的第二接脚,其阴极电性连接至电阻242的第一引脚,电阻243的第一引脚电性连接至电阻242的第二引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至一公共接地端。二极管244的阳极电性连接至开关804的第二接脚,其阴极电性连接至电阻245的第一引脚,电阻246的第一引脚电性连接至电阻245的第二引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至一公共接地端。Refer to FIG. 7G for a schematic circuit diagram of a demodulation module according to another embodiment of the present invention. The demodulation module 240 includes diodes 241 and 244, resistors 242, 243, 245 and 246, and a logic circuit 247. The configuration of the demodulation module 240 in this embodiment is similar to the configuration of the demodulation module 140 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7F. The difference is that a diode 244, resistors 245 and 246 are added in this embodiment. . The demodulation module 240 in this embodiment can be applied to the embodiment described in FIG. 15B. The working mode of the demodulation module 240 will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 15B. The anode of the diode 241 is electrically connected to the second pin of the switch 803, the cathode of the diode 241 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 242, and the first pin of the resistor 243 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 242. The second pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal. The anode of the diode 244 is electrically connected to the second pin of the switch 804, the cathode of the diode 244 is electrically connected to the first pin of the resistor 245, and the first pin of the resistor 246 is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 245. The second pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal.
当开关803处于闭合状态时,外部电力信号可经由电力输入端L,开关803,二极管241,电阻242、243组成的路径进行流通。当外部电力信号为市电交流电时,二极管只允许正半周的电力信号经过。电阻242和电阻243组成分压电路,经过二极管241的电力信号经过电阻242和电阻243进行分压后可形信号V2,逻辑电路247接收信号V2;类似的,当开关804处于闭合状态时,可在电阻245和电阻246的公共端形成信号V3,逻辑电路247接收信号V3。逻辑电路247接收接收到信号V2和V3后进行逻辑运算,并输出调光控制信号Sdc给LED驱动模块LD。LED驱动模块LD根据接收到的调光控制信号Sdc进行调光。在本实施例中调光信号Sd可例如是PWM调光信号,在其他实施例中,调光信号Sd还可以是0-10V的调光信号,本发明不限于此。When the switch 803 is in the closed state, the external power signal can circulate through the path composed of the power input terminal L, the switch 803, the diode 241, and the resistors 242 and 243. When the external power signal is AC power, the diode only allows the positive half-cycle power signal to pass. The resistor 242 and the resistor 243 form a voltage divider circuit. The power signal passing through the diode 241 is divided by the resistor 242 and the resistor 243 to form a signal V2, and the logic circuit 247 receives the signal V2; similarly, when the switch 804 is in the closed state, A signal V3 is formed at the common end of the resistor 245 and the resistor 246, and the logic circuit 247 receives the signal V3. The logic circuit 247 performs logic operations after receiving the signals V2 and V3, and outputs a dimming control signal Sdc to the LED driving module LD. The LED driving module LD performs dimming according to the received dimming control signal Sdc. In this embodiment, the dimming signal Sd may be, for example, a PWM dimming signal. In other embodiments, the dimming signal Sd may also be a 0-10V dimming signal, and the present invention is not limited to this.
在其他实施例中,逻辑电路也可以被称为信号转换电路;二极管241、244,电阻242、243、345和电阻246可一并称为取样电路。In other embodiments, the logic circuit can also be referred to as a signal conversion circuit; the diodes 241, 244, the resistors 242, 243, 345, and the resistor 246 can be collectively referred to as sampling circuits.
图6A和6B是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的功能模块示意图。请先参照图6A,本实施例的LED照明装置100可应用在如图1A或图1B所示的LED照明系统10或20中。LED照明装置100包括电源模块PM和LED模块LM,其中电源模块PM又包括整流电路110、滤波电路120、驱动电路130和解调模块140。6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of functional modules of LED lighting devices according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. Please refer to FIG. 6A first, the LED lighting device 100 of this embodiment can be applied to the LED lighting system 10 or 20 as shown in FIG. 1A or FIG. 1B. The LED lighting device 100 includes a power module PM and an LED module LM, where the power module PM includes a rectifier circuit 110, a filter circuit 120, a drive circuit 130, and a demodulation module 140.
参考图12A为本发明一实施例的整流电路的电路结构示意图。整流电路RC1为全桥式整流电路,包含二极管D1、二极管D2、二极管D3和二极管D4。二极管D1的阳极与二极管D4的阳极相连并连接至接线端b2,二极管D2的阴极与二极管D3的阴极相连并连接至接线端b1,二极管D1的阴极与二极管D2的阳极相连并连接至接线端a1,二极管D3的阳极和二极管D4的阴极相连并连接至接线端a2。接线端a1和a2为整流电路RC1的输入端,接线端b1和b2为整流电路RC1的输出端。Refer to FIG. 12A for a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a rectifier circuit according to an embodiment of the present invention. The rectifier circuit RC1 is a full-bridge rectifier circuit, which includes a diode D1, a diode D2, a diode D3, and a diode D4. The anode of diode D1 is connected to the anode of diode D4 and connected to terminal b2, the cathode of diode D2 is connected to the cathode of diode D3 and connected to terminal b1, and the cathode of diode D1 is connected to the anode of diode D2 and connected to terminal a1 , The anode of the diode D3 and the cathode of the diode D4 are connected and connected to the terminal a2. The terminals a1 and a2 are the input terminals of the rectifier circuit RC1, and the terminals b1 and b2 are the output terminals of the rectifier circuit RC1.
当整流电路RC1输入端输入的信号为交流信号时,经过整流电路RC1整流后便可输出直流信号。当输入端a1的电平大于输入端a2的电平时,信号将通过输入端a1,二极管D2,整 流电路输出端b1流入,经整流电路输出端b2,二极管D4,输入端a2流出。当输入端a2的电平大于输入端a1的电平时,信号将通过输入端a2,二极管D3,整流电路输出端b1流入,经整流电路输出端b2,二极管D1,调光器输出端80a流出。因此,整流电路输出端b1的电平始终高于整流电路输出端b2的电平,整流电路便可以输出直流信号。When the signal input from the input end of the rectifier circuit RC1 is an AC signal, the DC signal can be output after being rectified by the rectifier circuit RC1. When the level of input terminal a1 is greater than that of input terminal a2, the signal will flow in through input terminal a1, diode D2, rectifier circuit output terminal b1, and flow out through rectifier circuit output terminal b2, diode D4, and input terminal a2. When the level of the input terminal a2 is greater than the level of the input terminal a1, the signal will flow in through the input terminal a2, the diode D3, and the output terminal b1 of the rectifier circuit, and flow out through the output terminal b2 of the rectifier circuit, the diode D1, and the dimmer output terminal 80a. Therefore, the level of the output terminal b1 of the rectifier circuit is always higher than the level of the output terminal b2 of the rectifier circuit, and the rectifier circuit can output a DC signal.
参考图12B为本发明另一实施例的整流电路的电路结构示意图。整流电路RC2包含二极管D5。二极管D5串联在输入端a1和输出端b1之间。输入端a2和输出端b2电性连接。当输入端a1的电平高于输入端a2的电平时,电力信号经输入端a1,二极管D5,输出端b1流入,经输出端b2,输入端a2流出;当输入端a2的电平高于输入端a1的电平时,无法形成电流通路。因此,当输入端a1和a2输入的信号为交流电时,整流电路RC2只允许信号为正半周的信号通过,得到半波整流信号。Refer to FIG. 12B for a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a rectifier circuit according to another embodiment of the present invention. The rectifier circuit RC2 includes a diode D5. The diode D5 is connected in series between the input terminal a1 and the output terminal b1. The input terminal a2 and the output terminal b2 are electrically connected. When the level of input terminal a1 is higher than the level of input terminal a2, the power signal flows in through input terminal a1, diode D5, and output terminal b1, and flows out through output terminal b2 and input terminal a2; when the level of input terminal a2 is higher than When the level of the input terminal a1, a current path cannot be formed. Therefore, when the signals input by the input terminals a1 and a2 are alternating current, the rectifier circuit RC2 only allows the signal whose signal is a positive half cycle to pass, and a half-wave rectified signal is obtained.
整流电路110通过第一连接端101和第二连接端102分别电性连接调光器80的第一供电端T1和第二供电端T2,以接收调变电源Pin_C,并对调变电源Pin_C进行整流,然后由第一整流输出端111、第二整流输出端112输出整流后信号Srec。在此调变电源Pin_C的可以是交流信号或直流信号,其不影响LED照明装置200的操作。当LED照明装置200是设计为基于直流信号点亮时,电源模块PM中的整流电路110可被省略。在省略整流电路110的配置下,第一连接端101和第二连接端102会直接电性连接至滤波电路120的输入端(即111、112)。The rectifier circuit 110 is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal T1 and the second power supply terminal T2 of the dimmer 80 through the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102, respectively, to receive the modulated power Pin_C and rectify the modulated power Pin_C , And then the rectified signal Srec is output from the first rectified output terminal 111 and the second rectified output terminal 112. Here, the modulating power Pin_C can be an AC signal or a DC signal, which does not affect the operation of the LED lighting device 200. When the LED lighting device 200 is designed to light up based on a DC signal, the rectifier circuit 110 in the power module PM may be omitted. In the configuration where the rectifier circuit 110 is omitted, the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102 are directly electrically connected to the input terminals (ie, 111 and 112) of the filter circuit 120.
本实施例中,整流电路110可以采用图12A或12B的电路架构,进一步的,接线端a1电性连接至第一连接端101,接线端a2电性连接至第二连接端102,用以接收接线端a1和a2的信号并进行整流,以生成整流后信号。整流电路110的动作原理参考图12A和12B的描述,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the rectifier circuit 110 may adopt the circuit structure of FIG. 12A or 12B. Further, the terminal a1 is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101, and the terminal a2 is electrically connected to the second connection terminal 102 for receiving The signals at terminals a1 and a2 are rectified to generate a rectified signal. For the operating principle of the rectifier circuit 110, refer to the description of FIGS. 12A and 12B, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,所述整流电路110可以是全波整流电路、半波整流电路、桥式整流电路或其他类型的整流电路,本揭露不以此为限。In some embodiments, the rectifier circuit 110 may be a full-wave rectifier circuit, a half-wave rectifier circuit, a bridge rectifier circuit, or other types of rectifier circuits, and the disclosure is not limited thereto.
滤波电路120与所述整流电路110电性连接,用以对整流后信号Srec进行滤波;即滤波电路220的输入端耦接第一整流输出端111与第二整流输出端112,以接收整流后信号Srec,并对整流后信号Srec进行滤波。滤波后信号Sflr会从第一滤波输出端121和第二滤波后输出端122输出。其中,第一整流输出端111可视为滤波电路120的第一滤波输入端,并且第二整流输出端112可视为滤波电路120的第二滤波输入端。在本实施例中,滤波电路120可滤除整流后信号Srec中的纹波,使得所产生的滤波后信号Sflr的波形较整流后信号Srec的波形更平滑。此外,滤波电路120可透过选择电路配置以实现对特定频率进行滤波,以滤除外部驱动电源在特定频率的响应/能量。在一些实施例中,所述滤波电路120可以是由电阻、电容及电感至少其中之一所组成的电路,例如是并联电容滤波电路或π型滤波电路,本揭露不限于此。当LED照明装置100是设计为基于直流信号点亮时,电源模块PM中的滤波电路120也可被省略。在省略整流电路110及滤波电路120的配置下,第一连接端101和第二连 接端102会直接电性连接至驱动电路130的输入端(即121、122)。The filter circuit 120 is electrically connected to the rectifier circuit 110 to filter the rectified signal Srec; that is, the input terminal of the filter circuit 220 is coupled to the first rectified output terminal 111 and the second rectified output terminal 112 to receive the rectified output terminal 111 Signal Srec, and filter the rectified signal Srec. The filtered signal Sflr is output from the first filtered output terminal 121 and the second filtered output terminal 122. The first rectified output terminal 111 can be regarded as the first filter input terminal of the filter circuit 120, and the second rectified output terminal 112 can be regarded as the second filter input terminal of the filter circuit 120. In this embodiment, the filter circuit 120 can filter out ripples in the rectified signal Srec, so that the waveform of the generated filtered signal Sflr is smoother than the waveform of the rectified signal Srec. In addition, the filter circuit 120 can filter a specific frequency through a selection circuit configuration, so as to filter out the response/energy of the external driving power supply at the specific frequency. In some embodiments, the filter circuit 120 may be a circuit composed of at least one of a resistor, a capacitor, and an inductance, such as a parallel capacitor filter circuit or a π-type filter circuit, and the disclosure is not limited thereto. When the LED lighting device 100 is designed to light up based on a DC signal, the filter circuit 120 in the power module PM can also be omitted. In the configuration where the rectifier circuit 110 and the filter circuit 120 are omitted, the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102 are directly electrically connected to the input terminals (i.e., 121, 122) of the driving circuit 130.
本实施例中的滤波电路120可采用图12C或12D中的滤波电路FC1或FC2。进一步的,接线端c1电性连接至第一整流输出端111,接线端c2电性连接至第二整流输出端112,接线端d1和d2分别电性连接至驱动电路130。The filter circuit 120 in this embodiment may use the filter circuit FC1 or FC2 in FIG. 12C or 12D. Further, the terminal c1 is electrically connected to the first rectification output terminal 111, the terminal c2 is electrically connected to the second rectification output terminal 112, and the terminals d1 and d2 are electrically connected to the driving circuit 130, respectively.
驱动电路130与滤波电路120电性连接,以接收滤波后信号Sflr并且对滤波后信号Sflr进行电源转换(power conversion),进而产生驱动电源Sdrv;即驱动电路130的输入端耦接第一滤波输出端121与第二滤波输出端122,以接收滤波后信号Sflr,然后产生用以驱动LED模块LM发光的驱动电源Sdrv。其中,第一滤波输出端121可视为驱动电路130的第一驱动输入端,并且第二滤波输出端122可视为驱动电路130的第二驱动输入端。驱动电路130所产生的驱动电源Sdrv会通过第一驱动输出端130a与第二驱动输出端130b提供给LED模块LM,使得LED模块LM可响应于接收到的驱动电源Sdrv而点亮。本实施例的驱动电路130也可以是包括有切换控制电路和转换电路的电源转换电路,其具体配置范例可以参考图4A和图4B实施例的说明,于此不再重复赘述。The driving circuit 130 is electrically connected to the filter circuit 120 to receive the filtered signal Sflr and perform power conversion on the filtered signal Sflr to generate a driving power Sdrv; that is, the input terminal of the driving circuit 130 is coupled to the first filtered output The terminal 121 and the second filtering output terminal 122 receive the filtered signal Sflr, and then generate a driving power Sdrv for driving the LED module LM to emit light. Among them, the first filter output terminal 121 can be regarded as the first driving input terminal of the driving circuit 130, and the second filter output terminal 122 can be regarded as the second driving input terminal of the driving circuit 130. The driving power Sdrv generated by the driving circuit 130 is provided to the LED module LM through the first driving output terminal 130a and the second driving output terminal 130b, so that the LED module LM can be lit in response to the received driving power Sdrv. The driving circuit 130 of this embodiment may also be a power conversion circuit including a switching control circuit and a conversion circuit. For specific configuration examples, please refer to the description of the embodiments in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B, which will not be repeated here.
解调模块140的输入端电性连接第一连接端101和第二连接端102以接收调变电源Pin_C,并且解调模块140的输出端电性连接驱动电路130以提供调光控制信号Sdc。解调模块140会从调变电源Pin_C中解析/解调出亮度信息,并且根据所述亮度信息产生相应的调光控制信号Sdc,其中驱动电路130会根据调光控制信号Sdc来调整输出的驱动电源Sdrv的大小。举例来说,在驱动电路130中,切换控制电路(如72)可根据调光控制信号Sdc来调整功率开关PSW的占空比,使得驱动电源Sdrv响应于调光控制信号Sdc指示的亮度信息而增加或减少。当调光控制信号Sdc指示较高的发光亮度或色温时,切换控制电路可基于调光控制信号Sdc将占空比调高,进而令功率转换电路ESE输出较高的驱动电源Sdrv给LED模块LM;相反地,当调光控制信号Sdc指示较低的发光亮度或色温时,切换控制电路可基于调光控制信号Sdc将占空比调低,进而令功率转换电路ESE输出较低的驱动电源Sdrv给LED模块LM。藉此方式,即可实现调光控制的效果。The input terminal of the demodulation module 140 is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102 to receive the modulated power Pin_C, and the output terminal of the demodulation module 140 is electrically connected to the driving circuit 130 to provide the dimming control signal Sdc. The demodulation module 140 parses/demodulates the brightness information from the modulated power Pin_C, and generates a corresponding dimming control signal Sdc according to the brightness information, wherein the driving circuit 130 adjusts the output drive according to the dimming control signal Sdc The size of the power supply Sdrv. For example, in the driving circuit 130, the switching control circuit (such as 72) can adjust the duty cycle of the power switch PSW according to the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the driving power Sdrv responds to the brightness information indicated by the dimming control signal Sdc. increase or decrease. When the dimming control signal Sdc indicates a higher luminous brightness or color temperature, the switching control circuit can increase the duty cycle based on the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the power conversion circuit ESE outputs a higher driving power Sdrv to the LED module LM Conversely, when the dimming control signal Sdc indicates a lower light-emitting brightness or color temperature, the switching control circuit can lower the duty cycle based on the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the power conversion circuit ESE outputs a lower driving power Sdrv Give the LED module LM. In this way, the effect of dimming control can be achieved.
在一些实施例中,也可藉由控制驱动电路130以外的电路来对LED模块LM进行调光控制,举例而言,请参照图6B,在图6B的电源模块200中,基于调变电源产生驱动电源的动作和从调变电源Pin_C解调出调光信息的动作皆与图6A的实施例类似,其差别在于,在图6B的实施例中,电源模块PM更包括调光开关150。调光开关150根据调光控制信号Sdc而导通或切断驱动电源Sdrv以产生断续的调光电源Sdrv供应给LED模块LM,以对LED模块LM进行调光。在一些实施例中,解调模块140所产生调光控制信号Sdc可以是脉冲宽度调变(PWM)形式的信号,藉以控制调光开关150间歇导通,进而实现PWM调光效果。In some embodiments, the LED module LM can also be dimmed by controlling a circuit other than the driving circuit 130. For example, please refer to FIG. 6B. In the power supply module 200 of FIG. The actions of driving the power source and the actions of demodulating the dimming information from the modulated power Pin_C are similar to the embodiment of FIG. 6A. The difference is that in the embodiment of FIG. 6B, the power module PM further includes a dimming switch 150. The dimming switch 150 turns on or cuts off the driving power Sdrv according to the dimming control signal Sdc to generate the intermittent dimming power Sdrv to be supplied to the LED module LM to dimming the LED module LM. In some embodiments, the dimming control signal Sdc generated by the demodulation module 140 may be a signal in the form of pulse width modulation (PWM), so as to control the dimming switch 150 to be turned on intermittently to realize the PWM dimming effect.
图6C是本揭露一实施例的驱动电路的示意框图。请搭配参照图6A和图6C,驱动电路130为前述图6A的驱动电路130的一实施例,其包括切换控制电路131及转换电路132,以电流 源的模式进行电力转换,以驱动LED模块LM发光。转换电路132包含开关电路(也可称为功率开关)PSW以及储能电路ESE。转换电路132耦接第一滤波输出端121及第二滤波输出端122,接收滤波后信号Sflr,并根据切换控制电路131的控制,将滤波后信号Sflr转换成驱动电源Sdrv而由第一驱动输出端130a及第二驱动输出端130b输出,以驱动LED模块LM。在切换控制电路131的控制下,转换电路132所输出的驱动电源为稳定电流,而使LED灯丝模块稳定发光。除此之外,驱动电路130还可包含有偏压电路133,所述偏压电路133可基于电源模块的母线电压产生工作电压Vcc,并且工作电压Vcc提供给切换控制电路131使用,使切换控制电路131可因应工作电压而启动并进行运作。FIG. 6C is a schematic block diagram of a driving circuit according to an embodiment of the disclosure. 6A and 6C together, the driving circuit 130 is an embodiment of the driving circuit 130 of FIG. 6A, which includes a switching control circuit 131 and a conversion circuit 132, which performs power conversion in a current source mode to drive the LED module LM Glow. The conversion circuit 132 includes a switch circuit (also referred to as a power switch) PSW and a tank circuit ESE. The conversion circuit 132 is coupled to the first filter output terminal 121 and the second filter output terminal 122, receives the filtered signal Sflr, and according to the control of the switching control circuit 131, converts the filtered signal Sflr into a driving power supply Sdrv to be output by the first driver The terminal 130a and the second driving output terminal 130b output to drive the LED module LM. Under the control of the switching control circuit 131, the driving power output from the conversion circuit 132 is a stable current, so that the LED filament module emits light stably. In addition, the driving circuit 130 may also include a bias circuit 133, which can generate a working voltage Vcc based on the bus voltage of the power supply module, and the working voltage Vcc is provided to the switching control circuit 131 to control the switching The circuit 131 can be activated and operated in response to the operating voltage.
本实施例的切换控制电路131可以根据当前LED模块LM的工作状态来实时地调整所输出的点亮控制信号Slc的占空比(Duty Cycle),使得开关电路PSW反应于点亮控制信号Slc而导通或截止。其中,切换控制电路131可通过侦测输入电压(可为第一连接端101/第二接脚102上的电平、第一整流输出端111上的电平或第一滤波输出端121上的电平)、输出电压(可为第一驱动输出端130a上的电平)、输入电流(可为母线电流,亦即流经整流输出端111/112、滤波输出端121/122的电流)及输出电流(可为流经驱动输出端130a/130b的电流、流经储能电路ESE的电流或流经开关电路PSW的电流)至少其中一者或多者来判断当前LED模块LM的工作状态。储能电路ESE会根据开关电路PSW导通/截止的状态而反覆充/放能,进而令LED模块LM接收到的驱动电源Sdrv可以被稳定地维持在一预设电流值Ipred上。The switching control circuit 131 of this embodiment can adjust the duty cycle of the output lighting control signal Slc in real time according to the current working state of the LED module LM, so that the switching circuit PSW reacts to the lighting control signal Slc. On or off. Wherein, the switching control circuit 131 can detect the input voltage (which can be the level on the first connection terminal 101/second pin 102, the level on the first rectification output terminal 111, or the level on the first filter output terminal 121 Level), output voltage (which can be the level on the first drive output terminal 130a), input current (which can be the bus current, that is, the current flowing through the rectified output terminal 111/112 and the filtered output terminal 121/122), and At least one or more of the output current (which may be the current flowing through the driving output terminals 130a/130b, the current flowing through the energy storage circuit ESE, or the current flowing through the switching circuit PSW) is used to determine the current working state of the LED module LM. The energy storage circuit ESE repeatedly charges/discharges according to the on/off state of the switch circuit PSW, so that the driving power Sdrv received by the LED module LM can be stably maintained at a preset current value Ipred.
解调模块(140)的输入端电性连接第一连接端101和第二连接端102以接收调变电源Pin_C,并且解调模块140的输出端电性连接驱动电路130以提供调光控制信号Sdc。解调模块140会根据调变电源Pin_C在每个周期或半周期内的相切角/导通角大小产生相应的调光控制信号Sdc,其中切换控制电路131会根据调光控制信号Sdc来调整点亮控制信号Slc的输出,进而令驱动电源Sdrv响应于点亮控制信号Slc的变化而改变。举例来说,切换控制电路131可根据调光控制信号Sdc来调整点亮控制信号Slc的占空比,使得驱动电源Sdrv响应于点亮控制信号Slc指示的亮度信息而增加或减少。当调光控制信号Sdc指示较高的发光亮度或色温时,切换控制电路131会基于调光控制信号Sdc将占空比调高,进而令转换电路ESE输出较高的驱动电源Sdrv给LED模块LM;相反地,当调光控制信号Sdc指示较低的发光亮度或色温时,切换控制电路131会基于调光控制信号Sdc将占空比调低,进而令转换电路ESE输出较低的驱动电源Sdrv给LED模块LM。藉此方式,即可实现调光控制的效果。The input terminal of the demodulation module (140) is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101 and the second connection terminal 102 to receive the modulated power Pin_C, and the output terminal of the demodulation module 140 is electrically connected to the driving circuit 130 to provide a dimming control signal Sdc. The demodulation module 140 generates a corresponding dimming control signal Sdc according to the phase cut angle/conduction angle of the modulated power Pin_C in each cycle or half cycle, wherein the switching control circuit 131 adjusts the dimming control signal Sdc The output of the lighting control signal Slc further causes the driving power supply Sdrv to change in response to the change of the lighting control signal Slc. For example, the switching control circuit 131 can adjust the duty cycle of the lighting control signal Slc according to the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the driving power Sdrv increases or decreases in response to the brightness information indicated by the lighting control signal Slc. When the dimming control signal Sdc indicates a higher luminous brightness or color temperature, the switching control circuit 131 will increase the duty cycle based on the dimming control signal Sdc, so that the conversion circuit ESE outputs a higher driving power Sdrv to the LED module LM Conversely, when the dimming control signal Sdc indicates a lower light-emitting brightness or color temperature, the switching control circuit 131 will lower the duty cycle based on the dimming control signal Sdc, thereby causing the conversion circuit ESE to output a lower driving power Sdrv Give the LED module LM. In this way, the effect of dimming control can be achieved.
更具体的说,解调模块140针对调变电源Pin_C所进行的解调处理,可以例如是取样、计数及/或映射等信号转换手段。举例来说,解调模块140可以在调变电源Pin_C的每一周期或半周期内取样并计数调变电源Pin_C的零电平时长,其中计数出的零电平时长可以线性或非线性的被映射为一电平,所述映射出的电平可作为调光控制信号Sdc提供给切换控制电路131。其中,经映射出的电平范围可以基于切换控制电路131的可处理范围内选定,其可例如 为0V-5V。底下以图8D来进一步说明本揭露的LED照明系统在不同调光状态下的信号波形和电路操作,图8D是本揭露一实施例的调光波形示意图。More specifically, the demodulation processing performed by the demodulation module 140 for the modulated power supply Pin_C may be, for example, signal conversion means such as sampling, counting, and/or mapping. For example, the demodulation module 140 can sample and count the zero-level duration of the modulated power supply Pin_C in each cycle or half cycle of the modulated power supply Pin_C, where the counted zero-level duration can be linearly or non-linearly The mapping is a level, and the mapped level can be provided to the switching control circuit 131 as a dimming control signal Sdc. Wherein, the mapped level range can be selected based on the processing range of the switching control circuit 131, and it can be, for example, 0V-5V. Next, FIG. 8D is used to further illustrate the signal waveforms and circuit operations of the LED lighting system of the present disclosure in different dimming states. FIG. 8D is a schematic diagram of the dimming waveforms of an embodiment of the present disclosure.
更具体的说,解调模块140针对调变电源Pin_C所进行的解调处理,可以例如是取样、计数及/或映像等信号转换手段。底下以图7A至图7C来进一步说明本揭露的解调模块140的配置和电路操作,图7A是本揭露一些实施例的解调模块的功能模块示意图,并且图7B和7C是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的电路架构示意图。More specifically, the demodulation processing performed by the demodulation module 140 for the modulated power Pin_C may be, for example, signal conversion means such as sampling, counting, and/or imaging. 7A to 7C are used to further illustrate the configuration and circuit operation of the demodulation module 140 of the present disclosure. FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of functional modules of the demodulation module of some embodiments of the present disclosure, and FIGS. 7B and 7C are some implementations of the present disclosure. The schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the LED lighting device of the example.
请先参照图7A,本实施例的解调模块140包括取样电路141和信号转换电路145。取样电路141接收调变电源Pin_C,并且用以从调变电源Pin_C中采集/撷取出亮度信息,并据以产生与调光器中的调光信号(如Sdim)相对应的亮度指示信号Sdim’。信号转换电路145电性连接取样电路141以接收亮度指示信号Sdim’,并且用以依据亮度指示信号Sdim’产生用以控制后级电路的调光控制信号Sdc。所述调光控制信号Sdc的信号格式会依据后级电路的类型而设计或调整;举例来说,若是解调模块140是通过控制驱动电路130来实现调光功能,则所述调光控制信号Sdc可以例如是电平、频率及脉宽至少其中之一与调光信息成比例的信号;若是解调模块140是通故控制调光开关150来实现调光功能,则所述调光控制信号Sdc可以例如是脉宽与调光信息成比例的信号。Please refer to FIG. 7A first. The demodulation module 140 of this embodiment includes a sampling circuit 141 and a signal conversion circuit 145. The sampling circuit 141 receives the modulated power supply Pin_C, and is used to collect/retrieve brightness information from the modulated power supply Pin_C, and accordingly generate a brightness indicator signal Sdim' corresponding to the dimming signal (such as Sdim) in the dimmer . The signal conversion circuit 145 is electrically connected to the sampling circuit 141 to receive the brightness indicating signal Sdim', and is used to generate a dimming control signal Sdc for controlling the subsequent circuit according to the brightness indicating signal Sdim'. The signal format of the dimming control signal Sdc will be designed or adjusted according to the type of the subsequent circuit; for example, if the demodulation module 140 realizes the dimming function by controlling the driving circuit 130, the dimming control signal Sdc can be, for example, a signal whose level, frequency, and pulse width are proportional to the dimming information; if the demodulation module 140 controls the dimming switch 150 to realize the dimming function, the dimming control signal Sdc may be, for example, a signal whose pulse width is proportional to the dimming information.
底下以图7B和图7C来说明本揭露一些实施例的解调模块140的具体范例。请先参照图7B,在本实施例的电源模块中,驱动电路130包括切换控制电路131和转换电路132,并且解调模块140包括取样电路141和信号转换电路145a。在驱动电路130中,转换电路132包含电阻R41、电感L41、续流二极管D41、电容C41以及晶体管M41,其中上述各组件之间的连接配置类似于图4B实施例的电阻R21、电感L21、续流二极管D21、电容C21以及晶体管M21,故于此不再重复赘述。取样电路141包含耦合电路142。耦合电路142电性连接第一连接端101、第二连接端102以及信号转换电路145a,用以过滤调变电源Pin_C的直流成分,进而将调变电源Pin_C中的调光信息撷取出,其中所述耦合电路142可例如是以电容C51来实施。7B and 7C are used to illustrate specific examples of the demodulation module 140 according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Referring to FIG. 7B first, in the power supply module of this embodiment, the driving circuit 130 includes a switching control circuit 131 and a conversion circuit 132, and the demodulation module 140 includes a sampling circuit 141 and a signal conversion circuit 145a. In the driving circuit 130, the conversion circuit 132 includes a resistor R41, an inductor L41, a freewheeling diode D41, a capacitor C41, and a transistor M41. The connection configuration between the above-mentioned components is similar to that of the resistor R21, the inductor L21, and the continuation of the embodiment of FIG. 4B. The flow diode D21, the capacitor C21 and the transistor M21 are not repeated here. The sampling circuit 141 includes a coupling circuit 142. The coupling circuit 142 is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101, the second connection terminal 102 and the signal conversion circuit 145a, and is used to filter the DC component of the modulated power supply Pin_C, and then extract the dimming information in the modulated power supply Pin_C. The coupling circuit 142 can be implemented with a capacitor C51, for example.
在一些实施例中,取样电路141更包含多个用以稳压或调节电平的电子组件,例如电阻R51-R53和稳压管ZD51。电容C51的一端电性连接第一连接端101。电阻R51电性连接在电容C51的另一端和第二连接端102之间。电阻R52的一端电性连接电容C51和电阻R1的连接端,并且电阻R52的另一端电性连接信号转换电路145a。电阻R53电性连接在电阻R52的另一端和第二连接端102之间。稳压管ZD51与电阻R51并联。在上述配置底下,电阻R52和R53的连接端上的信号可视为是亮度指示信号Sdim’。In some embodiments, the sampling circuit 141 further includes a plurality of electronic components for voltage stabilization or level adjustment, such as resistors R51-R53 and a Zener tube ZD51. One end of the capacitor C51 is electrically connected to the first connection terminal 101. The resistor R51 is electrically connected between the other end of the capacitor C51 and the second connection terminal 102. One end of the resistor R52 is electrically connected to the connecting end of the capacitor C51 and the resistor R1, and the other end of the resistor R52 is electrically connected to the signal conversion circuit 145a. The resistor R53 is electrically connected between the other end of the resistor R52 and the second connection terminal 102. The voltage regulator tube ZD51 is connected in parallel with the resistor R51. Under the above configuration, the signal on the connecting end of the resistors R52 and R53 can be regarded as the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
信号转换电路145a会基于亮度指示信号Sdim’所指示的亮度信息产生具有对应的频率、电压及占空比的调光控制信号Sdc提供给切换控制电路131,使得切换控制电路131可以根 据调光控制信号Sdc生成一点亮控制信号Slc调整晶体管M41的切换行为,进而使驱动电路130所产生的驱动电源Sdrv响应于亮度信息而有所变化。在其他实施例中,点亮控制信号也可称为调光指示信号。The signal conversion circuit 145a generates a dimming control signal Sdc with corresponding frequency, voltage, and duty cycle based on the brightness information indicated by the brightness indicator signal Sdim', and provides it to the switch control circuit 131, so that the switch control circuit 131 can control the light according to the dimming control. The signal Sdc generates a one-point light control signal Slc to adjust the switching behavior of the transistor M41, and thereby the driving power Sdrv generated by the driving circuit 130 changes in response to the brightness information. In other embodiments, the lighting control signal may also be referred to as a dimming indicator signal.
底下搭配图9A和图9B来说明上述解调模块140的运作,其中图9A和图9B是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的信号波形示意图。在此类似于前述实施例,同样是将LED模块的亮度调整为最大亮度的30%和70%作为举例说明,但本揭露不以此为限。请同时参照图7B、图9A以及图9B,当LED装置接收到具有直流成分(例如直流的设定电压Vset)和交流成分(例如在设定电压Vset基础上的脉冲)的调变电源Pin_C时,一方面驱动电路130会响应调变电源Pin_C而启动并进行电源转换以产生驱动电源Sdrv;另一方面解调模块140会通过电容C51将调变电源Pin_C的交流成分耦合出,并且通过电阻R51-R53和稳压管ZD51进行分压与稳压,以产生亮度指示信号Sdim’。其中,亮度指示信号Sdim’可例如具有脉冲波形,且各脉冲会大致与调变电源Pin_C中的交流成分同步的信号。调光器所给出的调光信息/亮度信息可以视为是包含在亮度指示信号Sdim’的频率信息里。如图9A和图9B所示,指示30%亮度的亮度指示信号Sdim’的频率会小于指示70%亮度的亮度指示信号Sdim’,亦即指示30%亮度的亮度指示信号Sdim’的周期T1会大于指示70%亮度的亮度指示信号Sdim’的周期T2。9A and 9B are used to illustrate the operation of the above-mentioned demodulation module 140, wherein FIGS. 9A and 9B are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of the LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Similar to the foregoing embodiment, the brightness of the LED module is adjusted to 30% and 70% of the maximum brightness as an example, but the disclosure is not limited to this. Please refer to FIG. 7B, FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B at the same time, when the LED device receives a modulated power supply Pin_C with a DC component (such as a DC set voltage Vset) and an AC component (such as a pulse based on the set voltage Vset) On the one hand, the driving circuit 130 will start in response to the modulated power Pin_C and perform power conversion to generate the driving power Sdrv; on the other hand, the demodulation module 140 will couple the AC component of the modulated power Pin_C through the capacitor C51, and through the resistor R51 -R53 and Zener tube ZD51 perform voltage division and voltage stabilization to generate the brightness indicator signal Sdim'. Wherein, the brightness indicating signal Sdim' may for example have a pulse waveform, and each pulse is a signal that is approximately synchronized with the AC component in the modulated power supply Pin_C. The dimming information/brightness information given by the dimmer can be regarded as included in the frequency information of the brightness indicating signal Sdim'. As shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, the frequency of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' indicating 30% brightness will be lower than that of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' indicating 70% brightness, that is, the period T1 of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' indicating 30% brightness will be It is greater than the period T2 of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' indicating 70% brightness.
亮度指示信号Sdim’会触发信号转换电路145a产生具有固定脉宽PW的方波作为调光控制信号Sdc。在图9A和图9B中,是绘示信号转换电路145a基于亮度指示信号Sdim’的上升沿触发方波产生为例,但本揭露不以此为限。在其他实施例中,信号转换电路145a也可以是基于亮度指示信号Sdim’的下降沿进行触发,或是基于判断亮度指示信号Sdim’的电压是否达到一特定值的方式来进行触发。另外,由于调光控制信号Sdc中的方波是基于亮度指示信号Sdim’的脉冲所触发产生,所以调光控制信号Sdc的频率基本上会与亮度控制信号Sdim’大致相同。The brightness indicator signal Sdim' triggers the signal conversion circuit 145a to generate a square wave with a fixed pulse width PW as the dimming control signal Sdc. In FIGS. 9A and 9B, it is shown that the signal conversion circuit 145a triggers the generation of a square wave based on the rising edge of the brightness indicator signal Sdim' as an example, but the present disclosure is not limited to this. In other embodiments, the signal conversion circuit 145a can also be triggered based on the falling edge of the brightness indicating signal Sdim', or based on determining whether the voltage of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' reaches a specific value. In addition, since the square wave in the dimming control signal Sdc is generated based on the pulse of the brightness indicating signal Sdim', the frequency of the dimming control signal Sdc is basically the same as the brightness control signal Sdim'.
通过上述的信号转换动作,当切换控制电路131接收到指示30%最大亮度的调光控制信号Sdc时,切换控制电路131会调降晶体管M41的占空比以使驱动电源Sdrv的电流值降低至额定电流值的30%;当切换控制电路131后续接到指示70%最大亮度的调光控制信号Sdc时,切换控制电路131会调高晶体管的占空比以使驱动电源Sdrv的电流值从额定电流值的30%上升至70%,藉此来实现调光的效果。Through the above-mentioned signal conversion action, when the switching control circuit 131 receives the dimming control signal Sdc indicating 30% of the maximum brightness, the switching control circuit 131 will reduce the duty cycle of the transistor M41 to reduce the current value of the driving power supply Sdrv to 30% of the rated current value; when the switching control circuit 131 subsequently receives the dimming control signal Sdc indicating 70% of the maximum brightness, the switching control circuit 131 will increase the duty cycle of the transistor so that the current value of the driving power supply Sdrv is lower than the rated current value. The 30% of the current value rises to 70%, thereby realizing the dimming effect.
请接着参照图7C,本实施例绘示另一种解调模块140的配置,本实施例的配置与前述图7B实施例大致相同,其主要差异在于本实施例的取样电路141更包括晶体管M51和电阻R54,并且信号转换电路是以下降沿触发的信号转换电路145b来实施,其中所述晶体管M51和电阻R54用以组成信号反向模块,以将电阻R52和R53的连接端上的信号反相并输出亮度指示信号Sdim’。晶体管M51和电阻R54可被称为信号转换电路。7C, this embodiment illustrates another configuration of the demodulation module 140. The configuration of this embodiment is roughly the same as the previous embodiment of FIG. 7B. The main difference is that the sampling circuit 141 of this embodiment further includes a transistor M51. And resistor R54, and the signal conversion circuit is implemented as a signal conversion circuit 145b triggered by a falling edge, wherein the transistor M51 and the resistor R54 are used to form a signal inversion module to reverse the signal on the connecting end of the resistors R52 and R53. Phase and output the brightness indicating signal Sdim'. The transistor M51 and the resistor R54 may be referred to as a signal conversion circuit.
具体而言,晶体管M51具有第一端、第二端以及控制端,其第一端电性连接信号转换电路145b,其第二端电性连接第二连接端102(也可视为接地端GND2),且其控制端电性连接电阻R52和R53的连接端。电阻R54的一端电性连接偏压电源Vcc2(可以例如是从母线分压而来),并且电阻R54的另一端电性连接晶体管M51的第一端,其中晶体管M51和电阻R54的连接端上的信号可以视为是亮度指示信号Sdim’。Specifically, the transistor M51 has a first terminal, a second terminal, and a control terminal. The first terminal is electrically connected to the signal conversion circuit 145b, and the second terminal is electrically connected to the second connection terminal 102 (also regarded as the ground terminal GND2). ), and its control terminal is electrically connected to the connecting terminals of resistors R52 and R53. One end of the resistor R54 is electrically connected to the bias power supply Vcc2 (which may be divided from the busbar, for example), and the other end of the resistor R54 is electrically connected to the first end of the transistor M51, wherein The signal can be regarded as the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
在图7C实施例中,电阻R52和R53的连接端上的信号会作为晶体管M51的控制信号。当所述控制信号为高电平时,晶体管M51导通,使得晶体管M51的第一端可视为被短路至接地端GND2,因此亮度指示信号Sdim’会被下拉至低电平(接地电平);当所述控制信号为低电平时,晶体管M51截止,因此亮度指示信号Sdim’会被上拉至高电平(偏压电源Vcc2)。换言之,亮度指示信号Sdim’的信号电平会与电阻R52和R53的连接端上的信号电平互为反相。In the embodiment of FIG. 7C, the signal on the connecting end of the resistors R52 and R53 will be used as the control signal of the transistor M51. When the control signal is at a high level, the transistor M51 is turned on, so that the first terminal of the transistor M51 can be regarded as being short-circuited to the ground terminal GND2, so the brightness indicator signal Sdim' will be pulled down to a low level (ground level) When the control signal is low, the transistor M51 is turned off, so the brightness indicator signal Sdim' will be pulled up to a high level (bias power supply Vcc2). In other words, the signal level of the brightness indicating signal Sdim' and the signal level on the connecting end of the resistors R52 and R53 are inverse to each other.
底下搭配图9C和图9D来说明上述解调模块140的运作,其中图9C和图9D是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的信号波形示意图。在此类似于前述实施例,同样是将LED模块的亮度调整为最大亮度的30%和70%作为举例说明,但本揭露不以此为限。请同时参照图7C、图9C以及图9D,当LED装置接收到具有直流成分(例如直流的设定电压Vset)和交流成分(例如在设定电压Vset基础上的脉冲)的调变电源Pin_C时,一方面驱动电路130会响应调变电源Pin_C而启动并进行电源转换以产生驱动电源Sdrv;另一方面解调模块140会通过电容C51将调变电源Pin_C的交流成分耦合出,并且通过电阻R51-R53和稳压管ZD51进行分压与稳压,以产生晶体管M51的控制信号。晶体管M51经切换而影响其第一端上的信号状态以形成亮度指示信号Sdim’。其中,亮度指示信号Sdim’可例如具有反相的脉冲波形(即,基准电平为高电平,脉冲期间切换为低电平),且各脉冲会大致与调变电源Pin_C中的交流成分同步的信号。调光器所给出的调光信息/亮度信息可以视为是包含在亮度指示信号Sdim’的频率信息里。9C and 9D are used to illustrate the operation of the demodulation module 140, wherein FIGS. 9C and 9D are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of the LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Similar to the foregoing embodiment, the brightness of the LED module is adjusted to 30% and 70% of the maximum brightness as an example, but the disclosure is not limited to this. Please refer to FIGS. 7C, 9C, and 9D at the same time, when the LED device receives a modulated power supply Pin_C with a DC component (for example, a DC set voltage Vset) and an AC component (for example, a pulse based on the set voltage Vset) On the one hand, the driving circuit 130 will start in response to the modulated power Pin_C and perform power conversion to generate the driving power Sdrv; on the other hand, the demodulation module 140 will couple the AC component of the modulated power Pin_C through the capacitor C51, and through the resistor R51 -R53 and Zener tube ZD51 are divided and stabilized to generate the control signal of transistor M51. The transistor M51 is switched to affect the signal state on its first terminal to form the brightness indicating signal Sdim'. Wherein, the brightness indicating signal Sdim' may have an inverted pulse waveform (that is, the reference level is high, and the pulse period is switched to low), and each pulse will be approximately synchronized with the AC component in the modulating power supply Pin_C signal of. The dimming information/brightness information given by the dimmer can be regarded as included in the frequency information of the brightness indicating signal Sdim'.
亮度指示信号Sdim’会触发信号转换电路145b产生具有固定脉宽PW的方波作为调光控制信号Sdc。在图9C和图9D中,是绘示信号转换电路145b基于亮度指示信号Sdim’的下升沿触发方波产生为例,但本揭露不以此为限。The brightness indicator signal Sdim' triggers the signal conversion circuit 145b to generate a square wave with a fixed pulse width PW as the dimming control signal Sdc. In FIGS. 9C and 9D, it is shown that the signal conversion circuit 145b generates a square wave based on the rising edge of the brightness indicator signal Sdim' as an example, but the present disclosure is not limited to this.
通过上述的信号转换动作,当切换控制电路131接收到指示30%最大亮度的调光控制信号Sdc时,切换控制电路131会调降晶体管M41的占空比以使驱动电源Sdrv的电流值降低至额定电流值的30%;当切换控制电路131后续接到指示70%最大亮度的调光控制信号Sdc时,切换控制电路131会调高晶体管的占空比以使驱动电源Sdrv的电流值从额定电流值的30%上升至70%,藉此来实现调光的效果。Through the above-mentioned signal conversion action, when the switching control circuit 131 receives the dimming control signal Sdc indicating 30% of the maximum brightness, the switching control circuit 131 will reduce the duty cycle of the transistor M41 to reduce the current value of the driving power supply Sdrv to 30% of the rated current value; when the switching control circuit 131 subsequently receives the dimming control signal Sdc indicating 70% of the maximum brightness, the switching control circuit 131 will increase the duty cycle of the transistor so that the current value of the driving power supply Sdrv is lower than the rated current value. The 30% of the current value rises to 70%, thereby realizing the dimming effect.
由于解调模块140仅是利用调变电源Pin_C中的交流成分作为调光控制信号Sdc的触发,而不是直接基于此信号来控制驱动电路130的调光行为,因此即便调光器80在受到其他非预 期因素而使调变电源Pin_C有所波动或不稳定时,只要在信号脉冲得以辨识出的情况下,解调模块140都能够确保不会因为电压波动而使调光控制发生误动作,提高LED照明装置的可靠度。Since the demodulation module 140 only uses the AC component in the modulated power supply Pin_C as the trigger of the dimming control signal Sdc, instead of directly controlling the dimming behavior of the driving circuit 130 based on this signal, even if the dimmer 80 is affected by other When the modulated power supply Pin_C fluctuates or becomes unstable due to unexpected factors, as long as the signal pulse can be identified, the demodulation module 140 can ensure that the dimming control will not malfunction due to voltage fluctuations. Reliability of LED lighting device.
在其他实施例中,取样电路141可被称为信号解析模块,信号转换电路145可被称为信号生成模块。驱动电路130可被称为电源转换模块。In other embodiments, the sampling circuit 141 may be referred to as a signal analysis module, and the signal conversion circuit 145 may be referred to as a signal generation module. The driving circuit 130 may be referred to as a power conversion module.
在其他实施例中,信号转换电路145包含一触发电路,触发电路耦接至取样电路141用以接收取样电路141以接收亮度指示信号Sdim’。举例来说,当触发电路检测到亮度指示信号Sdim’中的上升沿信号时触发一个脉冲宽度为Th的脉冲,脉冲宽度Th可由触发器内部器件设定。转换后的信号为调光控制信号Sdc,调光控制信号Sdc的频率和亮度指示信号Sdim’一致,脉冲宽度为Th。In other embodiments, the signal conversion circuit 145 includes a trigger circuit, and the trigger circuit is coupled to the sampling circuit 141 for receiving the sampling circuit 141 to receive the brightness indicating signal Sdim'. For example, when the trigger circuit detects the rising edge signal in the brightness indicator signal Sdim', it triggers a pulse with a pulse width Th, and the pulse width Th can be set by the internal device of the trigger. The converted signal is the dimming control signal Sdc. The frequency of the dimming control signal Sdc is consistent with the brightness indicator signal Sdim', and the pulse width is Th.
请同时参照图7D与图7E,图7D是本揭露一实施例的LED照明装置中,解调模块240,的一种具体实施例示意框图,图7E是本揭露一实施例的LED照明装置中,解调模块的波形的对应关系示意图。如图7D所示,在一实施例中,解调模块240包括电平判断电路241、取样电路242、计数电路243以及映射电路244。电平判断电路241用以侦测调变电源Pin_C是否位于阈值区间VTB0内,以判断调变电源Pin_C是否为零电平,具体而言,如图7E所示,在一实施例中,电平判断电路241比较电源Pin_C的电平与上阈值Vt1及下阈值Vt2,藉此判断调变电源Pin_C是否位于阈值区间VTB0内,当调变电源Pin_C确实位于阈值区间VTB0内时,电平判断电路241输出具有第一逻辑位准(例如为高逻辑位准)的零电平判断信号S0V用以指示调变电源Pin_C确实位于阈值区间VTB0内。取样电路242用以根据时脉信号CLK,对零电平判断信号S0V进行取样,以产生脉波形式的取样信号Spls,其中,当取样的零电平判断信号S0V为高逻辑位准时(代表调变电源Pin_C确实位于阈值区间VTB0内),取样信号Spls输出脉波,接著,计数电路243,例如于1/2个市电的周期内(例如对应于50Hz或60Hz)计数取样信号Spls的脉波数量以产生计数信号Scnt,映射电路244则根据计数信号Scnt(指示取样信号Spls的脉波数量)与1/2个市电的周期内时脉信号CLK的总数量的比值,映射产生如前所述的调光控制信号Sdc。其中复位信号RST同步于1/2个市电的周期,用以将计数电路复位。需说明的是,本揭露中的调光控制信号Sdc,并不在LED模块LM与驱动电源Sdrv的电源回路上,换句话说,调光控制信号Sdc并非用以直接驱动LED模块LM的电源。从另一个角度来看,调光控制信号Sdc的电流或功率远小于驱动电源Sdrv的电流或功率。具体而言,在一些实施例中,调光控制信号Sdc的电流或功率远是驱动电源Sdrv的电流或功率的1/10、1/100或1/100以下。Please refer to FIGS. 7D and 7E at the same time. FIG. 7D is a schematic block diagram of a specific embodiment of the demodulation module 240 in the LED lighting device of an embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. 7E is a schematic block diagram of a specific embodiment of the LED lighting device of an embodiment of the present disclosure. , A schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship between the waveforms of the demodulation module. As shown in FIG. 7D, in an embodiment, the demodulation module 240 includes a level judgment circuit 241, a sampling circuit 242, a counting circuit 243, and a mapping circuit 244. The level judging circuit 241 is used to detect whether the modulated power supply Pin_C is within the threshold interval VTB0 to determine whether the modulated power supply Pin_C is at zero level. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 7E, in one embodiment, the level The judging circuit 241 compares the level of the power supply Pin_C with the upper threshold Vt1 and the lower threshold Vt2, thereby judging whether the modulated power supply Pin_C is within the threshold interval VTB0. When the modulated power supply Pin_C is indeed within the threshold interval VTB0, the level judging circuit 241 The zero-level determination signal S0V with the first logic level (for example, a high logic level) is output to indicate that the modulated power supply Pin_C is indeed within the threshold interval VTB0. The sampling circuit 242 is used to sample the zero-level determination signal S0V according to the clock signal CLK to generate a sampling signal Spls in the form of a pulse wave, wherein, when the sampled zero-level determination signal S0V is at a high logic level (representing the adjustment The variable power supply Pin_C is indeed within the threshold interval VTB0), the sampling signal Spls outputs a pulse wave, and then the counting circuit 243, for example, counts the pulse wave of the sampling signal Spls within a period of 1/2 mains (for example, corresponding to 50 Hz or 60 Hz) According to the ratio of the count signal Scnt (indicating the number of pulses of the sampling signal Spls) to the total number of the clock signal CLK in the cycle of 1/2 mains, the mapping circuit 244 generates the count signal Scnt as described above. The dimming control signal Sdc mentioned above. The reset signal RST is synchronized with 1/2 of the period of the mains power supply and is used to reset the counting circuit. It should be noted that the dimming control signal Sdc in this disclosure is not on the power circuit of the LED module LM and the driving power supply Sdrv. In other words, the dimming control signal Sdc is not used to directly drive the power supply of the LED module LM. From another perspective, the current or power of the dimming control signal Sdc is much smaller than the current or power of the driving power source Sdrv. Specifically, in some embodiments, the current or power of the dimming control signal Sdc is far less than 1/10, 1/100, or 1/100 of the current or power of the driving power source Sdrv.
图10A和10B是本揭露一些实施例的LED照明装置的调光控制方法的步骤流程图。在此所述的调光控制方法可以应用在上述图1至图7C实施例其中任一所述的LED照明系统或LED照明装置中。请先参照图10A,在本实施例的调光控制方法中,LED照明装置中的电源模块会 对输入电源进行电源转换,并且产生驱动电源提供给LED模块(步骤S110)。另一方面,LED照明装置中的解调模块会撷取输入电源的信号特征(步骤S120)。接着解调模块会对撷取到的信号特征进行解调,藉以取出亮度信息,并产生相应的调光控制信号(步骤S130)。接着电源模块会参考解调模块所产生的调光控制信号调整电源转换运作,藉以响应于所述亮度信息调整驱动电源大小(步骤S140)。10A and 10B are a flowchart of steps of a dimming control method of an LED lighting device according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. The dimming control method described here can be applied to the LED lighting system or the LED lighting device described in any of the above-mentioned embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 7C. Referring to FIG. 10A first, in the dimming control method of this embodiment, the power supply module in the LED lighting device converts the input power, and generates driving power for the LED module (step S110). On the other hand, the demodulation module in the LED lighting device captures the signal characteristics of the input power (step S120). Then the demodulation module demodulates the captured signal characteristics, thereby extracting the brightness information, and generating the corresponding dimming control signal (step S130). Then the power module adjusts the power conversion operation with reference to the dimming control signal generated by the demodulation module, so as to adjust the size of the driving power in response to the brightness information (step S140).
在一些实施例中,步骤S120至S140可以进一步的依据图10B所述的控制方法来实施。请参照图10B,在本实施例中,解调模块可以通过滤除输入电源的直流成分的方式来产生第一特征信号(步骤S220),在此所述的第一特征信号即可如前述实施例提及的亮度指示信号Sdim’。接着,解调模块会基于所述第一特征信号的上升沿或下降沿,触发产生调光控制信号(步骤S230),并使电源模块中的切换控制电路依据调光控制信号的占空比调整驱动电源的大小(步骤S240)。In some embodiments, steps S120 to S140 may be further implemented according to the control method described in FIG. 10B. Referring to FIG. 10B, in this embodiment, the demodulation module can generate the first characteristic signal by filtering out the DC component of the input power (step S220). The first characteristic signal described here can be implemented as described above. The brightness indicator signal Sdim' mentioned in the example. Then, the demodulation module triggers the generation of a dimming control signal based on the rising edge or the falling edge of the first characteristic signal (step S230), and makes the switching control circuit in the power module adjust according to the duty cycle of the dimming control signal The size of the driving power source (step S240).
图10C是本揭露一实施例的LED照明系统的调光控制方法的步骤流程图。请搭配参照图1A和图10C,在此以LED照明系统10的角度描述整体调光控制方法。首先,调光器80会根据调光指令DIM调变输入电源Pin,并且据以产生调变电源Pin_C(步骤S310),其中所述调变电源Pin_C带有指示调光信息的信号特征,并且所述信号特征可例如为调变电源Pin_C的相切角/导通角。调变电源Pin_C会被提供给LED照明装置100,使LED照明装置100基于调变电源Pin_C进行电源转换并点亮内部的LED模块(步骤S320)。另一方面,LED照明装置100会从调变电源Pin_C中撷取信号特征(步骤S330),并且对撷取到的信号特征进行解调,藉以取出相应的调光信息(步骤S340)。接著,LED照明装置100会参考解调出的调光信息去调整电源转换运作,藉以改变LED模块的发光亮度或色温(步骤S350)。FIG. 10C is a flowchart of steps of a dimming control method of an LED lighting system according to an embodiment of the disclosure. Please refer to FIG. 1A and FIG. 10C together. Here, the overall dimming control method is described from the perspective of the LED lighting system 10. First, the dimmer 80 modulates the input power Pin according to the dimming command DIM, and generates a modulated power Pin_C accordingly (step S310), wherein the modulated power Pin_C has a signal characteristic indicating dimming information, and The signal characteristic can be, for example, the phase tangent angle/conduction angle of the modulated power supply Pin_C. The modulated power Pin_C is provided to the LED lighting device 100, so that the LED lighting device 100 performs power conversion based on the modulated power Pin_C and lights the internal LED module (step S320). On the other hand, the LED lighting device 100 extracts signal characteristics from the modulated power Pin_C (step S330), and demodulates the captured signal characteristics, so as to extract the corresponding dimming information (step S340). Then, the LED lighting device 100 refers to the demodulated dimming information to adjust the power conversion operation, so as to change the light-emitting brightness or color temperature of the LED module (step S350).
更具体的说,搭配图6A来看,上述撷取信号特征(步骤S330)和解调调变电源Pin_C的动作(步骤S340)可以通过LED照明装置100/200中的解调模块140来实现。在一实施例中,LED照明装置100基于调变电源Pin_C进行电源转换并点亮内部的LED模块的动作(步骤S320)以及参考调光信息调整电源转换运作,藉以调整LED模块的发光亮度的动作(步骤S350)可以通过LED照明装置100/200中的驱动电路230来实现。More specifically, in conjunction with FIG. 6A, the above-mentioned operations of capturing signal characteristics (step S330) and demodulating and modulating the power supply Pin_C (step S340) can be implemented by the demodulation module 140 in the LED lighting device 100/200. In one embodiment, the LED lighting device 100 performs power conversion based on the modulated power supply Pin_C and lights the internal LED module (step S320) and adjusts the power conversion operation with reference to the dimming information, thereby adjusting the brightness of the LED module. (Step S350) can be implemented by the driving circuit 230 in the LED lighting device 100/200.
底下进一步以LED照明装置100的角度来描述整体调光控制方法,如图10D所示。图10D是本揭露一实施例的LED照明装置的调光控制方法的步骤流程图。请搭配参照图1A、图6A和图10D。当LED照明装置100接收到调变电源Pin_C时,整流电路110和滤波电路120会依序对调变电源Pin_C进行整流和滤波处理,并据以产生滤波后信号Sflr给驱动电路130(步骤S410)。驱动电路130会对接收到的滤波后信号Sflr进行电源转换,并且产生驱动电源Sdrv提供给后端的LED模块(步骤S420)。另一方面,解调模块140会撷取调变电源Pin_C的信号特征(步骤S430),接著对撷取到的信号特征进行解调,藉以取出调光信息(例如对应于相切角的角度的大小),并且产生相应的调光控制信号Sdc(步骤S440)。其中,驱动电路130 会参考调光控制信号Sdc来调整电源转换运作,藉以响应于调光信息而调整所产生的驱动电源Sdrv大小(步骤S450),进而令LED模块LM的发光亮度或色温改变。The following further describes the overall dimming control method from the perspective of the LED lighting device 100, as shown in FIG. 10D. FIG. 10D is a flow chart of the steps of the dimming control method of the LED lighting device according to an embodiment of the disclosure. Please refer to Figure 1A, Figure 6A and Figure 10D together. When the LED lighting device 100 receives the modulated power Pin_C, the rectifier circuit 110 and the filter circuit 120 sequentially rectify and filter the modulated power Pin_C, and accordingly generate a filtered signal Sflr to the driving circuit 130 (step S410). The driving circuit 130 performs power conversion on the received filtered signal Sflr, and generates a driving power Sdrv to provide to the rear LED module (step S420). On the other hand, the demodulation module 140 captures the signal characteristics of the modulated power Pin_C (step S430), and then demodulates the captured signal characteristics to extract dimming information (for example, the angle corresponding to the tangent angle). Size), and generate a corresponding dimming control signal Sdc (step S440). The driving circuit 130 adjusts the power conversion operation with reference to the dimming control signal Sdc, so as to adjust the generated driving power Sdrv in response to the dimming information (step S450), thereby changing the light-emitting brightness or color temperature of the LED module LM.
进一步来说,以调光控制信号Sdc来调整驱动电130的电源转换运作的方式,在一实施例中,可以是模拟式的控制方式,举例而言,调光控制信号Sdc的电平可用以模拟式地控制例如驱动电路130的电压或电流参考值,藉此以模拟式地调整驱动电源Sdrv的大小。Furthermore, the dimming control signal Sdc is used to adjust the power conversion operation of the driving circuit 130. In one embodiment, it can be an analog control method. For example, the level of the dimming control signal Sdc can be used to For example, the voltage or current reference value of the driving circuit 130 is controlled in an analog manner, so as to adjust the size of the driving power Sdrv in an analog manner.
在一些实施例中,以调光控制信号Sdc来调整驱动电路130的电源转换运作的方式,在一实施例中,可选的,可以是数字式的控制方式,举例而言,调光控制信号Sdc可以响应于相切角而对应具有不同的占空比,在这类的实施例中,调光控制信号Sdc可具有例如第一状态(例如高逻辑状态)与第二状态(例如低逻辑状态),在一实施例中,第一状态与第二状态用以数字式地控制驱动电路130的驱动电源Sdrv的大小,例如第一状态时输出电流,第二状态时停止输出电流,而藉此对LED模块LM进行调光。In some embodiments, the dimming control signal Sdc is used to adjust the power conversion operation of the driving circuit 130. In one embodiment, it can optionally be a digital control method, for example, the dimming control signal Sdc may have different duty cycles in response to the tangent angle. In this type of embodiment, the dimming control signal Sdc may have, for example, a first state (for example, a high logic state) and a second state (for example, a low logic state). ). In one embodiment, the first state and the second state are used to digitally control the size of the driving power supply Sdrv of the driving circuit 130, for example, the output current is output in the first state, and the output current is stopped in the second state, thereby The LED module LM is dimmed.
请参考图13A(原图47),显示为本申请的LED模块在一实施例中的电路架构示意图,如图所示,所述LED模块LM的正端耦接驱动装置的第一驱动输出端130a,负端耦接第二驱动输出端130b。LED模块LM包含至少一个LED单元200a,LED单元200a为两个以上时彼此并联。每一个LED单元的正端耦接LED模块LM的正端,以耦接第一驱动输出端130a;每一个LED单元的负端耦接LED模块LM的负端,以耦接第一驱动输出端322。LED单元200a包含至少一个LED组件2000a,即LED灯的光源。当LED组件2000a为多个时,LED组件2000a串联成一串,第一个LED组件2000a的正端耦接所属LED单元200a的正端,第一个LED组件2000a的负端耦接下一个(第二个)LED组件2000a。而最后一个LED组件2000a的正端耦接前一个LED组件2000a的负端,最后一个LED组件2000a的负端耦接所属LED单元200a的负端。Please refer to FIG. 13A (original FIG. 47), which shows a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of the LED module of this application in an embodiment. As shown in the figure, the positive terminal of the LED module LM is coupled to the first driving output terminal of the driving device 130a, the negative terminal is coupled to the second driving output terminal 130b. The LED module LM includes at least one LED unit 200a, and when there are more than two LED units 200a, they are connected in parallel. The positive terminal of each LED unit is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED module LM to be coupled to the first drive output terminal 130a; the negative terminal of each LED unit is coupled to the negative terminal of the LED module LM to be coupled to the first drive output terminal 322. The LED unit 200a includes at least one LED assembly 2000a, that is, the light source of the LED lamp. When there are multiple LED components 2000a, the LED components 2000a are connected in series to form a string, the positive terminal of the first LED component 2000a is coupled to the positive terminal of the corresponding LED unit 200a, and the negative terminal of the first LED component 2000a is coupled to the next (first Two) LED assembly 2000a. The positive terminal of the last LED component 2000a is coupled to the negative terminal of the previous LED component 2000a, and the negative terminal of the last LED component 2000a is coupled to the negative terminal of the corresponding LED unit 200a.
请参见图13B,显示为本申请的LED模块在又一实施例中的电路架构示意图,如图所示,LED模块LM的正端耦接第一驱动输出端130a,负端耦接第一驱动输出端130b。本实施例的LED模块LM包含至少二个LED单元200b,而且每一个LED单元200b的正端耦接LED模块LM的正端,以及负端耦接LED模块LM的负端。LED单元200b包含至少二个LED组件2000b,在所属的LED单元200b内的LED组件2000b的连接方式如同图29所描述般,LED组件2000b的负极与下一个LED组件2000b的正极耦接,而第一个LED组件2000b的正极耦接所属LED单元200b的正极,以及最后一个LED组件2000b的负极耦接所属LED单元200b的负极。再者,本实施例中的LED单元200b之间也彼此连接。每一个LED单元200b的第n个LED组件2000b的正极彼此连接,负极也彼此连接。因此,本实施例的LED模块LM的LED组件间的连接为网状连接。实际应用上,LED单元200b所包含的LED组件2000b的数量较佳为15-25个,更佳为18-22个。Please refer to FIG. 13B, which shows a schematic diagram of the circuit architecture of the LED module of this application in another embodiment. As shown in the figure, the positive terminal of the LED module LM is coupled to the first driving output terminal 130a, and the negative terminal is coupled to the first driver. The output terminal 130b. The LED module LM of this embodiment includes at least two LED units 200b, and the positive terminal of each LED unit 200b is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED module LM, and the negative terminal is coupled to the negative terminal of the LED module LM. The LED unit 200b includes at least two LED components 2000b. The connection of the LED components 2000b in the LED unit 200b is as described in FIG. 29. The negative electrode of the LED component 2000b is coupled to the positive electrode of the next LED component 2000b, and the The anode of one LED assembly 2000b is coupled to the anode of the associated LED unit 200b, and the cathode of the last LED assembly 2000b is coupled to the cathode of the associated LED unit 200b. Furthermore, the LED units 200b in this embodiment are also connected to each other. The positive electrode of the n-th LED assembly 2000b of each LED unit 200b is connected to each other, and the negative electrode is also connected to each other. Therefore, the connection between the LED components of the LED module LM of this embodiment is a mesh connection. In practical applications, the number of LED components 2000b included in the LED unit 200b is preferably 15-25, and more preferably 18-22.
另外附带一提的是,虽然上述实施例皆是以调整LED模块的发光亮度作为实施说明,但 其同样可类推至LED模块的色温调整上。举例来说,若上述调光控制方式是应用于仅调整提供给红色LED灯珠的驱动电源的情况下(亦即仅有红色LED灯珠的发光亮度受到调整),通过上述调光控制方式即可实现LED照明装置的色温调整。In addition, it should be noted that although the above embodiments are all described by adjusting the light-emitting brightness of the LED module, it can also be analogized to the adjustment of the color temperature of the LED module. For example, if the above dimming control method is applied to only adjust the driving power provided to the red LED lamp bead (that is, only the light-emitting brightness of the red LED lamp bead is adjusted), the above dimming control method is used. The color temperature adjustment of the LED lighting device can be realized.
参考图1D为本发明一实施例的故障检测模块的电路方框图。本实施例中LED照明系统10更包含故障检测模块90。故障检测模块90电性连接至调光器80。参考1A-1C,LED灯100包含多支灯具100_1、100_2···100_n,调光器80中设有保护电路,当LED灯100中的一支或者多支灯具出现故障触发调光器的保护电路,或者调光故障从而引起整个LED照明系统10瘫痪时,检修人员难以确定故障点是调光器80或者具体的故障灯具。一般的可以通过替换灯具的方式进行检修,但是当LED包含的灯具较多时,替换起来异常麻烦。故障检测模块90可通过旁路调光器80的方式对LED照明系统10进行检修。1D is a circuit block diagram of a fault detection module according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the LED lighting system 10 further includes a fault detection module 90. The fault detection module 90 is electrically connected to the dimmer 80. Refer to 1A-1C, the LED lamp 100 includes multiple lamps 100_1, 100_2···100_n, and a protection circuit is provided in the dimmer 80. When one or more of the LED lamps 100 fails, the protection of the dimmer is triggered When a circuit or dimming failure causes the entire LED lighting system 10 to be paralyzed, it is difficult for maintenance personnel to determine whether the failure point is the dimmer 80 or the specific malfunctioning lamp. Generally, the maintenance can be carried out by replacing the lamps, but when the LED contains more lamps, it is extremely troublesome to replace. The fault detection module 90 can perform maintenance on the LED lighting system 10 by bypassing the dimmer 80.
现结合图14A为本发明一实施例的故障检测模块的电路结构示意图。故障检测模块90的工作原理进行说明。故障检测模块90包含开关901,开关901与调光器80并联连接,开关901的第一引脚电性连接至电力输入端A1,其第二引脚电性连接至调光器输出端80a。当调光器80故障或者LED灯100故障导致整个照明系统瘫痪时,可利用开关901进行故障检测。正常状态下,开关901处于断开状态,调光器80可正常对LED灯100进行控制。当照明系统出现故障时,闭合开关901,此时,调光器80被开关901旁路,外部电力EP可直接对LED灯100进行供电,此时,若LED灯100正常点亮,可排除LED灯100的故障,然后对调光器80进行检修即可;若LED灯100中的某个或多个灯因故障无法正常点亮,其他灯可正常点亮,此时只需要更换无法点亮的故障灯即可。通过此种配置,可方便的对系统故障进行检测,以确定故障所在点,方便检修人员进行检修。14A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of a fault detection module according to an embodiment of the present invention. The working principle of the fault detection module 90 will be described. The fault detection module 90 includes a switch 901, which is connected in parallel with the dimmer 80, a first pin of the switch 901 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, and a second pin of the switch 901 is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80a. When the dimmer 80 malfunctions or the LED lamp 100 malfunctions and the entire lighting system is paralyzed, the switch 901 can be used for malfunction detection. In a normal state, the switch 901 is in an off state, and the dimmer 80 can control the LED lamp 100 normally. When the lighting system fails, close the switch 901. At this time, the dimmer 80 is bypassed by the switch 901, and the external power EP can directly supply power to the LED lamp 100. At this time, if the LED lamp 100 lights up normally, the LED can be eliminated. If the lamp 100 fails, then the dimmer 80 can be overhauled; if one or more of the LED lamps 100 fails to light up due to failure, the other lights can light up normally, and only need to be replaced at this time. The fault light is sufficient. Through this configuration, system failures can be easily detected to determine the location of the failure, which is convenient for maintenance personnel to perform maintenance.
本实施例中,开关901为常开开关,可设置于调光器80的内部,可通过机械触发或者调光器80的控制界面进行触发。在其他实施例中,调光器80还可以是其他类型的控制器,本发明不限于此。In this embodiment, the switch 901 is a normally open switch, which can be arranged inside the dimmer 80, and can be triggered by a mechanical trigger or a control interface of the dimmer 80. In other embodiments, the dimmer 80 may also be other types of controllers, and the present invention is not limited to this.
参考图14B为本发明另一实施例的故障检测模块的电路结构示意图。故障检测模块90包含开关901和开关902。本实施例中调光器80电性连接至电力输入端A1和A2,用以接收外部电力信号,并具有调光器输出端80a和80b。调光器输出端80a和80b电性连接至LED灯。开关901第一引脚电性连接至电力输入端A1,其第二引脚电性连接至调光去输出端80a。开关902第一引脚电性连接至电力输入端A2,其第二引脚电性连接至调光器输出端80b。正常状态下,开关901和开关902处于断开状态,调光器80正常工作。当LED灯照明系统出现故障,进行故障检修时,闭合开关901和902,调光器80被开关901和902旁路,外部电力信号可直接通过开关901和902向LED灯供电。此时,若LED灯100正常点亮,可排除LED灯100故障,然后对调光器80进行检修即可;若LED灯100中某个或者多个灯因故障无法正常点亮,其他灯正常点亮,此时,只需更换无法点亮的灯即可。通过此种配置,可方便的对系 统故障进行检测,以确定故障所在点,方便检修人员进行检修。14B is a schematic diagram of the circuit structure of a fault detection module according to another embodiment of the present invention. The fault detection module 90 includes a switch 901 and a switch 902. In this embodiment, the dimmer 80 is electrically connected to the power input terminals A1 and A2 for receiving external power signals, and has dimmer output terminals 80a and 80b. The dimmer output ends 80a and 80b are electrically connected to the LED lamp. The first pin of the switch 901 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A1, and the second pin of the switch 901 is electrically connected to the dimming output terminal 80a. The first pin of the switch 902 is electrically connected to the power input terminal A2, and the second pin of the switch 902 is electrically connected to the dimmer output terminal 80b. In a normal state, the switch 901 and the switch 902 are in an off state, and the dimmer 80 works normally. When the LED lighting system fails and troubleshooting is performed, the switches 901 and 902 are closed, and the dimmer 80 is bypassed by the switches 901 and 902. The external power signal can directly supply power to the LED lights through the switches 901 and 902. At this time, if the LED light 100 is normally lit, the fault of the LED light 100 can be eliminated, and then the dimmer 80 can be overhauled; if one or more of the LED lights 100 cannot be lighted normally due to a failure, the other lights are normal Light up, at this time, just replace the lamp that can't light up. Through this configuration, system faults can be easily detected to determine the location of the fault, which is convenient for maintenance personnel to perform maintenance.
本实施例中,开光901和开关902为常开开关,可设置于调光器80的内部,可通过机械触发或者调光器80的控制界面进行触发。在其他实施例中,调光器80还可以是其他类型的控制器,本发明不限于此。In this embodiment, the switch 901 and the switch 902 are normally open switches, which can be arranged inside the dimmer 80, and can be triggered by mechanical triggering or the control interface of the dimmer 80. In other embodiments, the dimmer 80 may also be other types of controllers, and the present invention is not limited to this.
参考图17为本发明又一实施例的照明系统的框架示意图。照明系统10包含红外遥控器50和灯组100。红外遥控器50为控制接口的一种。本实施例中,灯组100包含灯具100_1、100_2···100_n。灯具上设有红外信号接收装置,用以接收红外遥控器50的红外控制信号,并根据红外控制信号调节灯具的亮度。红外遥控器50用以生成红外控制信号。由于红外信号具有方向性,当使用红外遥控器50对灯组100进行调光时,在红外遥控器50信号范围内的灯具100_1和100_2可以接收到红外控制信号而进行调光。但是,未在红外遥控器50的信号范围内的其他灯具,无法接收到红外控制信号,因此也无法进行调光。Refer to FIG. 17 for a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present invention. The lighting system 10 includes an infrared remote controller 50 and a light group 100. The infrared remote controller 50 is a kind of control interface. In this embodiment, the lamp group 100 includes lamps 100_1, 100_2···100_n. An infrared signal receiving device is provided on the lamp to receive the infrared control signal of the infrared remote controller 50 and adjust the brightness of the lamp according to the infrared control signal. The infrared remote controller 50 is used to generate an infrared control signal. Due to the directivity of the infrared signal, when the infrared remote controller 50 is used to dim the light set 100, the lamps 100_1 and 100_2 within the signal range of the infrared remote controller 50 can receive the infrared control signal for dimming. However, other lamps that are not within the signal range of the infrared remote controller 50 cannot receive the infrared control signal, and therefore cannot perform dimming.
在其他实施例中,红外遥控器50还可以对灯组100的色温进行控制,本发明不以此为限。In other embodiments, the infrared remote controller 50 can also control the color temperature of the light set 100, and the present invention is not limited to this.
参考图18A为本发明又一实施例的照明系统的框架示意图。本实施中照明系统10与图17所示的实施例类似,与之不同的是,本实施例中照明系统10更包含红外中继器40。红外中继器40设置于红外遥控器50和灯组100之间。结合图19A为本发明一实施例的红外中继器的电路架构示意图。红外中继器40包含红外信号接收模块41、红外信号放大模块42,和红外信号发射模块43。红外信号接收模块41用以接收红外遥控器50的红外控制信号并传输给红外信号放大模块42。红外信号放大模块42对接收到的红外控制信号进行运算放大处理,并将放大后的红控制信号发送给红外信号发射模块43。红外信号发射模块43将放大后的红外控制信号发射出去。通过此种配置,红外中继器40对接收到的红外控制信号进行放大,一是放大红外控制信号的功率强度,二是放大红外控制信号的覆盖角度,使红外控制信号能够覆盖更大的空间,以解决遥控器信号覆盖能力不足的问题。使红外中继器中继放大的红外控制信号可以覆盖使用场景的所有灯具,便可以对所有灯具统一的进行调光控制,增加调光的一致性。Refer to FIG. 18A for a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present invention. The lighting system 10 in this embodiment is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 17, but the difference is that the lighting system 10 in this embodiment further includes an infrared repeater 40. The infrared repeater 40 is arranged between the infrared remote controller 50 and the light group 100. 19A is a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the present invention. The infrared repeater 40 includes an infrared signal receiving module 41, an infrared signal amplifying module 42, and an infrared signal transmitting module 43. The infrared signal receiving module 41 is used to receive the infrared control signal of the infrared remote controller 50 and transmit it to the infrared signal amplifying module 42. The infrared signal amplifying module 42 performs operational amplification processing on the received infrared control signal, and sends the amplified red control signal to the infrared signal transmitting module 43. The infrared signal transmitting module 43 transmits the amplified infrared control signal. Through this configuration, the infrared repeater 40 amplifies the received infrared control signal, one is to amplify the power intensity of the infrared control signal, and the other is to amplify the coverage angle of the infrared control signal, so that the infrared control signal can cover a larger space , In order to solve the problem of insufficient remote control signal coverage. The infrared control signal amplified by the infrared repeater can cover all lamps in the use scene, so that all lamps can be uniformly dimmed and controlled to increase the consistency of dimming.
在其他实施例中,红外中继器进行接收放大的红外信号不仅限于照明系统中的红外控制信号,同样的,其他红外控制信号,可例如是电视机的红外控制信号,空调的红外控制信号等都可以使用本发明中的红外中继器进行中继放大,以获得更好的信号覆盖。In other embodiments, the infrared signal received and amplified by the infrared repeater is not limited to the infrared control signal in the lighting system. Similarly, other infrared control signals may be, for example, infrared control signals of TV sets, infrared control signals of air conditioners, etc. Both can use the infrared repeater of the present invention for relay amplification to obtain better signal coverage.
红外遥控器50需要进行移动使用,一般使用干电池进行供电,发射功率较小,无线控制信号的有效发射距离有限。因红外中继器40不需要经常移动位置,所以可以使用锂电池或者市电进行供电,因此放大后的红外控制信号具有更大的功率,可以传输更远的传输距离。红外中继器40可以独立设置,也可集成于灯组100中的其中一支或多支灯具中,或者集成于其他家用电器中。The infrared remote controller 50 needs to be used for mobile use, and generally uses a dry battery for power supply, the transmission power is small, and the effective transmission distance of the wireless control signal is limited. Since the infrared repeater 40 does not need to move its position frequently, it can be powered by a lithium battery or commercial power. Therefore, the amplified infrared control signal has greater power and can be transmitted over a longer transmission distance. The infrared repeater 40 can be set independently, can also be integrated in one or more lamps in the lamp group 100, or integrated in other household appliances.
参考图18B为本发明又一实施例的照明系统的架构示意图。本实施例中,在红外遥控器 50和灯组100存在障碍物OBS1,如果未布置红外中继器40,红外遥控器50的红外信号受到障碍物OBS1的阻挡无法完全覆盖灯组100中的所有灯具,灯组100中的部分灯具因接受不到控制信号而无法正常使用。当系统中布置了红外中继器40之后,红外遥控器50的控制信号可通过红外中继器40的中继会增加控制信号的覆盖角度,从而覆盖灯组100中的所有灯具,保证照明系统10正常运行。Refer to FIG. 18B for a schematic structural diagram of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, there is an obstacle OBS1 between the infrared remote control 50 and the light group 100. If the infrared repeater 40 is not arranged, the infrared signal of the infrared remote control 50 is blocked by the obstacle OBS1 and cannot completely cover all the light groups 100. Lamps, some lamps in the lamp group 100 cannot be used normally because they cannot receive control signals. When the infrared repeater 40 is arranged in the system, the control signal of the infrared remote controller 50 can be relayed by the infrared repeater 40, which will increase the coverage angle of the control signal, thereby covering all the lamps in the lamp group 100, ensuring the lighting system 10 Normal operation.
因红外信号的传播具有方向性,且单个红外发射组件的覆盖角度有限,为了获得更大的覆盖角度,红外发射模块43可配置多个红外发射组件。多个发射组件阵列排布以获得更大的发射角度。如图18A-18B所示,红外中继器40相对于红外遥控器50具有更大的信号发射角度,可以覆盖灯组100中的所有灯具。Since the propagation of infrared signals is directional and the coverage angle of a single infrared emitting component is limited, in order to obtain a larger coverage angle, the infrared emitting module 43 may be configured with multiple infrared emitting components. A plurality of emitting components are arranged in an array to obtain a larger emitting angle. As shown in FIGS. 18A-18B, the infrared repeater 40 has a larger signal emission angle relative to the infrared remote controller 50, and can cover all the lamps in the light group 100.
参考图18C为本发明又一实施例的照明系统的框架示意图。通过红外中继器40可以实现对灯组100中的灯具进行分组控制。可例如,设置灯具100_1和100_2为组1,其他灯具为组2。可通过设定不同的信道进行分组控制。组1的灯具可识别第一信道的控制信号,组2的灯具可识别第二信道的控制信号,组1和组2的灯具都可接收机第三信道的控制信号。红外遥控器50通过第一信号的信号对组1的灯具进行调光,通过第二信道的信号对组2的灯具进行调光,通过第三信道的信号同时对组1和组2进行调光。三个信道相互独立互不干扰,组1的灯具不受第二信道的信号控制,组2的灯具不受第一信道的信号控制。在其实施例中可设置更多的分组对灯具进行控制,并相应的根据需要增加信道的数量,本发明不以此为限。Refer to FIG. 18C for a schematic diagram of a framework of a lighting system according to another embodiment of the present invention. The infrared repeater 40 can realize grouping control of the lamps in the lamp group 100. For example, set the lamps 100_1 and 100_2 as group 1, and other lamps as group 2. Group control can be performed by setting different channels. The lamps of group 1 can recognize the control signal of the first channel, the lamps of group 2 can recognize the control signal of the second channel, and the lamps of group 1 and group 2 can receive the control signal of the third channel. The infrared remote controller 50 uses the signal of the first signal to dim the lamps of the group 1, uses the signal of the second channel to dim the lamps of the group 2, and uses the signal of the third channel to dim the lamps of the group 1 and group 2 at the same time. . The three channels are independent of each other and do not interfere with each other. The lamps of group 1 are not controlled by the signal of the second channel, and the lamps of group 2 are not controlled by the signal of the first channel. In its embodiment, more groups can be set to control the lamps, and the number of channels can be increased accordingly as needed, and the present invention is not limited to this.
参考图19B为本发明一实施例的红外中继器的电路结构示意图。结合图19A,红外中继器40包含红外信号接收模块41、红外信号放大模块42和红外信号发射模块43。红外信号接收模块41包含红外接收探头41a。红外接收探头第一引脚电性连接至一公共电源端Vcc,第二引脚电性连接至电容42a的第一引脚,其第三引脚电性连接至一公共接地端GND。红外接收探头41a用以接收红外控制信号,并将光信号转换成电信号。Refer to FIG. 19B for a schematic diagram of a circuit structure of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the present invention. With reference to FIG. 19A, the infrared repeater 40 includes an infrared signal receiving module 41, an infrared signal amplifying module 42 and an infrared signal transmitting module 43. The infrared signal receiving module 41 includes an infrared receiving probe 41a. The first pin of the infrared receiving probe is electrically connected to a common power terminal Vcc, the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the capacitor 42a, and the third pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal GND. The infrared receiving probe 41a is used to receive the infrared control signal and convert the optical signal into an electrical signal.
红外信号放大模块42接收红外接收探头41a生成的电信号,并进行运算放大处理。红外放大模块42包含电容42a,电阻42b、42c、42d、42f、42i和42k,三极管42e、42g和42h,以及场效应晶体管42j。电容42a的第二引脚电性连接至一公共接地端GND。电阻42b和电容42a并联连接,电阻42c的第一引脚电性连接至电容42a的第一引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至三极管42e的第一引脚。三极管42e的第二引脚电性连接至电阻42d的第二引脚,其第三引脚电性连接至一公共接地端GND。电阻42d的第一引脚电性连接至以公共电源端Vcc。三极管42g的第一引脚和三极管42h的第一引脚电性连接并电性连接至三极管42e的第二引脚和电阻42f的第一引脚。电阻42f的第二引脚电性连接至一公共接地端GND。三极管42g的第二引脚电性连接至一电源端Vcc,其第三引脚电性连接至三极管42h的第二引脚。三极管42h的第三引脚电性连接至一公共接地端GND。电阻42i的第一引脚电性连接至三极管42g的第三引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至场效应晶体管42j的第一引脚。场效应晶体管42j的第二引 脚电性连接至红外发光二极管43_1的阴极,其第三引脚电性连接至一公共接地端GMD。电阻42k第一引脚电性连接至一电源端Vcc,其第二引脚电性连接至红外发光二极管43_1的阳极。The infrared signal amplifying module 42 receives the electrical signal generated by the infrared receiving probe 41a, and performs operational amplification processing. The infrared amplifying module 42 includes a capacitor 42a, resistors 42b, 42c, 42d, 42f, 42i, and 42k, transistors 42e, 42g, and 42h, and a field effect transistor 42j. The second pin of the capacitor 42a is electrically connected to a common ground GND. The resistor 42b and the capacitor 42a are connected in parallel, the first pin of the resistor 42c is electrically connected to the first pin of the capacitor 42a, and the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the transistor 42e. The second pin of the transistor 42e is electrically connected to the second pin of the resistor 42d, and the third pin of the transistor 42e is electrically connected to a common ground GND. The first pin of the resistor 42d is electrically connected to the common power terminal Vcc. The first pin of the transistor 42g and the first pin of the transistor 42h are electrically connected and electrically connected to the second pin of the transistor 42e and the first pin of the resistor 42f. The second pin of the resistor 42f is electrically connected to a common ground GND. The second pin of the transistor 42g is electrically connected to a power terminal Vcc, and the third pin of the transistor 42g is electrically connected to the second pin of the transistor 42h. The third pin of the transistor 42h is electrically connected to a common ground GND. The first pin of the resistor 42i is electrically connected to the third pin of the transistor 42g, and the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the field effect transistor 42j. The second pin of the field effect transistor 42j is electrically connected to the cathode of the infrared light emitting diode 43_1, and the third pin is electrically connected to a common ground terminal GMD. The first pin of the resistor 42k is electrically connected to a power terminal Vcc, and the second pin of the resistor 42k is electrically connected to the anode of the infrared light emitting diode 43_1.
红外发射模块43包含红外发光二极管及43-1、43_2···43_n(n为大于等于1的整数)。各红外发光二极管并联连接,在结构上阵列设置,以提高红外信号的发射角度。The infrared emitting module 43 includes infrared light emitting diodes and 43-1, 43_2···43_n (n is an integer greater than or equal to 1). The infrared light-emitting diodes are connected in parallel and arranged in an array on the structure to increase the emission angle of the infrared signal.
参考图20为本发明一实施例的红外中继器的工作波形示意图。下面结合图19B对红外中继器的工作原理进行说明。S1为红外中继器40接收到的红外信号,S2为红外接收探头41a输出的波形示意图,S3为红外中继器40的输出波形示意图。当信号S1为低电平时,红外接收机探头41a输出高电平信号,三极管42e导通,三极管42g和三极管42h组成图腾柱以提高信号驱动能力,其输出和输入信号保持一致,驱动能力增加。场效应晶体管42j接收机到的信号为图腾柱输出的信号为低电平信号,此时,场效应晶体管42j断开,红外发光二极管43_1、43_2···43_n不点亮,即S3为低电平。当S1为高电平时,红外接收探头41a输出低电平信号,三极管42e截止,同时,图腾柱输出高电平信号,令场效应晶体管42j导通,红外发光二极管43_1、43_2···43_n点亮,即S3为高电平。Refer to FIG. 20 for a schematic diagram of working waveforms of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the present invention. The working principle of the infrared repeater will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 19B. S1 is the infrared signal received by the infrared repeater 40, S2 is a schematic diagram of the waveform output by the infrared receiving probe 41a, and S3 is a schematic diagram of the output waveform of the infrared repeater 40. When the signal S1 is low, the infrared receiver probe 41a outputs a high-level signal, the transistor 42e is turned on, and the transistor 42g and the transistor 42h form a totem pole to improve the signal driving ability. The output and the input signal are consistent, and the driving ability is increased. The signal received by the field effect transistor 42j is the low-level signal output by the totem pole. At this time, the field effect transistor 42j is disconnected, and the infrared light-emitting diodes 43_1, 43_2···43_n are not lit, that is, S3 is low power. flat. When S1 is high, the infrared receiving probe 41a outputs a low-level signal, and the transistor 42e is turned off. At the same time, the totem pole outputs a high-level signal to turn on the field effect transistor 42j, and the infrared light-emitting diodes 43_1, 43_2···43_n points On, that is, S3 is high.
通过此种电路配置,可令S1和S2的电平方向保持一致,因为红外发射模块43由多个红外发光二极管组成,红外中继器40可以输出大功率的红外信号,以实现对输入信号的放大。令各红外发光二极管阵列排布,可显著提高红外中继器的信号覆盖范围。通过本实施例的电路架构可以只使用分立器件就可以实现红外信号的中继放大功能,成本低,系统可靠性高。Through this circuit configuration, the level directions of S1 and S2 can be kept consistent, because the infrared transmitting module 43 is composed of multiple infrared light-emitting diodes, and the infrared repeater 40 can output high-power infrared signals to realize the input signal enlarge. Arranging the infrared light-emitting diode arrays can significantly increase the signal coverage of the infrared repeater. Through the circuit architecture of this embodiment, the infrared signal relay and amplification function can be realized only by using discrete components, with low cost and high system reliability.
参考图21为本发明一实施例的红外中继器的信号覆盖示意图,对红外中继器的发射角度进行说明。以红外中继器40为中心建立三维坐标系,红外中继器40包含多个红外发射组件,多个红外发射组件阵列分布在红外中继器40上,不同的红外发射组件的覆盖角度部分重叠,以实现更大角度的信号覆盖。例如在z轴正方向设置一定数量的红外发射组件可以实现Z≥0空间的信号覆盖或者。在其他实施例中,通过设置更多的红外发射组件便可以实现全空间的信号覆盖。21 is a schematic diagram of signal coverage of an infrared repeater according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the emission angle of the infrared repeater is described. A three-dimensional coordinate system is established with the infrared repeater 40 as the center. The infrared repeater 40 includes a plurality of infrared emitting components. The arrays of the plurality of infrared emitting components are distributed on the infrared repeater 40. The coverage angles of different infrared emitting components partially overlap. , In order to achieve a larger angle of signal coverage. For example, setting a certain number of infrared emitting components in the positive direction of the z-axis can achieve signal coverage in the Z≥0 space. In other embodiments, signal coverage in the entire space can be achieved by arranging more infrared emitting components.
同样的,为了增加红外中继器的使用场景,获得更加完美的使用体验,红外接收模块41可配置多个红外接收组件,多个红外接收组件可以阵列排布以获得更大的接收角度,以接收各个方向的红外控制信号。Similarly, in order to increase the use scenarios of the infrared repeater and obtain a more perfect user experience, the infrared receiving module 41 can be configured with multiple infrared receiving components, and multiple infrared receiving components can be arranged in an array to obtain a larger receiving angle. Receive infrared control signals from all directions.
红外中继器40接收到红外遥控器50的红外控制信号,进行放大处理后,生成放大后的红外控制信号。红外中继器40的放大处理包含两个层面,一是,对信号强度进行放大,使红外控制信号具有更大的功率;二是对信号的角度进行放大,使红外控制信号具有更大的覆盖角度。The infrared repeater 40 receives the infrared control signal of the infrared remote controller 50, performs amplification processing, and generates an amplified infrared control signal. The amplification process of the infrared repeater 40 includes two levels. One is to amplify the signal strength to make the infrared control signal have greater power; the other is to amplify the angle of the signal to make the infrared control signal have greater coverage. angle.
Claims (40)
- 一种LED灯照明系统,其特征在于包括:An LED lamp lighting system is characterized by comprising:调光器,其输入端电性连接至第一外部电源输入端,用以接收外部电力信号并生成调光信号;以及A dimmer, the input terminal of which is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal, for receiving an external power signal and generating a dimming signal; andLED灯,电性连接至所述调光器的第一输出端、第二输出端和第二外部电源输入端,用以接收所述调光信号并调节LED灯的亮度或色温。The LED lamp is electrically connected to the first output terminal, the second output terminal and the second external power input terminal of the dimmer for receiving the dimming signal and adjusting the brightness or color temperature of the LED lamp.
- 如权利要求1所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述LED灯包括:The LED lamp lighting system of claim 1, wherein the LED lamp comprises:解调模块,电性连接至所述调光器,用以接收所述调光信号并将调光信号转化为调光控制信号;A demodulation module, electrically connected to the dimmer, for receiving the dimming signal and converting the dimming signal into a dimming control signal;LED驱动模块,电性连接至所述外部电源和所述解调模块,用以对外部电力信号进行电源转换生成驱动电源并根据接收到的调光控制信号调节驱动电源;以及The LED drive module is electrically connected to the external power source and the demodulation module, and is used to perform power conversion on the external power signal to generate a drive power source and adjust the drive power source according to the received dimming control signal; andLED模块,电性连接至所述LED驱动模块,用以接收所述驱动电源而点亮。The LED module is electrically connected to the LED driving module for receiving the driving power to light up.
- 如权利要求2所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述调光器包含第一开关和第二开关,所述第一开关的第一引脚电性连接至所述第一外部电源输入端,其第二引脚电性连接至所述LED驱动模块,用以作为所述LED灯照明系统的开关;所述第二开关的第一引脚电性连接至所述第一开关的第二引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至所述解调模块,用以生调光信号。The LED lighting system of claim 2, wherein the dimmer comprises a first switch and a second switch, and the first pin of the first switch is electrically connected to the first external power source Input terminal, the second pin of the second switch is electrically connected to the LED drive module for use as a switch of the LED lighting system; the first pin of the second switch is electrically connected to the first switch The second pin is electrically connected to the demodulation module for generating a dimming signal.
- 如权利要求3所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述第一开关为常开开关;所述第二开关为点动开关,且设置为常开。5. The LED lighting system of claim 3, wherein the first switch is a normally open switch; the second switch is an inching switch and is set to be normally open.
- 如权利要求2所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述调光器包含第一开关、第三开关和第四开关,所述第一开关的第一引脚电性连接至所述第一外部电源输入端,所述第三开关的第一引脚和第四开关的第一引脚电性连接并电性连接至所述第一开关的第二引脚,所述第三开关的第二引脚电性连接至所述LED驱动模块和所述解调模块,所述第四开关的第二引脚电性连接至所述LED驱动模块和所述解调模块。The LED lighting system of claim 2, wherein the dimmer comprises a first switch, a third switch, and a fourth switch, and the first pin of the first switch is electrically connected to the The first external power input terminal, the first pin of the third switch and the first pin of the fourth switch are electrically connected and electrically connected to the second pin of the first switch, the third switch The second pin of the fourth switch is electrically connected to the LED driving module and the demodulation module, and the second pin of the fourth switch is electrically connected to the LED driving module and the demodulation module.
- 如权利要求5所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述第三开关和所述第四开关为点动开关且设置为常闭。5. The LED lamp lighting system of claim 5, wherein the third switch and the fourth switch are inching switches and are set to be normally closed.
- 如权利要求6所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述第三开关和所述第四开关被设置为无法同时断开。7. The LED lamp lighting system of claim 6, wherein the third switch and the fourth switch are set to be unable to be turned off at the same time.
- 一种LED灯照明系统,其特征在于包括:An LED lamp lighting system is characterized by comprising:调光器,其输入端电性连接至第一外部电源输入端,用以根据调光指令将接收到的外部电力信号转换为调光电力信号,所述调光电力信号中包含调光信息;以及A dimmer, the input terminal of which is electrically connected to the first external power input terminal, for converting the received external power signal into a dimming power signal according to a dimming command, and the dimming power signal contains dimming information; as well asLED灯,电性连接至所述调光器的输出端和第二外部电源输入端,用以根据接收到的 所述调光电力信号进行调光。The LED lamp is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer and the second external power input terminal for dimming according to the received dimming power signal.
- 如权利要求8所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述外部电力信号为市电交流信号,所述调光器根据所述调光指令对所述外部电力信号进行切相处理以生成所述调光电力信号。The LED lighting system of claim 8, wherein the external power signal is a commercial AC signal, and the dimmer performs phase-cut processing on the external power signal according to the dimming command to generate The dimming power signal.
- 如权利要求9所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述切相处理的相切角小于90度,且所述相切角的大小对应于LED灯的亮度。9. The LED lamp lighting system according to claim 9, wherein the tangent angle of the phase tangent processing is less than 90 degrees, and the size of the tangent angle corresponds to the brightness of the LED lamp.
- 如权利要求10所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述切相角为一定值时,所述外部电力信号的幅值变化时,所述LED灯的亮度不变。9. The LED lamp lighting system of claim 10, wherein when the phase cut angle is a certain value, when the amplitude of the external power signal changes, the brightness of the LED lamp does not change.
- 如权利要求8所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述调光器包含:8. The LED lighting system of claim 8, wherein the dimmer comprises:调光信号生成模块,用以根据接收到的调光指令生成一调光信号;The dimming signal generating module is used to generate a dimming signal according to the received dimming instruction;过零检测模块,电性连接至所述第一外部电源输入端和所述第二外部电源输入端,用以检测所述外部电力信号的过零点,并生成过零信号;A zero-crossing detection module, electrically connected to the first external power input terminal and the second external power input terminal, for detecting the zero-crossing point of the external power signal, and generating a zero-crossing signal;数据调制模块,电性连接至所述第一外部电源输入端,用以对所述外部电力信号进行整流以及将所述调光信号加载到外部电力信号上生成所述调光电力信号;A data modulation module, electrically connected to the first external power input terminal, for rectifying the external power signal and loading the dimming signal on the external power signal to generate the dimming power signal;滤波电路,电性连接至所述数据调制模块,用以对接收到的整流后信号进行滤波以生成滤波后信号;A filter circuit, electrically connected to the data modulation module, for filtering the received rectified signal to generate a filtered signal;供电模块,电性连接至所述滤波电路,用以对滤波后信号进行电源转换,产生供电信号供调光器适用;以及The power supply module is electrically connected to the filter circuit to perform power conversion on the filtered signal to generate a power supply signal for the dimmer; and控制模块,电性连接至所述过零检测模块,用以接收所述过零信号,并在过零后的特定时间开始数据调制,将所述调光信号加载到所述外部电力信号上生成所述调光电力信号。The control module is electrically connected to the zero-crossing detection module to receive the zero-crossing signal, start data modulation at a specific time after the zero-crossing, and load the dimming signal on the external power signal to generate The dimming power signal.
- 如权利要求12所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述调光信号生成模块包含无线遥控器和信号接收模块,所述无线遥控器用以将所述调光指令转化为无线调光信号,所述信号接收机模块用以将所述无线调光信号转化为所述调光信号。The LED lighting system of claim 12, wherein the dimming signal generating module comprises a wireless remote control and a signal receiving module, and the wireless remote control is used to convert the dimming command into a wireless dimming signal , The signal receiver module is used for converting the wireless dimming signal into the dimming signal.
- 如权利要求12或13所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述调光信号生成模块包括光线感应模块,所述光线感应模块根据环境光线强度生成所述调光信号。The LED lighting system according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the dimming signal generating module comprises a light sensing module, and the light sensing module generates the dimming signal according to the intensity of ambient light.
- 如权利要求12所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述数据调制模块包含第一二极管、第二二极管、第一稳压二极管、第一晶体管、第二晶体管和第三晶体管;第一二极管的阳极电性连接至所述外部电力输入端和第一晶体管的第一引脚,其阴极电性连接至第二二极管的阴极和所述第一稳压二极管的阴极;The LED lamp lighting system of claim 12, wherein the data modulation module comprises a first diode, a second diode, a first Zener diode, a first transistor, a second transistor, and a third diode. Transistor; the anode of the first diode is electrically connected to the external power input terminal and the first pin of the first transistor, and its cathode is electrically connected to the cathode of the second diode and the first Zener diode The cathode所述第一晶体管的第二引脚和所述第二晶体管的第二引脚电性连接并电性连接至第一电 路节点,其第三引脚电性连接至所述控制模块;The second pin of the first transistor and the second pin of the second transistor are electrically connected and electrically connected to the first circuit node, and the third pin is electrically connected to the control module;所述第二晶体管的第一引脚电性连接至所述第二二极管的阳极并电性连接至所述调光器的输出端,其第三引脚电性连接至所述控制模块;所述第三晶体管的第一引脚电性连接至所述第一稳压二极管的阳极,其第二引脚电性连接至所述第二晶体管的第三引脚,其第三引脚电性连接至所述控制模块。The first pin of the second transistor is electrically connected to the anode of the second diode and is electrically connected to the output terminal of the dimmer, and the third pin is electrically connected to the control module ; The first pin of the third transistor is electrically connected to the anode of the first Zener diode, the second pin is electrically connected to the third pin of the second transistor, and the third pin is It is electrically connected to the control module.
- 如权利要求15所述的LED灯照明系统,所述外部电力信号为市电交流电,其特征在于,在一个交流半波内(半个交流周期内),所述数据调制模块包含三个工作阶段:供电阶段、功率阶段和数据阶段。The LED lamp lighting system according to claim 15, wherein the external power signal is commercial AC power, characterized in that, within one AC half-wave (within half an AC cycle), the data modulation module includes three working stages : Power supply phase, power phase and data phase.
- 如权利要求16所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,在所述供电阶段,所述外部电力信号为所述调光器提供电力,在所述功率阶段,为所述外部电力信号为LED灯提供电力,在所述数据阶段,所述调光器将所述调光信号加载到所述外部电力信号上,生成所述调光电力信号。The LED lighting system of claim 16, wherein in the power supply phase, the external power signal provides power to the dimmer, and in the power phase, the external power signal is LED The lamp provides power, and in the data stage, the dimmer loads the dimming signal on the external power signal to generate the dimming power signal.
- 如权利要求16所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,在所述供电阶段,所述第一晶体管和所述第二晶体管处于断开状态。The LED lamp lighting system of claim 16, wherein, in the power supply phase, the first transistor and the second transistor are in an off state.
- 如权利要求16所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,在所述功率阶段,所述第一晶体管和所述第二晶体管处于导通状态。The LED lamp lighting system of claim 16, wherein, in the power stage, the first transistor and the second transistor are in a conducting state.
- 如权利要求16所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,在所述数据阶段,所述第一晶体管和所述第二晶体管工作在放大区,所述第三晶体管间歇导通。The LED lamp lighting system of claim 16, wherein in the data phase, the first transistor and the second transistor work in the amplifying region, and the third transistor is turned on intermittently.
- 如权利要求8所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述LED灯照明系统更包含故障检测模块,所述故障检测模块电性连接至所述调光器,用于通过旁路所述调光器进行故障检测。The LED lamp lighting system of claim 8, wherein the LED lamp lighting system further comprises a fault detection module, and the fault detection module is electrically connected to the dimmer for bypassing the The dimmer performs fault detection.
- 如权利要求21所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述故障检测模块包含第一开关,所述第一开关电性连接至所述调光器的输入端和输出端。22. The LED lighting system of claim 21, wherein the fault detection module comprises a first switch, and the first switch is electrically connected to the input terminal and the output terminal of the dimmer.
- 如权利要求8所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于更包含传感器,所述传感器电性连接至所述调光器和所述LED灯,用以基于环境变量改变传感器的电路状态。8. The LED lamp lighting system of claim 8, further comprising a sensor electrically connected to the dimmer and the LED lamp for changing the circuit state of the sensor based on environmental variables.
- 如权利要求23所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述环境变量为环境光线强度、是否检测到人体或环境声音等。The LED lighting system of claim 23, wherein the environmental variable is the intensity of the ambient light, whether the human body is detected or the ambient sound, and so on.
- 如权利要求23所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述传感器包含:The LED lamp lighting system of claim 23, wherein the sensor comprises:整流电路,电性连接至外部电源,用以对接收到的外部电力信号进行整流以生成整流后信号;The rectifier circuit is electrically connected to an external power source to rectify the received external power signal to generate a rectified signal;滤波电路,电性连接所述整流电路,用以对整流后信号进行滤波以生成滤波后信号;A filter circuit, electrically connected to the rectifier circuit, for filtering the rectified signal to generate a filtered signal;电源转换电路,电性连接至所述滤波电路,用以对滤波后信号进行电源转换,以生成一低压直流信号;A power conversion circuit, electrically connected to the filter circuit, for power conversion of the filtered signal to generate a low-voltage DC signal;一开关器件,电性连接至所述LED灯的供电回路即与所述LED灯串联连接,用以通断所述供电回路;以及A switch device electrically connected to the power supply circuit of the LED lamp, that is, connected in series with the LED lamp, for turning on and off the power supply circuit; and传感器控制模块,电性连接至所述电源转换电路和所述开关器件,用以使用所述低压直流信号而工作,并根据环境变量控制所述开关器件的通断;A sensor control module, electrically connected to the power conversion circuit and the switching device, for working with the low-voltage direct current signal, and controlling the on-off of the switching device according to environmental variables;
- 如权利要求25所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述整流电路为全桥式整流电路。The LED lamp lighting system of claim 25, wherein the rectifier circuit is a full-bridge rectifier circuit.
- 如权利要求25所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述滤波电路至少包含一电容。The LED lighting system of claim 25, wherein the filter circuit at least comprises a capacitor.
- 如权利要求25所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述电源转换电路为直流降压型电源转换电路。The LED lamp lighting system of claim 25, wherein the power conversion circuit is a DC step-down power conversion circuit.
- 如权利要求25所述的LED灯照明系统,其特征在于,所述开关器件为场效应晶体管或者继电器。The LED lamp lighting system of claim 25, wherein the switching device is a field effect transistor or a relay.
- 一种红外中继器,其特征在于包含:An infrared repeater, which is characterized by comprising:红外信号接收模块,用以接收红外控制信号;Infrared signal receiving module for receiving infrared control signals;红外信号放大模块,电性连接至所述红外信号接收模块,用以对所述红外控制信号进行放大;以及An infrared signal amplifying module, electrically connected to the infrared signal receiving module, for amplifying the infrared control signal; and红外信号发射模块,电性连接至所述红外信号放大模块,用以将放大后的红外控制信号发射出去。The infrared signal transmitting module is electrically connected to the infrared signal amplifying module for transmitting the amplified infrared control signal.
- 如权利要求30所述的红外中继器,其特征在于,所述红外信号发射模块包含多个红外发射组件,所述红外发射组件阵列排布。The infrared repeater of claim 30, wherein the infrared signal emitting module comprises a plurality of infrared emitting components, and the infrared emitting components are arranged in an array.
- 如权利要求30所述的红外中继器,其特征在于,所述红外信号接收模块包含多个红外接收组件,所述红外发射组件阵列排布。The infrared repeater of claim 30, wherein the infrared signal receiving module comprises a plurality of infrared receiving components, and the infrared emitting components are arranged in an array.
- 如权利要求30所述的红外中继器,其特征在于,所述红外中继器使用电池或市电进行供电。The infrared repeater of claim 30, wherein the infrared repeater uses a battery or city power for power supply.
- 如权利要求30所述的红外中继器,其特征在于,所述红外信号接收模块包含红外接收探头,所述红外接收探头的第一引脚电性连接至一电源端,其第三引脚电性连接至一公共接地端;红外发射模块包含第一红外发光二极管;红外放大模块包含第一电容,第一电阻、第二电阻、第三电阻、第四电阻、第五电阻和第六电阻,第一三极管、第二三极管和第三三极管,以及第一场效应晶体管,第一电容的第二引脚电性连接至所述公共接地端,第一电阻和第一电容并联连接,第二电阻的第一引脚电性连接至第一电容的第一引脚,其第二 引脚电性连接至第一三极管的第一引脚,第一三极管的第二引脚电性连接至第三电阻的第二引脚,其第三引脚电性连接至说所述公共接地端,第三电阻的第一引脚电性连接至所述电源端,第二三极管的第一引脚和第三三极管的第一引脚电性连接并电性连接至第一三极管的第二引脚和第四电阻的第一引脚,第四电阻的第二引脚电性连接至公共接地端,第二三极管的第二引脚电性连接至所述电源端,其第三引脚电性连接至第三三极管的第二引脚,第三三极管的第三引脚电性连接至所述公共接地端G,第五电阻的第一引脚电性连接至第二三极管的第三引脚,其第二引脚电性连接至场第一效应晶体管的第一引脚,第一场效应晶体管的第二引脚电性连接至第一红外发光二极管的阴极,其第三引脚电性连接至所述公共接地端,第六电阻第一引脚电性连接至所述电源端,其第二引脚电性连接至第一红外发光二极管的阳极。The infrared repeater of claim 30, wherein the infrared signal receiving module comprises an infrared receiving probe, the first pin of the infrared receiving probe is electrically connected to a power terminal, and the third pin Electrically connected to a common ground terminal; the infrared emitting module includes a first infrared light-emitting diode; the infrared amplifying module includes a first capacitor, a first resistor, a second resistor, a third resistor, a fourth resistor, a fifth resistor, and a sixth resistor , The first triode, the second triode, the third triode, and the first field effect transistor, the second pin of the first capacitor is electrically connected to the common ground terminal, the first resistor and the first The capacitors are connected in parallel, the first pin of the second resistor is electrically connected to the first pin of the first capacitor, and the second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the first triode, the first triode The second pin of the third resistor is electrically connected to the second pin of the third resistor, the third pin is electrically connected to the common ground terminal, and the first pin of the third resistor is electrically connected to the power terminal , The first pin of the second triode and the first pin of the third triode are electrically connected and electrically connected to the second pin of the first triode and the first pin of the fourth resistor, The second pin of the fourth resistor is electrically connected to the common ground terminal, the second pin of the second transistor is electrically connected to the power terminal, and the third pin of the second transistor is electrically connected to the third transistor. The second pin, the third pin of the third transistor is electrically connected to the common ground terminal G, the first pin of the fifth resistor is electrically connected to the third pin of the second transistor, and The second pin is electrically connected to the first pin of the first field effect transistor, the second pin of the first field effect transistor is electrically connected to the cathode of the first infrared light emitting diode, and the third pin is electrically connected to The common ground terminal, the first pin of the sixth resistor is electrically connected to the power terminal, and the second pin of the sixth resistor is electrically connected to the anode of the first infrared light emitting diode.
- 一种LED灯,其特征在于包含驱动电路、LED模块和解调模块,所述解调模块电性连接至外部电源,用以根据外部电力信号中包含的调光信息产生一调光控制信号;所述驱动电路电性连接至外部电源和所述解调模块,用以对接收的外部电力信号进行电源转换生成一驱动电源,并根据所述调光控制信号调节所述驱动电源;所述LED模块电性连接至所述驱动电路,用以接收所述驱动电源而点亮。An LED lamp, characterized by comprising a driving circuit, an LED module and a demodulation module, the demodulation module is electrically connected to an external power source for generating a dimming control signal according to the dimming information contained in the external power signal; The driving circuit is electrically connected to the external power supply and the demodulation module, and is used to perform power conversion on the received external power signal to generate a driving power supply, and adjust the driving power supply according to the dimming control signal; the LED The module is electrically connected to the driving circuit for receiving the driving power for lighting.
- 如权利要求35所述的LED灯,其特征在于,所述外部电力信号为直流信号。The LED lamp of claim 35, wherein the external power signal is a direct current signal.
- 如权利要求35所述的LED灯,其特征在于,所述LED灯更包含整流电路和滤波电路,所述整流电路电性连接至外部电源用以对外部电力信号进行整流以生成整流后信号;所述滤波电路电性连接至所述整流电路,用以对所述整流后信号进行滤波以生成滤波后信号;所述滤波后信号用以向驱动电路提供。The LED lamp of claim 35, wherein the LED lamp further comprises a rectifier circuit and a filter circuit, and the rectifier circuit is electrically connected to an external power source for rectifying an external power signal to generate a rectified signal; The filter circuit is electrically connected to the rectifier circuit to filter the rectified signal to generate a filtered signal; the filtered signal is used to provide the driving circuit.
- 如权利要求37所述的LED灯,其特征在于,所述滤波电路至少包含一电容。37. The LED lamp of claim 37, wherein the filter circuit comprises at least one capacitor.
- 如权利要求37所述的LED灯,其特征在于,所述整流电路为全桥整流电路。The LED lamp of claim 37, wherein the rectifier circuit is a full bridge rectifier circuit.
- 如权利要求35所述的LED灯,其特征在于,所述驱动电路为降压直流转换电路。The LED lamp of claim 35, wherein the driving circuit is a step-down DC conversion circuit.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/987,854 US20230189409A1 (en) | 2018-07-16 | 2022-11-15 | Light-emitting diode lamp illumination system, and dimmer and light-emitting diode lamp thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (10)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202010413742.2 | 2020-05-15 | ||
CN202010413742 | 2020-05-15 | ||
CN202010720416 | 2020-07-24 | ||
CN202010720416.6 | 2020-07-24 | ||
CN202010742063.X | 2020-07-29 | ||
CN202010742063 | 2020-07-29 | ||
CN202010760133.4 | 2020-07-31 | ||
CN202010760133 | 2020-07-31 | ||
CN202110043681.X | 2021-01-13 | ||
CN202110043681 | 2021-01-13 |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/982,810 Continuation-In-Part US11838999B2 (en) | 2018-07-16 | 2022-11-08 | LED lighting system, apparatus, and dimming method |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/987,854 Continuation-In-Part US20230189409A1 (en) | 2018-07-16 | 2022-11-15 | Light-emitting diode lamp illumination system, and dimmer and light-emitting diode lamp thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2021228259A1 true WO2021228259A1 (en) | 2021-11-18 |
Family
ID=78526006
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2021/094123 WO2021228259A1 (en) | 2018-07-16 | 2021-05-17 | Light-emitting diode lamp illumination system, and dimmer and light-emitting diode lamp thereof |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN216531846U (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021228259A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116760475A (en) * | 2023-08-18 | 2023-09-15 | 青岛鼎信通讯股份有限公司 | Infrared signal communication circuit and method of intelligent electric energy meter |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115728669A (en) * | 2022-11-30 | 2023-03-03 | 大连宗益科技发展有限公司 | Abnormal state detection device and method for IGBT variable-frequency dimmer |
CN116498937B (en) * | 2023-06-29 | 2023-09-08 | 南昌英诺泰克科技有限公司 | Rail lamp and working method |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN201607820U (en) * | 2009-12-11 | 2010-10-13 | 康佳集团股份有限公司 | Infrared remote control signal repeater |
WO2011064495A1 (en) * | 2009-11-24 | 2011-06-03 | Hmi Innovation | Led lighting unit having improved control |
CN105101540A (en) * | 2015-07-14 | 2015-11-25 | 浙江生辉照明有限公司 | Digital dimming system for light-emitting diode (LED) lamp |
WO2020015566A1 (en) * | 2018-07-16 | 2020-01-23 | Jiaxing Super Lighting Electric Appliance Co., Ltd | Led lighting system, apparatus and dimming method |
CN110996448A (en) * | 2019-11-26 | 2020-04-10 | 深圳市酷客智能科技有限公司 | Intelligent LED lamp dimming control device and intelligent LED lamp |
-
2021
- 2021-05-17 WO PCT/CN2021/094123 patent/WO2021228259A1/en active Application Filing
- 2021-05-17 CN CN202121046597.5U patent/CN216531846U/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2011064495A1 (en) * | 2009-11-24 | 2011-06-03 | Hmi Innovation | Led lighting unit having improved control |
CN201607820U (en) * | 2009-12-11 | 2010-10-13 | 康佳集团股份有限公司 | Infrared remote control signal repeater |
CN105101540A (en) * | 2015-07-14 | 2015-11-25 | 浙江生辉照明有限公司 | Digital dimming system for light-emitting diode (LED) lamp |
WO2020015566A1 (en) * | 2018-07-16 | 2020-01-23 | Jiaxing Super Lighting Electric Appliance Co., Ltd | Led lighting system, apparatus and dimming method |
CN110996448A (en) * | 2019-11-26 | 2020-04-10 | 深圳市酷客智能科技有限公司 | Intelligent LED lamp dimming control device and intelligent LED lamp |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116760475A (en) * | 2023-08-18 | 2023-09-15 | 青岛鼎信通讯股份有限公司 | Infrared signal communication circuit and method of intelligent electric energy meter |
CN116760475B (en) * | 2023-08-18 | 2023-12-08 | 青岛鼎信通讯股份有限公司 | Infrared signal communication circuit and method of intelligent electric energy meter |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN216531846U (en) | 2022-05-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2021228259A1 (en) | Light-emitting diode lamp illumination system, and dimmer and light-emitting diode lamp thereof | |
CN101835314B (en) | LED drive circuit with dimming function and lamp | |
WO2021047601A1 (en) | Light-emitting diode lamp illumination system, dimmer and illumination apparatus thereof, and dimming control method therefor | |
JP5959624B2 (en) | Dimmable LED driver and control method thereof | |
CN201839477U (en) | LED drive circuit and lamp | |
US9089020B2 (en) | Dimming signal generation device and illumination control system using same | |
US20140361701A1 (en) | Secondary side phase-cut dimming angle detection | |
US20230189409A1 (en) | Light-emitting diode lamp illumination system, and dimmer and light-emitting diode lamp thereof | |
JP2013118131A (en) | Lighting device and luminaire having the same | |
JP6994503B2 (en) | Multi-lamp lighting fixtures Retrofit light emitting diode (LED) tubes to enable step dimming in lighting systems | |
CN220254722U (en) | LED lamp | |
JP6373947B2 (en) | Lighting device and system in which dimmer and driver have electrically insulating structure | |
CN215073040U (en) | LED lamp lighting system and dimmer and LED lamp that contain thereof | |
US11172551B2 (en) | Solid-state lighting with a driver controllable by a power-line dimmer | |
TWI477045B (en) | Power converter for low power illumination device, control circuit and method thereof | |
CN219124392U (en) | LED lamp lighting system | |
JP2021529422A (en) | LED driver and LED lighting system for use with high frequency electronic ballasts | |
KR20140070126A (en) | Apparatus and method of operating the the illumination apparatus | |
US9942959B1 (en) | Phase-cut dimmable power supply with wide input voltage | |
US10701779B2 (en) | Drive device for illuminating device, illumination device, lighting system and method for controlling the lighting system | |
TW201408126A (en) | Light emitting diode dimming apparatus | |
US11930571B2 (en) | Solid-state lighting with a luminaire phase-dimming driver | |
US11490476B2 (en) | Solid-state lighting with a luminaire dimming driver | |
US11737188B2 (en) | LED-driver with PFC and wired bus interface | |
KR20140102951A (en) | Led power supply and led lighting apparatus using the same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21804115 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21804115 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |